THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BULLETIN CATALOG 1929·1930 ANNOUNCEMENTS 1930·1931 .. -- . N_ ..... V~It_ APIUL._1QO ~ _tlII7 bF tM U"t .... ttp of 0...... .uol _ ..... at &bot -""""'" At ___ 0,...., .. -" .... . complete index will bo lou a an papa :2 and e catalDI. A cal4llllk,. ~ r th 1I!!.bool :reart 1930-31. will ~ found em pago '1. ID tb uivenit7 d • k of the catalor. tJD TO DmBX THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CATALOG 1929~30 ANNOUNCEMENTS 1930~31 PUDLISHEO EY Tar. LN1\'F;nSIT" V':r;IYERSITY PRE:SS I.:\..~ G;':Nt; TABLE OF CONTENTS The Oregon State Board of Higher Education, established by act of the 1929 State Legislature, is the governing board of all the state institu- tions of higher learning, To the Board were assigned the functions of all the former boards of regents and of the State Board of Higher Cur- ricula. The State Board of Higher Curricula, created in 1909 by act of the Oregon State Legislature, had full authority to determine curricula matters for the state's two institutions of higher learning, the University of Oregon at Eugene and the Oregon State Agricultural College at Cor- vallis. The duty of the Board, as defined by law, was "to determine what cours'cs, if any, shall not be duplicated in the higher educational institu- tions of Oregon, and to determine and define the courses of study and departments to be offered by each such institution." Through its various rulings from time to time the Board differentiated between the scope and functions of the two institutions, and defined, in broad terms, their distinctive fields of service. In accordance with their respective purposes and with the approval of the Board of Higher Curricula and the State Board of Higher Education the two institutions have been developed as outlined on the two following pages. HIGHER EDUCATION IN OREGON Page 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 HIGHER EDUCATION IN OREGON . Oregon State Agricultural College . University of Oregon __..__ __ .. __ .__ _ __ .._ _._ . CALENDAR .._ __ _ __ __ . University Calendar __ _ _ _ _. .. __ ..__ . STATE BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERs . THE FACULTY . THB~1~~~:~Eta<;.~ve~~;':~~ati~~ ::::::::::::: :.:.::..::..:::::::..::.:::::.:::::::::::::::::...... ~~ Equipment . . UNI~~~i~:O::Dt'i,~EUniversity................ .. 31 Registration ;; Schools and Departments - - - -..- -.- ..-.. 34 Graduation Requirements 37 Degree with Honors 38 Student Living and ExpenSES -............................... 41 r~:~ :ii~:;.:d~·:··S~h;;I;,:~~hi~;··~nd··Prizes ..::::.::::.:.:.':::::..::::::..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 44 Assodated Students 1~ Alumni Association 50 THE GRADUATE SCHOOL . THE COLLEGE OF LITERATURE, SCIENCE AND THE ARTS 66 Faculty . .. 68 La~guage. and Literature 61 Social SCience :.... 63 Mathematies and Physical Sdence 66 Biological Science 65 Division of Biology . '.. 66 Animal Biology............................................ . . 68 Pre-Medical Curricula 70 Plant Biology . ". . "'.".' 71 Chemistry 74 Economics -.... .. . . 77 English .. .. . 86 Geology and Geography 90 Germanic Languages and Literature 94 Greek . ::.:::::::.:.:.:::. 96 History 99 ~~t~~eh~.l.~ ~r.~s ::::::::::::..:.::::.:..:.:: ".::..: ::::::::::::.'.::::::::::.:'::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 101 Mathematics .. . 104 f~f~:~fi~;'~::=::::::::~:::~:-:~:~::;:_~;:~~II! Psychology 122 Romance Languages 126 OREGON STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE-CORVALLIS I. DEGREEl-GRANTING SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS 1. The School of Agriculture (B.S. and M.S. degrees) Major currIcula in General Agriculture, Agricultural Bacteriology, Agricultural Chemistry, Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Education, Agricultural E~gineer­ ing, Animal Husbandry, Botany and Plant Pathology, Dairy Husbandr~, Agr.culture and Entomology, Farm Crops, Farm Management, Horticulture (Horticultural Pro- ducts, Landsca])e Architecture, Pomology, Vegetable Gardening), Poultry Hus- bandry, Soils, Agriculture and Zoology. Special curriculum for women. Graduate study and research in 1\11 departments including Veterinary Medicine. 2. The Department of Chemical Engineering (B.S. and M.S. degrees) A major curriculum in Chemical Engineering including application of chemistry in the industries. Graduate study and research. 8. The School of Commerce (B.S. degree; M.S. degree in Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology) A major curriculum in Commerce including Accounting and Management, Advertis.. ing and Selling, Agricultural Economics, Banking and Finance, Commercial Edu- cation, Economics and Sociology, General Business, Government and Business Law, Markets and Marketing,' Real Estate, Secretarial Training. Graduate study and research in Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology. 4. The School of Engineering and Mechanic Arts (B.S. and M.S. degrees) Four-year nlajor curricula ad recommended by the national Engineering Societies and the National Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education, in Civil Engineering including Structural, Highway, Hydraulic, Sanitary, Railroad, and Con- struction En~ineering; in Electrical Engineering including Power G.eneration ~nd Transmission, Railways, Lighting, High Voltage, and Telephony; m Mechan.cal Engineering including Machine Design, Heat, Power, Ventilation, Refrigeration, Heating, Gas, and Aeronautical Engineering; in Industrial Shop Administration. Graduate study and research. 6. The School of Forestry (B.S. and M.S. degrees) Major curricula in Logging Engineering, Lumber Manufacture, Technical Forestry. Graduate study and research. 6. The School of Home Economics (B.S. and M.S. degrees) ~neral and professional major curricula in Home Economics including Clothing and Textiles and Related Arts, Foods and Nutrition, Home Economics Teaching, Household Administration, Institutional .Management. Graduate study and research. 7. The Department of Military Science and Tactics (B.S. degree) A major curriculum in RC'Serv,~ Officers' Training Corps -including Enginee~s, Field Artillery, Infantry. Commission in United States Army. 8. The School of Mines (B.S. and M.S. degrees) A major curriculum in Mining Engineering including Geology and Metallurgy. Graduate study and research. 9. The School of Pharmacy (B.S. and M.S. degrees) A major curriculum in Pharmacy including Pharmacology, Pharmaceutical Analy- sis, Pharmacognosy. Three-year Ph.C. curriculum. Graduate study and research. 10. The School of Vocational Education (B.S. and M.S. degrees) A major curriculum in Vocational Education including administration, supervision, and teaching of agriculture, COmlllerCe, home economics, industrial arts: vocational counseling and guidance. Graduate study and research. Service departments: Eo.ucation, Psychology. n. SERVICE SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS In thes~ departments no major work is offered and no degrees are granted. The School of Basic Arts and Sciences: Departments of Art and Rural Architecture, Bacteriology, Botany and Plant Pathology, Chemistry, English Language and Litera- ture, Entomology, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages (French, German, Span- ish), Physics, Public Speaking and Dramatics, Zoology. The School of Health and Physical Education: Departments of Physical Education for Women, Physical Education for Men, Hygiene, Health Service, Intramural Sports. Other Departments: Industrial Journalism, Library Practice, Music (Theory, Piano, Organ, Violin, Singing, Baed Instruments). III. RESEARCH AND EXPERIMENTATION The Agricultural Experiment Station; the Engineering Experiment Station; graduate study and research in all degree-granting divisions of the College, except that in Commerce graduate study is limited to Agricultural Economics and Rural Sociology. IV. EXTENSION SERVICE Adult extension work by lectures, demonstrations, conferences, extension schools, cor.. respondence study, publications, radio broadcasting, visual. instruction. This in~lu.pes the work of county agricultural agents, home demonstration agents, and speclahsts in various fields supported cooperatively by the Federal government, the State, and the counties. Junior extension work through boys' and girls' club projects, corre.. spondence study, and other methods. Extension work is limited to the special fields assigned to the College. THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON-EUGENE AND PORTLAND L THE COLLEGE OF LITERATURE, SCIENCE AND THill ARTS (B.A., B.S. degrees) (A) Degree-Granting Departments: The Division of Biology, composed of the major departments of Animal Biology including Physiology, and Plant Biology induding Bacteriology; the major depart- ments of Chemistry, Eoonomics, English (Literature, Written English, Spoken English, Drama and Play Production, Library Training), Geology and Geography, ~l'manic Languages (Gennan, Norwegian, Swedish), Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Military Science, Philosophy, Physics, Political Science, Psychol- Ogy, Romance Languages (French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese), Sociology. (B) Service Department: Household Arts; no major work and no professional training is given in this de- varunent and no degrees are granted. n. THE PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS 1. The School of Applied Social Science (B.A., B.S. degrees, and the Certifllcate of Social Work Training, and the Certificate of Public Health Nursing) Training COurses in various forms of social work and public health nursing. 2. The School of Architect1tre and Allied Arts (B.Arch. and M.Arch. degrees; also B.A., B.S.; and M.A., M.S., M.F.A. deg?ees through the Gr'loduate School) Major work in Architecture, Drawing and Painting, Sculpture, and Normal Arts. 3. 7'he School of Business AdllLinistration (B.B.A., B.A., B.S., M.B.A. degrees) Professional training in Finance, Accountip.g, ForBign Trade, ,Marketing, Adver- tising, Transportation, Personnel Management and Production; and combination courSes in Law and Business Administration. The graduate division of the school offers the only graduate work in Business Administration given in the state of Oregon. 4. The School of Education (B.S. in Education, B.A., B.S., and also M.A., M.S., and Ph.D. through the Graduate School) Secondary Education; School Supervision and Administration; Educational PSYchol- ogy and Atypical Children: Educational History, Sociology, and Moral Values. 5. 7'he School of Journalism (B.A. Bnd B.S. in Journalism, B.A., B.S.: and also oM.A. and M.S. through the Graduate SchOol) Comprehensive training in Journalism and Publishing in newspapers (metropolitan and rural). magazines, and class and trade papers; Advertising, Printing. 6. The School of Law (LL.B., J.D. degrees) 7. The School of Medicine (M.D., M.A.. M.S., Ph.D. degrees through the Graduate School) 8. 7'he School of Music (B.M., B.A., B.S.: and M.A., M.S., M.F.A. degrees through the Graduate School) Major courscs in the History, Theory, Composition, I\od Literature of Music· Teach- ing of Music, Public School Music, and Operatic Fundamentals; and professional training in piano, organ, voice, stringed instruments, and other instruments of the orchestra and band. 9. 7'he School of Physical Education (B.S. and B.A. degrees for the professional "and teachers training courses, and M.S. and -M.A. through the Graduate School) The departments are Physical Education for Men, Physical Education for Women Athletics, and the Health Service. ' III. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL (M.A., M.S., M.F.A., Ph.D. degrees) Majors in all of the degree-granting departments of the College of Literature, Sel. ence and the Arts, and in several of the professional schools. IV. RES~CH The Research Committee: the Bureau of Business Research; the Bureau of Eduea.- tional Research; the departments of the Graduate School: surveys and investig.... tions by the Extension Division. V. THE EXTENSION DmsION (B.A., B.B. degrees, and M.A., M.S. degrees through the Graduate School) ~dult ~duc'!'tion in the Iibera! arts and profesolonal fields allotted to the Unlversit,o .n maJor hnes of work leadmg to a degree, but not in the service departments. visual instruction and social welfare departments. ' Correspondence Study department giving work in the major lines of work offered fo; a degree, but not in the s~rvice departments: entrance work in Civics, Engllah, H18tory, Languages, Mathematics, and Science. CALENDAR, 1930 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER S M T W T F SS M T W T F SS M T W T F S 12346 12123466 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4, 6 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 18 14 16 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 26 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 ~~~WU U~~~~~W~~W 31 OCTOBER I NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F SS M T W T F SS M T W T F S 1234 1123466 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 26 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CALENDAR, 1930-31 FALL TERM September 22-27 _ _.._ _ _Freshman Week and registration. September 29, Monday __._._._._..Univprsitv classes bellin. October 11, Saturday .._ _ _ _ __..Last day to enter the University. October 11, Saturday _ __ _ .._ Last day to add a course. November 11, Tuesday _ _ .....•.Armistice day, a holiday. November 27·30, Thursday to Sunday Thanksgiving vacation. December 16-19, Monday to Friday •._ .._ Fall term examinations. December 20, Saturday _ _.._..__Christmas vac..tion begins. WINTER TERM CALENDAR, 1931 September 21-26. Monday to Saturday Freshman Week and registration. September 28, Monday _ _ University classes begin. 1931-32 June 22, Monday Registration day. June 23,Tuesday _ _ University classes begin. July 4, Saturday _ Independence day, a holiday. July 31, Friday _ _ Summer _esslon enos. August 3, Monday _ Post session begins. August 28, Friday Post session ends. August 28, Friday _ Summer School Commencement. SUMMER SESSIONS .January 6. Monday _ _._ _ _ _Registration day. January 6, Tuesday .......•.._ _ _.__._..University classes begin. January 17, Saturday Last day to enter the Universitv. January 17, Saturday _ _ _ 1.ast day to add a COurse. March 16-20, Monday to Ifriday Winter term examinations. March 21, S.aturaay .......__........_ _ Spring vacation begins. SPRING TERM March 30, Monday __ Registration day. Karch 31, Tuesday _._ _University classes begin. April 11, Saturday , Last day to enter the University. April 11, Saturday Last day to add a course. May 15·17, Friday to Sunday __ Junior Week·End (classroom exercises BUll- pended). Kay 80, Saturday _ __ Memorial day, a holiday. June 8-12, Monday to Friday _ _ Spring term examinations. June 13, Saturday _ _ Alumni day. June 14, Sunday Baccalal1reate sermon. June 16, Monday _.._._ _.__ Commencement. JANUARY I FEBRUARY MARCH S M T W T F SS M T W T F Ss M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 4, 6 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 16 16 17 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 26 26 27 2822 23 24 26 26 27 28 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31 APRIL MAY JUNE S M T W T F S S M T W T F Ss M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 8 4, 6 6 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 12 13 14 16 16 17 1810 11 12 13 14 16 16 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 26 27 28 29 30 24 26 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 31 JULY AUGUST 1 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F SSM T W T F Ss M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 6 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 26 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 23 24 26 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30 30 31 OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER S M T W T F SS M T W T F SS M T W T F S 1 2 '3 1 2 3 4 6 6 7 1 2 3 4 6 4 6 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1112 13 14 16 16 17 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 26 ,26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 26 26 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31 FACULTY THE FACULTY OF THE UNIVERSITY 9 STATE BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATION OFFICERS HON. C. L. STARR, President HON. A. R. WATZEK, Tempor..ry SecretlWjl EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE HON. C. L. STARR, Clt..i"""n RON. A. R. WATZEK HON. E. C. SAlIKON8 APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR N ..me ..nd Addreee Term E'J'piree !~ttl}~If~~~~~~ll~11 OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION THE UNIVERSITY ARNOLD BENNETT HALL, A.B•• J.D., LL.D•.•.......•.•....._ .Preeident of tM Univereitv BIiR'r BROWN BARKER. A.B.. LL.B Vice Pre.ident of tlte Un'ver.it" KARL W. ONTHANK. M.A _••••.•.•...••.•••_.....•..··.·E",ec..tive Secr.t..ry of tlte Univ.reitl/ ~~~I~ :,. Ig:.~~~:·:::···::.::·.:.:::·.::::~.:·.::·:.:·:.::::·.::::::::::::~:.:::::::::::=::::::~.:::·.:~.:::~~~:i:t~~~g::~:~:l~~ EARL M. PALLETT, M.S:: _ _ ........••.•...R.giBtr..r ..nd Acting D n of M.n ~~~~NI~' :~~;s·E~~~~~y~·i,i:"A·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·.:::·.:::~.::~.:~.:~:.~:::.::·.:·:::.~.:~~~~E;~..:ivJ;:.:: HAZEL PRUTS:llAN SCHWERING. Ph.B......................................................•A ....t ..nt De..n of Wom.n M. H. DOUGLASS, M.A ····· ,........•.....•...••........Univer.itll Li.br..'i.':t" GERTRUDE BASS WARNER. M.A __• •••....Director. Oregon M m of F,ne e THE COLLEGE AND SCHOOLS GEORGE REnEC, Ph.D _ _.................................•.........••.•........De..n of the GTBdlUlte SclLoal J AMES HENRY GILBERT Ph.D........•......De of the College of Lit.r..t..re. Scien"" ..nd the Arts PHILIP A. PARSONS. Ph.D•• LL.D _ D of tM SclLool of Applied Social Sci.•nce; H.nd of Dep..rtment uf SOClologli ELLIS F. LAWRENCE, M.S De of tM School of Archit.cture nnd Allied Art. DAVID E. FAVILLF~ M.B.A _ _•..._ De of the School of B in Admi..i.tr..t~on HENRY DAVIDSON SHElDON. Ph.D•..••.•••......._ ···· D of the Scltool of Educ..t>on ERIC W. ALLEN. B.A .D of the SclLool of Jour h"". CHARLES E. CARPENTER,. A.M.. LL.B _•.__ _ De..n of the School of !-..tII RICHARD B. DILLEHUNT. M.D _ De.." of the School of M.d,c, . JOHN J. LANDSBURY, Mus.D _ De..n of tho School of M....., JOHN FREE.IAN BOVARD. Ph.D•.._ _ .._ .De of the School of Phll.ical Edu tlOll ALPRIlD POWERS, B.A ·.·_.__••••.D n of the E",tension Ditriaioto (With the exception of the president and vice president. members of the faculty are given in alpbabetical order.) ARNOLD BENNETT HALL. A.B.. J.D., LL.D Pr.sid t of the U..iv.r.itll A.B., Franklin College. 1904; scholarship, law school, University of Chicago. 1904-07. ,J.D. (cum laude). 19Q7; graduate student. Chicago. 1907·09. fellow in political science. 1908·09; LL.D.• Franklin, 1924. Lecturer, Chicago School of Civics and Philanthropy. 1908·10; faculty, Northwestern. 1909-10; Wisconsin. 1910·1926; present position from 1926. Founder, National Conference on Science of Polities, 1923, president, 1923' to present time; member, Wisconsin War History Committee, since 1919; member, Social Science Research Council since 1924, chairman, committee on problems and policy; first vice president, American Political Science Association. BURT BROWN BARKER, A.B., LL.B Vic. Pr••ident of the U..iver.itll A.B., University of Chicago, 1897; LL.B•• Harvard Law School, 1901. Faculty, Mc- Minnville (Linfield) College. 1897-8. Practicing lawyer, Chicago. 1901-17; New York. 1917-28. Chahman, Committee of Defense of Poor Persons Accused of Crime of the Chicago Bar Association; secretary, Chicago Bar Association; member, Legal Advis- ory Board of N ew York City during the war; director and vice president of the Montclair Art Association. PERCY PAGET ADAMS, B.A., B.S A••iBt t De of the School of Architecture ..nd Alli.d Arts; Prof•••or of GrBphies B.A., Oregon. 1901; B.S•• 1902. Faculty. Oregon. from 1902. PAUL W. AGER, B.A A••ist t Comptroller B.A.• Oregon, 1926. Statistician. Northwestern Electric Co., Portland. Oregon, 1928- 29. Oregon, from 1929. FLORENCE D. ALDEN, M.A Profe••or of Phy.ic..1 Ed..c..tio.. ; Director of Dep..Ttm...t for Wom... A.B.• Smith. 1904; M.A. Teachers' College, N. Y. C., 1928. Faculty. Central School of Physical Education. New York City; Oregon, from 1921. . ERIC W. ALLEN. B.A De..n of the Scltool of Journ..liBm a..d Prof•••or of Journali.... B.A., Wisconsin. 1901; editorial staff. Milwaukee Free Press. 1901.02; Seattle Poet- Intelligencer. 1904-06; Printing. Photoen~raving, Electrotyping, etc., 1906·09; Post- Intelligencer, 1909-12; correspondent. eastern papers. 1905-12. Faculty. Oregon, from 1912; dean of the school of journalism. from 1916. WILLIAM F. ALLEN, Ph.D Prof•••or ofA tomy. School of Medicin., Portl d A.B., A.M.• Stanford; Ph.D., .Minnesota; assistant to E. P. Allis, Mentone. France, 1902-07; Dr. J. L"eb. California, 1907-10. Faculty, Illinois. 1910-11: Minnesota. 1911- 16; Oregon. from 1916; head of department of anatomy in the School of Medicine. Portland. from 1917. LoUIS P. ARTAU I tructor i.. Mu.i. Johns Hopkins University, 1917-18; Lehigh University, 1918-19; Peabody Conserva- tory, 1917. 1919-20; Bethlehem Conservatory, 1918; Los Angeles Conservatory of Music and Arts, 1920.2~; pupil of David Samuels; Harold Randolph; Alfred Butler; Leopold Godowsky. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. VICTORIA AVAKIAN, B.A J tructor i.. Ind tri..1 Art B.A.. Oregon, 1927: student. California School of Arts and Crafts. Faculty. Tempe Normal, Arizona; Oregon, from 1920. KATHRYN A. BAILEY. B.A J tntctor in Busi Admi..i.tr..tio" B.A., Montana, 1924; graduate student. Chicago. 1924-25. Faculty. Oregon. from 1925. DONALD G. BARNES. Ph.D Prof•••or of HistoT'll B.A., Nebraska, 1915; M.A.• Harvard. 1917. Ph.D.• 1924; Harvard Scholarship. 1915- 16, Thayer Fellowship. 1916-17; Harrison Fellowship in History, Pennsylvania, 1917- 18: Bayard Cutting Traveling Fellowsbip, Harvard. 1920-21, Parker Traveling Fellow- ship, 1921·22; London School of Economies. 1920-21; Cambridge. England. 1922, Faculty, Oregon. from 1922. WALTER CARL BARNES. B.A. (Oxon) ProfeBBor of HiBtOT'l/ A.B., Colorado College, 1912: o:raduate student. California, 1912-13; Rhodes scholar. Honour School of Modern History, Oxford University, England. 1913-16; B.A. (Oxon). 1916. Faculty, British Columbia. 1917-18; California. 1918-20; Oregon. from 1920. 10 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 11 JAKES DUFF BARNE'l"l', Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ Political Scie..ce A.B., Emporia, 1690; fellow in politicai science, Wisconsin, 1902-03; assistant in poli- tical science, 1903-05; Ph.D., 1905. Faculty, Oklahoma, 1905-08; Oregon, from 1908: head of department, from 1909. OLIVER L. BARRETT................•...•....................................................•....................I...trnctor in Modeli..o Studied under Albert Herter; Emil Jacques, Avard Fairbanks. Faculty, Oregon, from 1927. CHANDLER BAKER BEALL, A.B Assista..t Professor 0/ Romance La..gua.ges A.B., Johns Hopkins, 1922; graduate stUdent, Johns Hopkins, 1923-24, 1925-27: Dipl6me, Sorbonne, 1921; graduate student, University of Florence, Italy, 1924-25, summer, 1923. Instructor in French, South Carolina, 1922-23; instructor in French. Johns Hopkins, 1923-24. 1925-26; inSbructor in French, Amherst College, first semes- ter, 1926-27; assistant professor of French, Maryland, second semester. 1927; assistant professor of French. George Washington University. 1927-29. Faculty. Oregon. from 1929. W. G. BEATTIE, B.A Exte ion Lecturer B.A., Oregon, 1901; graduate student. Oregon. 1915. 1921, 1927: graduate student, Stanford University, 1925. Faculty, Oregon, from 1926. ANNE LANDSBURY BECK, B.A Pro/essor 0/ Music Student. Simpson College; Colorado Normal; California; B.A•• Oregon. 1919. Faculty. Oregon, from 1918. HUGH L. BIGGS, B.A Assistant Dean 0/ Men B.A., Oregon, 1927. Oregon, from 1928. GEORGE V. BLUE. M.A Assista..t Professor 0/ HistOf'/l B.A., Oregon, 1922; M.A., California, 1923; teaching assistant, California. 1922-23, 1925-26. Faculty, Hawaiian University, 1923-25; traveling fellow. California; Uni- versity of Paris. 1926-28. Faculty, Oregon, from 1928. JOSEPH BROWN BILDERBACK, M.D Pro/essor 0/ Pediatrics, School 0/ Medicine, Portland M.D.. Oregon. 1905; post-gl'aduate study in New York, Bosten, Berlin. London. and Vienna. Faculty, Oregon. from 1910. ARTHUR BOARDMAN Pro/essor of Voice a..d Head of the Departme..t 0/ Voice Head of voice, Simpsoll College, Indianola, Iowa, 1925·26. Studied Vittorio Trevisan. Chicago; Giuseppe Pais, Franco Capuana, Milano; operatic acting, Emilio. PicQzzi. Milano; leading tenor, TeRtro Comunale. Modena, Italy, 1927-28; leading tenor. Teatro Regio. Torino. Italy, 1928-29. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. RICHARD W. BOCK Pro/es80r 0/ Sculpture Student, Academy of Fine Arts, Berlin; Kustgewerbe Museum, Berlin; and rEcole de Beaux Arts. Paris. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. JESSE H. BOND, Ph.D.......................................................•...Pro/essor 0/ BuBi..ess Admi..istratio.. B.A., Oregon, 1909; M.A.• 1913; Ph.D., University of WiscoI>sin. 1915. Faculty, Uni- versity of Idaho, 1915-17; Simpson College, 1917-18; University of North Dakota. 1919-26. 1927-28; Princeton University. 1926-27. War department. 1918-19. Faculty. Oregon, from 1928. NELSON L. BOSSING, Ph.D JAssociate Professor 0/ Education B.A., Kansas Wesleyan, 1917; M.A•• Northwestern, 1922; Ph.D., Chicago. 1925. Fac- ulty. Simpson College, 1924-27; Oregon. from 1927. JOHN FREEMAN BOVABD, Ph.D Dea.. of the School 0/ PhyBical Education and Professor 0/ Physiology B.A.• California, 1903: M.A., 1906; graduate student. Harvard, 1914-15: Ph.D.• Cali- fornia, 1916. Faculty. Oregon. from 1906; present position, from 1920. RAY PRESTON BOWEN, Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ Roma..ce La..guages A.B.• Harvard, 1905; A.M., Cornell, 1915. Ph.D.• 1916; University of Geneva. Switzer- land. University of Grenoble, France, 1911-12; University of Paris, 1921-22. Faculty, Huron College, 1909-14; Cornell, 1914-16; Syracuse. 1916-18; Earlham, 1918-19: Colorado College, 1919-20; Sorbonne (lecteur d'americain), 1921-22; Syracuse. 1920- ~5; Oregon. head of department, from 1925. C. V. BOYER, Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ E..glish B.S., Princeten. 1902; M.A., 1909. Ph.D. 1911: University of Pittsburg Law School, 1902-04; Oxford, England, 1905 ; American Academy, Rome and Athens. 1906. Faculty, llIinois, 1911-26; Oregon. head of department, from 1926. Wtt.uAM PINGRY BOYNTON, Ph.D .Pro/essor 0/ Physics A.B., Dartmouth, 1890; M.A., 1893; graduate scholar in physics, Dartmouth. 1893-94; Scholar and fellow in physics, Clark, 1894-97; Ph.D.. 1897. Faculty, Southern Cali- fornia, 1890'93; California. 1897-1901; California College, 1901.03: Oregon. from 1908; head of department, from 1906. CAPTAIN CLARENCE H. BRAGG Assist t Professor 0/ Militarll Scie..ce and Tactic. Oregon Agricultural College, 1915-17; U. S. Army since 1917. Faculty, Oregon, from 1927. EYLER BROWN, M.Arch ··· · · · .I..structor i,,! Architecture B.A., Oregon. 1916; B.S. in Arch., 1917; M.Arch•• Massachusetts Instltute of Tech. nology, 1922. Faculty, Oregon, from 1922. Roy f~~FIl:re~~~~O~92~;B~~pii·..~f..p~~~y ..·a;~t~;···St;;ph~;;·~ ..·;~d..·H~~~~:s~c~f.r °ta~';;;~ Oregon, from 1928. JU~.~~R::I~~s~¥~.i.8ii4.;..M:.A:;..R;;d~iiff~; ..liioi:..··F;;~~iY:··o;·~~;;;;;··Ir::el~~. 0/ English GEORGE E. BURGET, Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ Physiology, School 0/ Medici..e. Portla.nd A.B.. Indiana State Norm"l School; Ph.D.. Chicago. Faculty, Oregon, from 1917. O. K. BURRELL. M.A Assista..t Professor 0/ Busi..ess Admi..istratio.. Cornell College. 1917-19; B.S., Iowa, 1921; M.A., 1927. Faculty. Oregon. from 1927. PRINCE G. CALLISON, B.B.A I trnctor i .. Physical Education B.B.A., Oregon, 1923: student, Washington, Bummer session, 1922. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. CHARLES E. CARPENTER, A.M.. LL.B Dea.. 0/ Law School and Professor 0/ Law A.B., Kansas, 1903; fellow in sociology and history, 1902-04; A.M., 1904; LL.B., Harvard, 1908. Law faculty, North Dakota, 1909-14; Illinois, 1914-18; Wa.hbur~, 1919; dean, law school. Washburn. 1920-22; faculty. Oregon. from 1922. Present po,n- tion. from 1927. RALPH D. CASEY. Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ Journalism A.B.. Washingten. 1913; M.A., 1924; fellow in political science. Wisconsin. 1929; Ph.D., 1929. News staff, Seattle Post-Intelligencer, 1913-16;. g~aduate studen~, Washingten, 1914-16; news staff, New York Herald, 1920-21; ed.tor.al staff. Amer.- can Boy Magazine, 1926. Faculty, Montana, 1916-19; Washingten. 1919-20; Wiscon- sin. 1927-29; Oregon. from 1922. Present position, from 19~9. ALBERT EDWARD CASWELL, Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ PhI/sics A.B., Stanford. 1908; Ph.D., 1911; national research fellow, Princeten, 1919-20. Faculty, Purdue, 1911-13; Oregon. from 1913. .DAN ELBERT CLARK, Ph.D...Pro/essor 0/ History. Assista..t Director 0/ Extension Division B.A., Iowa, 1907; Ph.D., Iowa. 1910. Faculty. Iowa, 1909·1918; associate editor, State Histerical Society of Iowa, 1908-1918; various positions with American Red Cross, 1918-1921. Faculty, Oregon. from 1921. PRUDENCE E. CLARK Pro/essor 0/ Voice Student, Cornell College. Mount Vernon, Iowa; pupil, Mme. Phoebe Ara White. Los Angeles; Clara Munger. Bosten; Florence Hinkle and Herbert Witherspoon, Chicago. Faculty, Oregon. from 1925. ROBERT CAI\LTON CLARK. Ph.D Pro/essor 0/ HistDrl/ B.A., Texas, 1900; M.A., 1901; scbolar in history, Wisconsin, 1901-02; fellow, 1902-03: Ph.D.• 1905. Faculty, Oregon, from 1905; head of department from 1920; fellow, Texas Historical Association. TIMOTHY CLORAN, Ph.D Pro/eBsor 0/ Roma..ce La..guages B.A., Western Reserve, 1891; student, University of Berlin, 1897-98; University of Strassburg, 1898-99; Ph.D., Strassburg, 1901; student, University of Paris, 1904-05; University of Madrid, 1905-06. Faculty, Shurtleif College, 1893-97; Idaho, 1899-1900; Vanderbilt, 1900-04; Oregon. from 1906; head of department. 1906.19~5. MELTRUDE COE, B.A I..structor i .. Education B.A., Oregon. 1923. Present position. University High School. from 1927. PERCY M. COLLIER, A.B., LL.B _ Exte..sion Lecturer A.B., Oregon. 1911: LL.B•• Michigan, 1914. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. EDMUND S. CONKLIN, Ph.D P ro/essor 0/ PBl/chologl/ B.H., 1908, Springfield. Mass.; A.M., Clark, 1909; fellow in psychology, Clark, 1909-11: Ph.D., 1911. Faculty. Oregon, from 1~11; head of department from 1913. • L...ve of absence, 1929-30. 12 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON .JOHN STARK EVANS, B.A.....Associate Dean of the School of M....ic and Pro/cseor of M....ic B.A.• Grinnell, 1913; pupil of Rudolph Ganz. New York; Rubin Goldmark, New York; Cha~l~ Widor. France; Isidor Philippe, Vienna. Faculty, Oregon, 1917; present pOSItIOn. from 1920. RALPH ALRERT FENTON, M.D Clinical Professor of Otolary..gology and Head of the Department A.B., Oregon, 1903; M.D., Chicago, 1906. Senior house officer. Illinois Charitable Eye and Ear Infirmary. Chicago, 1906-07. Faculty, Oregon from 1911. Present position from 1£28.' , ROBERT D. FANElR. M.A Instructor i.. English B.A.• Alleghany Coll('ge, 1927; M.A., Iowa, 1928. Faculty. Oregon, from 1928. DAVID E. FAVILLE, M.B.A Dean. School of Busines. Administration, and Professor of Busines. Administration B.A.• Stanford, 1922; M.B.A., Harvard. 1925. Research supervisor. Harvard Bureau of Business Research. 1927. Faculty, Harvard. 1927-28; Oregon, 1925-27; dean, from 1928. ANDREW FISH, Ph.D As.istant Professor of HistoT'lltli:ti: Oregon. 1920; M.A., 1921; Clark, 1921-22; Ph.D., 1923. Faculty. Oregon, from DOROTHY GURLEY FISH. B.A.• B.S lnstructor in Household Art. B.A., State Teachers' College, Santa Barbara, California, 1923; graduate assistant, Oregon. 1923-24; B.S.• Oregon, 1925. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. MARJORIE B. FORCHEMER, M.A lnstructor in Physical Education for Women B.S., Columbia. 1921; M.A., 1927. Instructor in physical education Washinglon 1921-24; associate in physical education, University of California at' Los Angeles: ~~~~~26; head of department, Colorado, summer session, 1926. Faculty. Oregon. from WILLIAM A. FOWLER, M.B.A .Associate Professor of Business Administration . B.S., Whitman College, 1925; M.B.A., Oregon, 1927. Graduate student. Oregon, 1925- 28. Faculty, Oregon. from 1928. LEo FRIEDMAN, Ph.D .Aesistant Professor in ChemistTJf :;:.;; ~~~~e, 1925; Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1928. Faculty, Oregon, 1928. Present position. DANIEL D. GAGE, JR., M.B.A IA.sociate Professor 0/ Business Administration A.B., Stanford. 1924; M.B.A., Harvard, 1926. Escrow officer, Security Title Insur- ance and Guarantee Co., Los Angeles, California, 1927-28: escrow and loan officer Mortgage Guarantee Co.•.Los Angeles, 1928-29. Faculty, Oregon, from '1929. ' 13FACULTY ELTON R. EDGE, M.A Demonstrator in Biologll B.A., Oregon, 1928; M.A., Princeton, 1929. Assistant, biology Princeton 1928-29' graduate assistant, Oregon, spring, 1928. Present position from'1929.' , .T. EARL ELSE. M.D., M.S., F.A.C.S Assistant PrOfessor of Surgery, SchOOl of Medicine, Portland Ph.G., South Dakota State College, 1900; B.S., 1901; M.D., Northwestern University Medical School, 1905; M.S.• Washinglon State College, 1910; University of Vienna. 1912-13. Faculty, Oregon, from 1913. ·DONALD M. ERR. M.A Assistant Profes.or of Economic. B.S., Illinois, 1922; graduate assistant, Illinois, 1923-25; M.S., Illinois, 1924; graduate student, Harvard, 1925-27; Thayer fellow. Harvard, 1926-27; Ricardo prize. Harvard, 1927; M.A., Harvard. 1927. Faculty, Oregon, from 1927. ALICE HENSON ERNST. M.A Assistant Professor of English B.A., Washington, 1912; Denny fellow in English, 1913; M.A.• 1913; graduate stu- dent, Radcliffe, 1919-20. Faculty, Washington, 1920-23. Studied theatres in Europe 1924; graduate student, Yale University, 1928. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. ' RUDOLF HERBERT ERNST, Ph.D Associate Professor of English B.A.• Northwestern College. Wisconsin, 1904; student, Theological Seminary, Wan- wa.tos!" Wisconsin, 1905-07; University of Rostock. Germany, 1908-09; University of Le,pzlg, 1909-10; Sorbonne, Paris, 1910; M.A., Harvard, 1912; Ph.D.• 1918; Thayer Fellowship, Harvard. Faculty, Northwestern College, 1904-05, 1907-08; Washington, 1912-23; Oregon, from 1923. VIRGINIA JUDY ESTERLY, M.A Dean of Women B.;\..• California, 1923; M.A.• 1930. Dean of women of intersession California 1923' summer session, California, 1924. Present position, from 1923.' " LERoy ELLSWORTH DETLING, A.M _ ./nstructor in Romance Languages Ph.B., Philomath, 1920; A.B., Oregon, 1921; A.M., Stanford, 1923; Sorbonne, 1926. Faculty, Oregon, from 1927. .TOHN FOREST DICKSON, M.B., M.D., L.R.C.P.Ed Emeritus Professor of Ophthalmology M.B., Toronto, 1880; M.D., Victoria, 1880; Royal College Physicians, Edinburgh, 1889; post-graduale study in New York, Edinburgh, London and Paris, 1889-91; New York, London, Paris, Vienna and Berlin, 1902-04; New York, Boston, Philadelphia. etc., 1910; Vienna, B~rlin, Paris, London, and New York, 1911-14. Faculty, Oregon, from 1915. RIOHARD B. DILLERUNT, M.D Dean of the School of Medici..e, Portland lllinois, 1904-06; M.D., Chicago, 1910. Faculty, Oregon, from 1912. MATTHEW HALE Doum.ASS, M.A Universitl/ Libraria.. B.A., Grinnell, 1895; M.A., Grinnell, 1898. Present position from 1908. MINNIE G. DOUGLASS _ _ I..structor in Music Oberlin Conservatory, 1898·99, 1900-03; pupil of Charles W. Morrison, George W. Andrews, E. B. Scheve, Francis Frothingham, Julia Lois Carruthers, .Tane Water- man, and Jane Thacher. Faculty, Oregon, from 1920. MARGARET M. DUNCAN, B.S _ ./nstructor i .. Physical Education for Women B.S., Washington, 1927. Assistant instructor in physical education, Washington, 1927-29. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. FIlIlDERIC STANLEY DUNN, A.M _ Professor of Lati.. A.B., Oregon, 1892; A.M., 1899; A.Jl., Harvard, 1894; holder of Austin Teachers' Scholarship at Harvard, 1902-03; A.M., 1903. Faculty, Willamette, 1895-98; head of department, Oregon, fronl 1898; leave of absence in Italy, 1918-19. VIBOIL D. EARL, B.A _ •.__ _ Professor Of Phl/sical Education; Director of Department of AthletiCII B.A., Oregon, 1906. Faculty, Oregon, from 1928. LUTHER SHEELEIGH CRESSMAN, Ph.D Professor of Sociologll B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1918; S.T.B., Gen Theological Seminary, New York, 1923; M.A., Columbia, 1923; Ph.D., 1925. Instructor in sociology, College of the City of New York, 1925-28; instructor in sociology, Seth Low Junior College of Columbia University, 1928; John Alsof King, traveling fellow in Europe,' 1925-26; professor of sociology, Washington State Normal, 1928-29. Faculty, Orel{on, from 1929. RAYMOND D. COOL, Ph.D•..........................................._.•.................................Inst"..,tor in ChemistTJf B.S., Bridgewater College, Virginia, 1922; M.S., Virginia, 1926; Ph.D., Virginia, 1928. Teaching fellow in chemistry, Virginia, 1925-27; du Pont fellow in chemistry, Virginia, 1927-28; instructor in chemistry, Nevada, 1928-29. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. HARoLD RANDOLPH CROSLAND, Ph.D•.....•....................•..........Associate Professor of Psychologll A.B., South Carolina, 1913; A.M., Clark, 1914; Ph.D., 1916; fellow in experimental psychology, Clark, 1913-16. Faculty, Minnesota, 1916-17; Arkansas, 1917-18; Pitts- burg, 1918-20; Oregon, from 1920. MARGARET L. DAIGR, A.B _ Inst"..,tor in Household Arts A.B., Washington, 1924. Faculty, Oregon, from 1925. DAVlD R. DAVIS, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Indiana, 1917; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Chicago, 1926. Faculty, Illinois State Teachers' College, 1926; Oregon, from 1926. BURCHARD WOODSON DEBUSK, Ph.D Professor of Educatioft B.A., Indiana, 1904; fellow, Clark, 1909-10, 1914-15; Ph.D., 1915; acting director of psychology laboralory, IndIana, 1908-09. Faculty, Teachers' College, Colorado, 1910- 14; Oregon, from 1915. EDGAR EZEKIEL DECOU, M.S _ _ Professor of Mathematics B.S., Wisconsin, 1894; M.S., Chicago, 1897; graduate student, Chicago, 1899-1900; graduate scholarship, Yale, 1900-01. Faculty, Bethel College, Kentucky, 1897·99, 1901-02; acting president, 1902; head of department of mathelp.atics, Oregon, from 1902. MARGARET D. CREECH, B.A Assistant Profesoor of Applied Sociologll B.A., Reed College, 1915; visitor for the Social Welfare Association, Grand Rapids, Michigan; executive secretary of the Home Service Section, Portland Center, Ameri- can Red Cross; secretary of the Confidential Exchange, Portland, 1920-23. Faculty, Oregon, from 1923. • Leave of absence, 1929-30. 14 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 15 ERNST GELLHORN, M.D., Ph.D•............................................................ProfeB.or of Animal Biolow M.D., Heidelberg, 1919; Ph.D•• Muenster, 1919. Assistant professor of animal biolo~. University of Halle. 1921; associate professor. 1926. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. ANDREW JACKSON Gmsy. M.D•.....•...•......................Emeritu. Profe.sor of Clinical Gynecolow. School of Medicine. Portland JAMBS HENRY GILBERT, Ph.D Dea.. of the College of Literature. Science and the Arts, and ProfesBor of EconomicB B.A., Oregon. 1903; Ph.D.. Columbia. 1907. l<'aculty. Oregon. from 1907; head of department from 1920; acting dean of the college. 1926-27. Present position from 1927. GEORGE H. GODFREY, B.S..··.·· ·· ·· r .•.••••....AB.i.tant Profe.sor of Journalism B.S., Oregon, 1929. Staff, Eugene Register. 1923-24; Eugene Guard, 1924-25; editor. Hilo, Hawaii, Tribune-Herald, 1927; correspondent, Christian Science Monitor, Eugene. 1923-26; Territory of Hawaii. 1926-27; correspondent, New York Times. Territory of Hawaii. 1926-27. Faculty. Oregon. from 1927. MARGARET BANNARD GOODAlL. B.A•................................................... ........Jnstructor in Educatio.. B.A•• Oregon, 1904. Present position. supervisor of English in University High School, from 1916. MOZEI,LE HAm. B.A Assistant Professor of Sociology; Director of Organization and Admini.tration of Correspondence Study, Extension Division B.A.• Oregon. 1908; graduate student. Columbia, 1921-22. Faculty, Oregon, from 1908. ROBERT C. HALL. ...Assodate Profes.or of Journalism and Superintendent. Univer.ity Pre•• Faculty, Oregon. from 1918. FRED ORIN HARRIS. B.F.A :,4,.sistant Profe••OT of Desig.. B.F.A•• Washingtcn, 1926. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. HOWARD D. HASKINS. M.A.• M.D...ProfesBor of Biochemistry. School of Medici.... Portland A.B., Michigan; M.D., Western Reserve; M.A.. Oregon. 1923. Faculty. Western Reserve. 1907-15; Oregon, from 1915. WILLIAM L. HAyWARD .Profe••or of Physical Educatio.. Coach. Olympic Games, eince 1912. Faculty, Oregon. from 1903. LOUIS F. HENDERSON. M.A.....Re.earch Profe.sor in Plant BioloW; Curator of Herbarium Ph.B., Corncll. 1874; M.A•• Oregon, 1926. Faculty, Idaho. 1893-1909; curator of the herbarium and research fellow. Oregon. from 19~6. Present position, from 1929. GILBERT L. HFRMANCE, B.S Jn.tructor in Physical Educatio.. B.S•• Oregon. 1927; graduate student. Columbia. 1927. Faculty. Oregon, from 1927. JACK ERNEST HEWITT. A.B ···.· ···· ln.tructor in Physical Educatio.. A.B., California. 1928; graduate student. 1929,29. Supervisor of playground. Oak- land Recreation Department. Oakland, California, summers, 1927-29; assistant in- structor in physical education, California. 1927-29. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. EDWIN T. HODGE, Ph.D ProfessOT of Geology B.A•• Minnesota, 1913; M.A.• 1914; Ph.D., Columbia, 1915; William Bayard Cutting Traveling Fellowship, Columbia, 1916. Faculty Minnesota, 1913-16; Columbia 1916- 16; British Columbia. acting head of departme;'t, 1917-20; Oregon. from 1920: RALPH C. HOEBER, M.A•• ,J.D A••istant Profes.or of English; Head of Speech Divisio.. B.A•• Oregon, 1922; M.A.• 1923; J.D., Stanford, 1927. Practicing attorney, 1927-29; I?srt-time instructor In English and economics, Oregon, 1921-23: instructor in Eng. hsh and economics, summer sessions, 1923, 192i: regular session, 1923-24; extension lecturer. 1927-29. Present position, from 1929. WILLIAM BURROUGHS HOLDEN, M.D•• F.A.C.S Clinicia.. in Surgery, School of Medicine, Portland' Battle Creek College, .Mich., 1889·93; Michigan. 1893-94; Rush Medical College. 1896. 97; M.D., 1897. Faculty. Oregon, from 1914. GOORGE P. HOPKINS. B.A ProfessOT of Piano and Head of Departme..t B.A., Oregon. 1921. Student. Peabody Conservatory. Baltimore. Piano with Alfred Butler, Los Angeles; Harold Randolph, Baltimore' Ernest Hutcheson New York Composition with Gustave Strube, Baltimore; Sigis;"ond Stojowski and' Rubin Gold: mark, New York. Faculty, Oregon. 1919-23. and from 1925 to present time. Present position from January. 1930. CHARLES G. HOWARD, B.A.. J.D : Profes.or of Law B.A.• Illinois, 1920; J.D•• 1922. Practicing lawyer. 1922-27. Faculty University of Illinois. 1924-28; Oregon. from 1928. • HEaP-ERT CROMBIE HowE, B.L•• A.B Professor of English B.L., A.B., Cornell, 1893; graduate scholar in philosophy, Cornell. 1893-95. Faculty, Oregon. from 1901; head of department. 1906-1925. CHARLES G. HOWELL. M.A In.tructor in Romance Languages M.A., Syracuse. 1928. Teaching fellow, Oregon. 1928. Present position. from 1929. RALPH R. HUESTIS, Ph.D As.ociate ProfesBor of Genetics B.S. A., McGill, 1914; M.S., California, 1920; Ph.D., 1924; research assistant. Scripps Institution for Biological Research. 1920-24. Faculty. Oregon. from 1924. CARL L. HUFFAKER, Ph.D ProfessOT of Education Central Teachers' College, Oklahoma. 1907-11; B.S.. Chicago, 1915; superintendent of Bchools. Iowa. 1916-22; M.A., Iowa, 1922; research aSilistant. Iowa, 1922-23; Ph.D•• 1923. Faculty. Arizona, 1923-27; Oregon. from 1927. WARREN C. HUNTER. M.D A••i.tan~ P.rofeB.or of Pathology A.B.. Albany College, 1920; M.D.• Oregon, 1924; M.A., MIChIgan, 1927. Faculty. Ore~on. from 1929. PHD.IP W. JANNEY. B.A•• C.P.A Assistant Profes.or of Busine.s Admi~istration. Portland Extenswn Center B.A.• Oregon, 1920; fOrJr.erly with Whitfield. Whitcomb & Co.; C.P.A•• 1922. Faculty. Oregon, from 1921. ARLIEN JOHNSON, M.A Assistant Director and A~sista.nt ProfessOT of Applied Socialog.y B.A.• Reed College, 191~; M.A., Columbia UnIVerSI~Y. 1922; gradu~te s!udent: ChI. cago, 1927-29. Instructor. New York School of SOCIal Work; aSSOCIate In .0cIOlogy. University of Washington, 1923-27. Faculty. Oregon, from 1929. JAMES ARTHUR JOHNSTON, M.A .As.ociate Professor of Busine•• Administration B.S., Mt. Union College, 1905; Ph.C., Pittsburg, 1905; M.A., Iowa, 1926. Faculty. Southwestern (La.). 1920-23; Iowa, 1923-25; Oregon. from 1926. NOBLE WILEY JONES, M.D Clinician in Medicine, School of Medicine. Portland Wisconsin. 1891-94; Stal' ford, 1894-95, A.B., 1895; Rush Medical College, 1898-1901, M.D., 1901; University of Vienna. 1905-06; University of Halle, Germany, 1913-14; University College. London, England. 1923-24. Faculty. Oregon, from 1913. SIMEON EDWARD JOSEPHI, M.D., LL.D Dean Emeritu. and Profe.sOT of "Nervo,," and Mental Diseases. School of Medicine. Portland Faculty, Oregon, from 1887. C. LYLE KELLY Ph.B.. C.P.A iAs.ociate ProfesBOT of Accounting Ph B Chicago 1911; graduate Btudent. Ohio, 1919-20; Nebraska. 1921. Faculty,Nebr~ska Wesl~yan, 1921-22; Oregon, from 1922; associate member, American Insti- tute of Accountants. MAUDE I. KERNS. B.A., B.S Assistant Profe••or of Normal Art B.A., Oregon, 1899; Hopkin. Art Institute, San Francisco, 1900-01; B.S. with diploma in fine arts, Columbia, 1906; associate of Ralph Johonnot, 1912-18; stu- dent Academie Mod~rne, Paris; pupil, E. A. Taylor and Jessie King Taylor, 1913; pupii of William Chase, 1914; Arthur W. Dow, 1917; studied in museums in France, Germany. Italy. Faculty, Oregon. from 1921. FREDERICK ANDREWS KIBHLE, M.D Clinical Profe.sor of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department, School of Medicine, l'ortland A.B. Minnesota. 1894; M.D., 1901. Student, University of Vienna, 1907, 1911, 1928. Fac';lty, Minnesota State Normal Schcol, 1896-97; University of Minnesota Medical School. 1897-1902; Oregon, 1914-18. Present position from 1929. JA~IES CHARLES ELLIOTT KING, M.D Emeritus Profe.Bor of Dermatology. School of Medicine, Portland A.B.. Minnesota, 1886; M.D.• Northwestern. 1890. Faculty, Oregon. from 1908. LYLE B. KINGERY. M.D Clinical Professor of Dermatology and Syphilology and Head of the Department, School of Medicine. Portland B.S., Michigan, 1914; M.D., 1916. Resident instructor. assistant professor, depart- ment of syphilology and dermatology. Michigan, 1916-22. Faculty, Oregon. from 1922. EIINESTO Roy KNOlLIN. M.A .\4ssociate Profe••or of Phy.ical Education A.B. Stanford, 1914; M.A., 1929; graduate student, Illinois, 1919-21. Instructor in physical education, Stanford, 1915-17; acting director. 1917-18; instructor in coaching school. Illinois, 1919-21. Faculty. Oregon. from 1929. EDMUND P. KREMER, Dr. juris utriusque......:.....A.sistant ProfessOT of Germanic Language. and Literatur8 University of Freiburg, Baden, 1913-14; University of Munich, Bavaria. 1914; Uni- versity of Berlin, 1919-20; University of Frankfurt a Main, 1922-24; Dr. juris utri- usque. 1924. Faculty, University of Frankfurt a Main, 1926-26; Oregon. from 1928. 16 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 17 EDMOND J. LABBE, M.D•........EmerituB ProfeBB01" of ObBtetric., School of Medic""" Portlamd University of Virginia; M.D., Columbia. Faculty, Oregon, from 1899. .1oHN J. LANDSBURY, Mus.D Dean of the School of MUBic and Profe'Bor of Music Mus.B., Simpson College, Iowa, 1900; Mus.D., 1909; pupil Max Bruch, Berlin; gradu- ate student~ University of Berlin. Faculty, Simpson; Baker University; Oregon, from 1914; present position from 1917. OLOP LARSELL, Ph.D ProjeBB01" of Anatomy,' School of Medicine, Portland B.S., McMinnville College, 1910; graduate student, Chicago; M.A., Northwestern, 1914; Ph.D.. 1918. Faculty, McMinnville, 1910-15; Northwestern, 1915-18, 1920·21; Wisconsin, 1918-20; Oregon, from 1921. ELLIS F. LAWRENCE, M.S., F.A.I.A.....lNlan of the School of Architecture and iAUied Art., Profe'Bor of Architecture B.S.] M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Fellow, American Institute of Architecture. Honorary president, Oregon Building Congress; past director and vice president, American Institute of Architects; formerly member, Portland Hous.. ing Commission, and Portland City Planning Commission. On jury of award for competition for Portland Public Auditorium, Bank of Italy, San Francisco, and War Memorial, Honolulu, Hawaii, and San Francisco Stock Exchange. Faculty, Oregon, from 1914. FELIX LEGRAND Part-time /nBtru<:tlYr in Romance Language. Brevet d'En6eignement Primaire Superieur, conferred by the Academie de Bordeaux (France), 1918; studied at St. Cricq (Ecole Superieure et Professionnelle); SI;. Ignatius Law School, California, 1928. Faculty, Oregon, from 1928. E. C. A. LESCH, Ph.D AB.istant Profe••or of English B.A., Illinois, 1925; M.A., 1926; Ph.D., Princeton, 1928. Faculty, Oregon, from 1928. LESLIE L. LEWIS, M.A _ /nBtructor in Engli.h B.A., Illinois, 1925; M.A., Colorado, 1927. Faculty, Colorado, 1926-28; Oregon, from 1928. ALFRED L. LOMAX. M.A ProfeBB01" of Bu.ineBB AdminiBtration, Eztension Divisi,", B.B.A., Oregon, 1923; formerly with George Wills & Sons, Ltd. (export merchants) ; United States Shipping Board; McCarger, Bates & Lively; M.A.• Pennsylvania, 1927. Faculty, Oregon, from 1919. EDWARD DORRIS McALISTER. Ph.D A ••istant Profe••or of,PhYBic. B.A., Oregon, 1923; M.A.• 1925; Ph.D.• California. 1928. Teaching fellow, California, 1925-26, 1927-28; Whiting fellow. California, 1926-27; graduate student, Oregon, 1923-25. Faculty, Ol'egon, from 1928.. EDWARD HIRAM McALISTER. M.A Profes.lYr of Mechanic. and ABtronomy B.A.. Oregon. 1890; M.A., 1893. Faculty, Oregon, from 1891; dean, College of Engineering, 1902-15; head of department, from 1915. CLARENCE JOSEPH MCCUSKER, M.D Glinical ProfeBBor of ObstetricB and Head of the Department. School of Medicine. Portland B.S., Iowa State College. 1898; M.D.• Rush Medical College. Chicago, 1903. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. ROSE MCGREW Profe8sor of MUBic Pupil of Haenisch and Von Kotzebue. Dresden; Zimmerman, Berlin; soprano, Court Theatre, Mecklenburg-Schwerin; Royal Theatre, Hanover: prima donna, Breslau, Germany; created role of Octavian in Strauss' uRosenkavalierH ; decorated with Order of the Silver Laurel (Germany). Faculty. Oregon, from 1920. ALBERT EDWARD MACKAY, M.B., M.D.C.M., F.A.C.S•....................ProfeB.or of Genito-Urinary Di.ea.e8, School of Medicine, Portland M.B•• Toronto; M.D.C.M.• Trinity University. Toronto. Faculty. Oregon, from 1890. IRA ALBEaT MANVILLE, M.A.• M.D.....ABsociate in PhYBiolouy, School. of Medicine. Portland B.A.• Oregon, 1913; M.A•• 1922; M.D., 1923. Faculty. Oregon, from 1923. EDGAR R. MEANS, M.A · InBtructor in Education B.A.• Reed, 1918; gr"duate assistant, Oregon, 1923-24; M.A., 1927. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. FRANK R. MENNE. B.S.• M.D Profe8sor of Pathology, School of Medicine, Portland B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rush Medical CoIlege. Faculty, Oregon, from 1911. .10HN RICHARD MEZ, Ph.D•..._ A.Bociate ProfeB'01" of EcunomicB and Political Scienc. .D.H.H.L., Leipsic. 1906; M.A. and Ph.D.• Heidelberg. 1910. Secretary. chamber of commerce, .Mannheim, 1908..10: secretary, Institute for International Organization, Munich, 1911-13; national secretary. International Relations Cluh. New York, 1915-16; correspondent. Conference for Limitation of Armaments, Washington. 1921-22; lec- turer, Wm. B. Feakins, Inc., Lecture Bureau. New York Public Lectures. 1923; assistant professor of ec,momics. Arizona, 1924-29. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. Fmm NATHAN MILLER. A.M., M.D _ Direct01". Univer.ity Health Service A,B., Lafayette. 1914; A.M•• 1916; M.D.• Rush Medical, 1924. Present position from 1925. WILLIAM EDMUND MILNE, Ph.D•..............................................................Profes801" of Mathematics A.B.. Whitman, 1912; A.M.• HarYard, 1913; Ph.D.• 1915. Faculty, Bowdoin, 1915-18; Oregon, from 1919. EBNEST GEORGE MOLL, A.M _ A.sistant ProfeBBor of English A.B.• Lawrence College. 1922; A.M., Harvard, 1923, Faculty, Colorado. 1923-28; Oregon, from 1~28. ARTHUR RU~SELL MOORE. Ph D _ P rofeBBor of General Physiology B.A., Nebraska, 1904; Ph.D.• California, 1911; lecturer. Woods Hole Marine Biology Laboratory, 1916-19; guest. Naples Zoological Station, 1923; table, American Asso- ciation, Advancen1ent of Science, Naples, 1925; lecturer, general physiology, Hopkins Marine Station. Stanford. from 1926. Faculty. California, 1911-13; Bryn Mawr, 1918-16; Rutgers. 1916-26; head of department of animal biology, Oregon, from 1926. HENRIETTA E. MOORE. Ph.D ABBociate ProfesBor of English, Portland Eztension Genter B.A., Oregon. 1888; M.L., California, 1896; M.A., Columbia. 1901, Ph.D., 1904. Fac- ulty, Los Angeles State Normal; Idaho; Oregon. from 1924. RALPH U. MOORE. B.A A ••iBtant ProfeB.or of Educaticm B.A., Oregon, 1~23. Present position (principal, University High School), from 1925. VICTOR P. MORRIS. Ph.D .:A.Bistant ProfeBBor of EconomicB B.A., Oregon. 1915; .MA., 1920; Ph.D.; Columbia. 1929. Faculty, GrinneIl CoIlege, 1922.24; Oregon Agricultural College. 1924-26; Oregon, from 1926. PAT V. MORRISSETTE. M.A•...•............................................................................Jn8tructor in Engli8h B.A.• Oregon. 1925; M.A., 1926; graduate student, Princeton. 1928-29. Graduate assistant in English. Oregon. 1925-26. Present position. from 1926. WAYNE LYMAN MORSE, M.A., LL.B. ABBi.tant ProfeBBor of Law Ph.B., Wisconsin. 1928; M.A.. 1924; LL.B., Minnesota, 1928; candidate for J.D., Columbia, 1929. Instructor in argumentation, Wisconsin, 1924; assistant professor of argumentation. Minnesota. 1924-28; fellow in law, Columbia. 1929. Faculty, Ore- gon, from 1929. JOHN H. MUELLER. Ph.D !ABsi8tant ProfeB801" of Sociology B.A.• Missouri, 1920; M.A•• 1921; University of Montpellier, France, 1919; graduate student, Chicago, 1922-24, Ph.D., 1928. Faculty, Missouri, 1920-22. 1925-26; Chicago, 1923-25; Oregon, from 1926. MICHAEL J. MUELLER. B.F.A., F.A.A.R. Profe.Bor of Painting B.F.A., Yale, 1925; F.A.A.R., American Academy, Rome. 1928. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. GUSTAV MOLLER. Ph.D•.............•..................................................A.si.tant ProfeBBor of Phil080phy B.A., University of Bern, 1917; M.A•• 1920; Heidelberg, 1921; Bern and Florence, Italy. 1921-23; Ph.D., Bern, 1923; University of London, 1923-24. Faculty, Oregon, from 1925. . HAROLD B. MYERS, M.D•..........•.~ Profe••or of Pharmacology, School of Medicine, Portland A.B., Wisconsin; M.D., Western Reserve; collaborator, Journal of Pharmacology. Faculty, Oregon, from 1916; associate dean, school of medicine, from 1917. KARL W. ONTHANK. M.A•.......................•..........•.............Ezecutive Secretary of the UniverBity ,B.A., Oregon, 1913; M.A., 1915. Secretary to president. 1916-17; executive secretary, from 1917; administrative committee of University, 1924-26. WILllOTH OSBORNE. M.D UniverBity Physieian and Medical Gonsultant for Wom61l A.B., Reed. 1918; M.D., Oregon, 1924. Present position from 1925. EDWIN E. OSGOOD, M.D.......................•......•_AsBi.tant Profe88or of BiochemiBtry and Medicine, School of Medidne, Portland B.A~ Oregon. 1923; M.A., M.D., 1924. Student, University of Vienna, 1927-28. Faculty, Oregon. from 1921. Present position from 1929. 18 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 19 EARL L. P ACKABD, Ph.D _ ..P..ofe•8or of G.olo/1/l A.B., Washington. 1911; M.A.. 1912; fellow in paleontology, Cali!o:ni~. 1912-14; Ph.D., 1915. Faeulty, Washington. 1915-16; Oregon, 1916-17; ¥i.SIBSIPPI A. & M•. College, head of department, 1917-18; Oregon, from 1919; acting head of depart- ment, 1920-22. EARL M. PALLETT, M.S ······..··· Regist..a.. MId Acting Dean of Me", Platteville Normal School, Wisconsin, 1912-14; Toulou.a, 1919: Wisconsin. 1919; B.S., 1921; M.S., 1922: Chicago, 1923. Director of extension, Eastern State Teachers' Col- lege, Madison. South Dakota, 1921-27: faculty, Oregon, from 1927. MABLB HOLMES PARSONS, M.A•......................P..ofe880.. of EngliBh.. Poriland E",t."..ion Cent... A.B•• Michigan. 1904; M.A.• 1905. Faculty. Oregon, from 1912. PHCLlP ARcam'ALD PARSONS, Ph.D.. LL.D De Sch.ool of Applied Social Scienee. and Head" of th.e Depa..tment of Socialogll A.B., Christian University. Missouri. 1904; M.A.• 1905; student, Union Theological Seminary, 1904-06: graduate student, Columbia. and research fellow. Sehool of Phil- anthropy. 1908-09; Ph.D.. 1909; LL.D., Culver·Stockton College, 1927. Faculty. Syracuse. 1909-20; director of university .ettlement, Syracuse; lecturer, Department 'Immigrant Education. State of New York. 1912-18; director of Portland School of Social Work, 1920.27; dean, Portland School of Social Work, 1927-29; present posi- tion, from 1929. EDITH BAKER PATTEE, M.A · ···· In.t ctor i .. Eduea.tion A.B., Oregon, 1911; M.A., 1913. Supervisor of languages, University High School. from 1919. MARY HALLOWELL PERKINS. M.A · ······· .P..ofe••or of EnglisA B.A., Bates, 1898; M.A.. Radcliffe, 1908; graduate .tudent, Columbia. 1916-17: Uni- versity of London, 1925-26. Faculty, Oregon, from 1908. GRACE PHELI'S. R.N · ···.··· ··· 1 t ctor i.. Hospital Ad i..ist tiotl R.N•• Cincinnati General Hospital, 1900; superintendent, Eleanor Hospital (for chil- dren), Indianapolis, Indian". 1905-08; St. Luke's Hospital, San Francisco. 1916; director of nursing. Multnomah County Hospital, Portland, 1916; director of nursing of Portland Chapter, American Red Cross. 1917; chief nurse, Base Hospital No. 46, A. E. F., France. 1918-19; superintendent, Portland Eye, Ear. Nose and Throat Hospital, 1920-26; president. Oregon State Board for Examination and Re~tratloD of Graduate Nurses since 1921; superintendent. Doernbecher Memorial Ho.pltal .Inee 1926; director of nursing, Univer.ity of Oregon Medical School, from 1929. CoRNIILIA PIPES. M.A ·.·.· · I t ctor i.. lRomatlce Lo...guagss B.A., Oregon, 1924: M.A., 1929. Faculty, Oregon. from 1926. ALrRIlID POWERS, B.A _ De of E",te-naio.. Di-viBion, Di cto.. of PorilM&d Ce..t · P..ofe88o.. of JOllrll4lilmo B.A.. Oregon, 1910. Faeu1ty. Oregon, 1917; U. S. Army, 1918-19; director of public information and Junior Red CroBB. Northwestern dIvlBlon. American Red C1'OII8. 1919-20; University editor, schoC'1 of journali.m, 1920-22; as.istant director, extension dlvlBion. 1922-26; present pooition from 1926. JOHN M. RAil. M.B.A..............•........................A..ociot. P..ofssso.. of Busine88 Ad...i..i.t..ation Ph.B., University of Wisconsin, 1923; M.B.A., Harvard, 1928. Faculty, Oregon, from 1928. GBORGE REBEC, Ph.D•....................•...Dea.. of th.e G..aduate Sch.ool and P"ofesso.. of Ph.il08oPh.1I A.B., Michigan, 1891; student at Strassburg, 1893-94; Ph.D., Michigan, 1896; student In Florence, Italy, 1908-09. Faculty, Miehigan, 1894-1909: Oregon. 1912.18; director, Portland Extension Center, 1918-23; profeBBor of education, Reed College, 1920-21; head of department of philosophy and dean of Graduate School. Oregon. from. 1920. JAMES MELVIN REINHARDT, Ph.D ················AssiBta..t P..ofe8.or of Sociolow B.A., Berea College, Kentucky, 1923; M.A., North Dakota, 1925; Ph.D., 1929; gradu- ate .tudent. Chicago, summer .ession., 1924, 1925. Part-time in.tructor in sociology, North Dakota, 1924-25; instructor in sociology. 1925-27; assistant profeSBor in soci- ology. 1927-28; profeBBor of sociology, Morris Harney College. West Virginia. 1928-29. Faculty. Oregon. from 1929. KURT REINHARDT, Ph.D A••istant P..ofe..or of Genna..ic La..guages snd Literature University of Munieh: University of Heidelberg; University of Freiburg, Ph.D.• 1922. Editor, Herder Publishing Company, Freiburg (Germany). 1922-26; Zuerich (Swit- zerland). 1926; correspondent, Canada. 1927. Faculty, University Extension. Uni- versity of FreibUl'K, 1923-25; University of Zuerich. 1926; Oregon, from 1928. WILLIAM J. REINHART ·· ····..······· I t ctor in Ph.lIsical Educatio.. Oregon, three years. Present position, from 1923. ALWIN EBERT RIGo. M.Arch A.sista..t P..ofe••or of A..oMteotu..- B.S., Minnesota, 1925: M.Arch., Maasachusetts Institute of Teehnology, 1929. Assis- tant professor of archItecture, North Dakota State College 1925-28 Faculty Oregon from 1929. ' • , ' GEOR~ W. RoBBINS, M.B.A ......................•.•...JA....tant p ..ofessor of Busi....s Ad...inistratio.. A;.B., Univers~ty of California at Loa Angeles. 1926; M.B.A., Harvard. 1928. Research dIrector, the Farrar Co., Los Angeles. 1928-29. Faeulty, Oregon, from 1929. R. C. RoMIG. M.D Ph.yeicia Uni-ve..sitll Health. SeT1lice B.S.• Idaho, 1919: M.D., Rush Medical College, 1926. Present position. from 1926. HUGH E. RoSSON. B.S., LL.B _._ .Associate p ..ofessor of L04D B.S•• Knox, 1916; LL.B., Iowa, 1920. Faculty, Kans State Agricultural College. 1921-23; Oregon. from 1923. CHAIlLES EASTON RoTHWELL, B.A _._ .I t otor i .. EduOGtiotl B.A., Reed College. 1924: Oregon, 1925-27. Faculty, University High Sehool, Oregon from 1927. ' ETHEL L SANBORN. Ph.D _ _ .Aaaist t P..ofessOT of Plant BioWtni B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903: B.A., South Dakota. 1904; M.A.• 1907; Ph.D.. Stanford, 1928. Faculty. Oregon. from 1918. EHBBSON P. SCHMWT. M.A _ ABBistant P..ofes.or of Eo01l.Omka B.A.• North Central College. 1928; M.A.. University of Toronto 1924' graduate stu- dent, University of Wisconsin. 1926-28. Faculty. Marquette' Unlve;"'ity 1924-26' ....sistant in economics. University of Wisconsin, 1926-28: Oregon, from 1928. ' Fiu:mRlcH GOORO G. SCHKlDT, Ph.D .Profe88or of G"""""";o Language. and Literatu..e Student, University of Erlangen, Bavaria. 1888-1890; Johllll Hopkins, university scholar and fellow. 1894-96: Ph.D., 1896. Faculty. Cornell College, 1896-97; head of department of modern languages. Oregon, 1897-1905: head of department of German from 1905. • LoUISE BAIIBOws SCHROFF _ .I tnisor of E ..glish.. R0088-velt J ior High. Soh.oo& B.S., Oregon, 1929. LIbrary. Il1Inois, 1921. Faculty. Oregon. from 1927. lLuRY J. SEARS. Ph.D _ .Profe••o.- of BactSTiologll. Sch.ool of Medici..e. PorilM&d A.B.• Stanford, 1911; A.M.• 1912: Ph.D., 1916; student, Chicago Faculty Stanford, 1911-12. 1918-16; city bs:cterioloKist and chemist. Berkeley, Calif., 1917-18: Faeulty, Oregon, from 1918; pteSldl!nt, Oregon branch of Society of American BaeterioloKistB. RoBBIlT HOLHES SEASHORE, Ph.D A••ociat. P..ofes.or of P8IIch.ologll B.A:. Iowa. 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1925. Faeulty. Ohio State University 1925·26' NatIOnal Research Council fellow in biological seiences, Stanford Universlt; 1926-28: FacUlty, Oregon, from 1928. ' OTTILIB TURNBULL SEYBOLT, M.A AssiBta..t P..ofss.o.- of E..glish. and Di..ectOT of Dramatic. B.A., Mt. Holyoke College, 1910; M.A., Wisconsin, 1915: graduate student, Wiseonsln191~-18 ;. graduate student. Columbia University. 1912, 1913, 1924; graduate stUdent: Callforma, 1920-21. Faculty. (summers). Wiseonsin. 1918. 1919. 1924. 1925: faeulty. Vassar Co!lege, 1921-25; SmIth College, 1925-26; faculty. Colorado (summer). 1926; faculty. Mmnesota, 1926-27; Mills College. 1927-28; Oregon. 1928. LAURENCIil SELLING, M.D Cli..ical P,:ofe••ot .of Medicine. Sch.ool of Medicine. POTtland f9~2: Yale, 1904: M.D.• John. Hopkms MedIcal School, 1908. Faculty. Oregon, from HEI.BN M~ .SENN, B.A•........:.I...t ....otor i.. Public Speaking. Portland E"'t....ion Cent8f' B.A., MIchIgan, 1907; NatIOnal Conservatory of Dramatie Art, New York City 1907- 09; student an~ faculty. Boston School of Expression. Faeulty, Buena Vista College. 'Iowa. 1914; WI1lamette. 1910-17; Oregon. from 1918. 20 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FACULTY 21 HENRY DAVIDSON SHBLDON, Ph.D Dean of the School of Education and . Profe••or of Education and HiHtoTlJ A.B., Stanford, 1896; A.M., 1897; Ph.D.. Clark. 1900; student, Leipzig. 1911-12. Faculty, Oregon. 1900-11; Pittsburg. 1012-14; Oregon, from 1914; chairman, admin- istrative committee of University, 1924-26. F~ERICK LAFAYETTE SHINN, Ph.D Profe88or of Chemi8tTlJ B.A.. Indiana. 1901: M.A•• 1902: scholar, Yale. 1902; Ph.D.• Wisconsin, 1906. Faculty, Wisconsin. 1902-04. 1905-07; Indiana. 1904-05; Oregon, from 1907; acting head of department. 1918-22. CLARA MILLERD SMERTENKO. Ph.D A880ciate Profes.or of Latin and Greek A.B.. Grinnell College,. 1895; Ph.D.. Chicago. 1902; Berlin. 1906-07. Faculty. Grin- nell CoJlege. 1903-19; .Columbia University, 1920-22; Skidmore College. 1923-25; Ore- gon, from 1927. S. STEI'HENSON SMITH. B.Litt. (Oxonl JA8.ociate Profe.8or of Engli8h. A.B., Reed College, 1915; B.Litt.• Oxford. England, 1923. Faculty, Oregon. from 1925. WARREN Du PRE SMITH, Ph.D Profe880r of Geology B.S.• Wisconsin. 190~;. M.A., Stanford. 1904;. fellow in geology. Chicago, 1904-05; Ph.D.• Wisconsin. 1908; head of department, Oregon. from 1914; geologist and chief of division of mines, 'bureau of science, Manila, .1905-14. 1920-22. VERNON G. SORRELL. Ph.D.•.,., , A••istant Profes8or of Economic8 A.B., Iowa, 1922; A.M., Illinois. 1924; Ph.D., California. 1929. Assistant in sociology, Illinois, 1923-24; instru'(~tor in economics, State -Normal University, Illinois: summer 8ession. 1924; as.istant professor of economics. St. Mary's College, California, 1926- 29. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. CLARENCE WILEY SPEARS. M.]).........Pr~fe880r of PhY8icai Educat'on; Head FootbaU Coach., . . and Phy.ician in the Univer8ity Health Service B.S.• Dartmouth. 1917; M,D.; Rush -Medical Collegp.. Chicago. 1921. Freshman foot- ball coach, Dartmouth, 1916; head coach, 1917, 1919-20; 'head football coach, West Virginia. 1921-24; professor of physical education and head football' coach, Minne- 80ta. 1925-30.. .Fllculty. Oregon, from 1930. CARLTON E. SPENCER,A.B.l J.D , :: "A88!'ciate. Profe••or of LawA.B.~ Oregon. 1913; LL.B.. 1915; J.D.•. 1925.. Secretary and Instr!,ctor. Oregon Law . D{·partmcnt. Portland. ]913-17;' registrar; Oregon; 1919-27. Faculty, Law School, 1923-24. Present position from 1927. . . ORIN FLETCHER STAF\.oRD.· A.M ,.: : Profe",;,r of Chemi8tTlJ . A.B.. Kansas. 1900;' A.M:. 1902; graduate student. Nernst laboratory, Bedin, 1908-09. Faculty. Orego~from1900; head of. departme~t froIll 1902•. JOHN H. STllliN, M.S., , , .ln8tructo·' in Wind. r".tr"mente; .Director of Bafl(! A.B•• G~inn~ll Coll~ge, 1925; M.S., Iowll: 1927: .Faculty, Oregon. from 1929. FRED L. SI'ETSON, M.A :: : :: : Profe••or of Education . B.A., Wllshjnyton. 1911; M.A•• ·1913; re:s~ch echolar. Teachers' College. 191940. Faculty, Washington, 1912-13; Oregon. from 1918; director of summer session. 'Eu- gene, 1924-26. ' .'. . ARTHUR B. STILLMAN. B.A..~ A.8i.tant·Profe.8or of Business Administratiota B.A.; Oregon, 1928~, Faculty. Oregon, from 1922. . JOHN STRAUB, Lit.D...Emeritu8 Dean of Men: Profe••or of Greek Language and Literature B.A., Mercersburg, 1876; M.A.• 1879; Lit.D•• Franklin and. Marshall. ·1913. Faculty, Oregon. from 1878; dean of the College of Literature, Science. and the Arts, 1839- 1920; dean of men. 1920-25. ALBERT RADDIN SWEETSER. M.A Profe••or of Plant Biology B.A.. Wesleyan. 1884; M.A.. 1887; graduate student. M¥,sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1884-85; Harval'd. 1~93-97. Faculty. Radcliffe, 1896·97; Pacific Univer- sity, 1897-1902; Oregon, from 1902; head of department, from 1909. HOWARD RICE TAYLOR, Ph.D A••ociate Profe••or of P.ycholof/1/ A.B., Pacific University (Ore.), 1914; A.M.• Stanford. 1923; Cubberly fellow, Stan- ford. 1924-25; Ph.D., 1927. Faculty. Oregon, from 1925. LaURENE E. TAYLOR. B.A , .lnstructor in Plant Biolof/1/ B.A., Oregon. 1918. Faculty. Oregon, from 1922. JANE THACHER Profe88or of Muaio Student. Vienna; pupil of Karl Pfleger; Teodor Leschetizky; concert pianiste. Fac- ulty, Oregon, from 1916. W. F. G. THACHER. M.A Profe880r of E..gli8h and Adverti.inll A.B.. Princeton, 1901!; M.A., 1906: graduate student. Chicago, 1906; associate editor of Pacific Monthly. 1902·04. Faculty. Oregon, from 1914. ANNA M. THOMPSON. -M.A _ A i.tant profe88or 'of Romance LangUage8 B.A.• Western Maryland College. 1900: M.A.• 19,)1; graduate· student, Columbia, 1909· 10; lDdtitut Fran~ais (bran.ch University of Toulouse at l'tl.adl'id). 1916-17; Centro de Estudios Historicos. Madrid. diploma. 1919 ; University of Mexico, summer, 19~2. Faculty, International Institute. Madrid. Spain, 1910-20; Oregon, from 1920. ELNORA E. THOMSON. RN...Profe880r of Applied Sociology: Director of Nur8ing Educati01& Executive secretary, Illinois Society for Mental Hygiene: director of Public Health Nursing Course, Chicago School of Civics and Philanthropy; member of American Red CrosB Tuberculosis Commission to Italy. 1918-19\ director of rar Western Exten- sion Office, American Child Health Assoeiation. 1923-25; director of Nursing Service. Marion COllntyChild Health Demonstration. from 1925; present position, 1921.23. and from 1925. HARRIET ·W. THOMSON, A.B Profe••or .. of Phy.ical Education . A.B.• Michigan. 1904; gradllate &tirdent. 1904·06; assistant in Orthopaedic Hospital- School, 1922. Faculty. Oregon. from 1911. LILIAN E. TINGLE ~ " , , , Prbfe~80.. of Hou.ehold Art. Student. Robert Gordon's College. Aberdeen. Scotland: University of. Aberdeen; Uni- versity of Londo'n; special study in Germany JI,ad Ilaly. Faculty.' 'State Normal In- dustrial School. North Dakota: general supervisor of home economics. Portland pub- lic schools, 1908717; head of department of household arts, Oregon, from 1917. H. G. TOWNSEND. Ph .D , , ~.., Profe880r .of Philo.ophy A.B., Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1908; Ph.D.• Cornell. 1913; Sage fellow in phil- osophy. Cornell. Faculty, Central .College,19rO,14; Smith College, 1914,26; Oregon. from 1926. EIlNESTINE ANN TROEMEL, B.S I tructor in Physical Educatitm B.S., Wisconsin, 1925•. Faculty. Orego". from 1925, .. GEOllGE TURNBULL, A.B. Profe88or of Journalism A.B.. Washington. 1£15 ; editorial staff. Seattle Post-oIntelligencer, 1905-16; Seattle Times, 1916-17. Faculty. Oregon. from 1917. HAROLD S. TUTTLE. M.A A88iBtant Profe880r of Educatio.. B.S.. College of Pacific. 1905; M.A.• 1911; B.D., Pacific Scheidl of Religion. 1911; student, California. 1908-11; B.A•• Pacific University, 1923. Faculty. Oregon, from 1926. • AURORA POTTER UND"R~OOD. B.M A••i8tant piofe.80r of MUMo B.M.• Oregon. IP21; pupil of Ethel Newcombe and Edwin Hughes, New York. 1921- 22; Fanny Bloomfield' Zeisler, 1924; Phillippe. Fontainbleau. 1925. Faculty. Oregon. from 1922. REx UNDERWOOD , Profe.8or of MUMo Chicago Musical College. pupil. Joseph Olheizor. 1904-06; Leipzig Conservatory, pUI.il. Hans Becker, IY07-0£; Royal Bavarian School of Music. Wurzburg, pupil of Walter Schulze-Priscn. 191Q: pupil. Michael Press. Berin. 1911; studied in London. lY12; with Leon Sametion. and Eric Delamal'trc. ChICago. 1924; with Remy. Fountainbleau. 1925; violin virtuoso diploma. Fountainbleau, 1925. Concert violinist and teacher. 1913-19; faculty. Oregon. from 1919. GERTRUDE BASS WARNER. M.A Director. Oregon Museum of Fine Arts M.A. in Public Service. Oregon. 1929; student, Vassar. Member, American Associa- tion for Advancement cf Science. American Anthropological Association, Japan Society. Zaidan Hojin lIleiji Sietoku Kinen Gakkai (MeW Japan Society); present posilion. from 1922. F. MIRON WARRII"GTON. DiplOme de l'Universit~ de Paris Profe880r of Bu.ine.s Admini.trati"",. Portland E:r:ten.ion Center Upper Canada College, Toronto. 1897; French interpreter. Canadian federal courts, 1900-08; stuoent, University of Mexico, 1916-17; .tudent•. University of Madrid, 1921; diplOme de l'Universit6 de Paris, 1922; instructor, Portland Center 1918. Pres- ent position, from ]919. • RAYMOND E. WATKINS, M.D., F.A.C.S Clinical Profe••or of Gynecology a..d Head of the Department. School of Medicine. Portland M.D•• University of Illinois, 1909. }o'aculty. Ore.:on. from 1929. ·EARL WIDMER, A.M A.8i.ta..t Profe8'or of PhllMCr>! Educatio.. B.S.• Columbia. 1921; A.M., Teachers' College, In5. Faculty, Columbia, 1920-22; Oregon, from 1922. • Leave of absence, 1929-30. 22 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 23 W. R. B. Wll.LCOX, F.A.I.A Pf'oftJlJ8M' of Af'cllltectu... Three and a half years, Kalamazoo College, Mich.; University of Pennsylvania, 1893- 94: European study, 1907. Practicing architect, Burlington, Vermont, 1894-1906; Seattle, Wash., 1908-22; faculty, Otegon, from 1922. Fellow, American Institute of Architects; director, 1914-17; chairman, city planning committee, 1916: vice presi- dent, 1918; jury of fellows, 1928-26. Roo&R JOHN WILLlAlllS, Ph.D•..••..............................._•....._ •.....A.soeiate Pf'ofe.sOt' of Clwmoist", B.S., Redlands, 1914; M.S., Chicago, 1918; Ph.D. (magna cum laude), 1919. Researeh chemist, The Fleischmann Co., 1919-20. Faculty, Oregon, from 1920. G_GB WILLIAlllSON, Ph.D _4.ssistCUlt Pf'OfeuOt' of Efllllish B.A., Stanford, 1920; M.A., Ha""!J,rd, 1926; Ph.D., Stanford, 1928; instructor in English, Washington State College, 1920-22; assistant professor of English, Wash- ington State College, 1928-26. Faeulty, Pomona College, 1926-27; instructor and graduate student, Stanford University, 1927-28, Fac1!lty, Oregon, from 1928, GEORGE FLANDERS Wn.sON, M.D .EmeritlUl ProfessOt' of 8uru"",. 8chool of Me~, Portlatod M.D.. University of Virginia, College of the City of New York; Medical Corps, U. S. Army. Faculty, Oregon, from 1880. LoUIS AUBIUIY WOOD, Ph.D .Associate Pf'ofes8M' ofE~ B.A., Toronto, 1906; B.D., Montreaf Presbyterian College, 1908; Ph.D., Heidelberg, 1911. Faculty, Robertson College, Alberta, 1912-13; University of Western Ontario, 191<&-28. Sterling research fellow, Yale, 1928-29. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. JANET WOODRUFF, M.A .ABBistant Pf'OfessOt' of Phll.icol EduclJtioft Diploma, XeIIogg School of Physical Education, Michigan, 1922; B.S., Teachers' Col- lege, Columbia, 1926; M.A., 1929. Assistant profllll8Or of physical education, Okla- homa A and M College, 1P22-24; instructor in physical education, Kansas State Teachers' College, 1926-27. Faculty, Oregon, from 1929. LEAVITT OLDS WRIGHT, Ph.D Associat.. Pf'ofessOt' of R_ lAMf1tIISIl..s A.B., Harvard, 1914; B.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1917; M.A., California, 1926; Ph.D., 1928; graduate student, Teachers' College, 1916-17; California, 1924-26. Faculty, Columbia, 1916-17; Pomona College, 1917-18, 1921-24; director, del Colegio Internacional, Guadalajara, Mexico, 1918-21. Faculty, Oregon, from 1926. RoSALIND WULZI!N, Ph.D AsBistCUlt Pf'ofes.Ot' of A"imal BiowfIl/ B.S., California, 1904: M.S., 1910: Ph.D., 1914. Faculty, Mills College, 1909-13; California, 1914-28; Oregon, from 1928. • HARRY BAIlCLAY YOOOlll, Ph.D .Pf'ofe••of' of ZOolOUlI A.B., Oberlin, 1912: graduate assistant in zoology, California, 1916-17; M.A., Cali- fornia. 1916; Ph.D., 1918. Faculty, Wabash, 1912-13; Kansas Agricultural, 1918-16; Washburn, 1917-18; College of City of New York, 1919-20: Oregon, from 1920. NOWLAND B. ZANE. _ AuociIJte Pf'Ofes.Ot' of Desiu" Drexel 'Institute, 1912-14: Art Institute of Chicago, 1914; Penn State College, 1916· 19: PennSYlvania Academy of Fine Art, 1916; art instructor, Portland public schools, and University Extension Center. Faculty, Oregon, from 1924. TEACHING FELLOWS ALICE BAHRS, M.A., California, 1926; Animal Biology; Loomis, California. JOHN DEWITT DAVIS, B.A., Idaho, 1913: Education; Moscow, Idaho.. RoLLAND;J. MAIN, B.S., Rutgers College, 1927: Animal Biology; Perth Amboy, N. J. IRVING MATHER, B.S., Ores:con State College, 1920: Education, Eugene. CHARLES TENNElY, M.A., Oregon, 1929; English; Gooding, Idaho. RALPH LEIGHTON, B.A., College of Idaho, 1926; Education; Eugene. WILLIAM D. Wll.KINSON, B.A., Oregon, 1923 ;.Geology; The Dalles. RIOHARD ROBHlll, B.S., Oregon, 1928; Chemistry: Eugene. WAYNE WOODlllANSlllI!, M.A.. Oregon, 1929; History; Eugene. GRADUATE ASSISTANTS GRACE ASH, B.A., Oregon, 1928; Architecture and Allied Arts; Rupert, Idaho. FRANCES BACON, B.A., Oregon, 1929; English; Bellingham, Washington. FARRELL BARNES, B.A., Oregon, 1929: Geology; Prineville. LEWIS BI\ESON, B.A., Oregon, 1927; History; Eugene. NELLIE G. BEST, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Architecture and Allied Arts : Portland. ELiZABEn'H BRADWAY, B.A., Oregon, 1928; Chemistry: Eugene. RAYlllOND W. BRESHRARS, B.A., Oregon, 1928; Business Administration; Eugene. MALCOLM CAMPBELL, B.A., Reed College, 1928; Psychology; Portland. HELEN CROZIER, B.S., Montana State College, 1928; Mathematics; Bozeman, Montana. EDWARD G. DANIElL, B.A., Oregon, 1929: Economics; Elkton. LAUIlANOIll DI'lRYCKE, B.B.A., Oregon, 1929 ; Business Administration; Eugene. DOROTHY DELZELL, B.A., Oregon, 1928; English; Salem. 0JIIANNETTE EDGe; Animal Biology; Eugene. MARTIN ERICKSON, B.A., Oregon, 1928; Romance Languages; Eugene. DoNALD EVANS, B.A•• Linfield College, 1926; Chemistry; Eugene. CAaL .FURR, B.S., Utah State Agricultural College, 1929; Romance Languages; Mesa, Arizona. FRIlJ> GERKE, B.A., Oregon, 1930 ; BWliness Administration; Portland. CHARLES GoODWIN, B.S., Oregon State College, 1927; Physics; Corvallis. PHYLLIS GOVE, B.S., Utah, 1928; Physical Education; Salt Lake City, Utah. FRANKLIN HALL, B.A., Oregon, 1927 ; Economics; Eugene. MYR'i'LIII HUBBARD, B.A., Lake Forest College, 1928; English; Libertyville, D1inols. RUTH JACKSON, B.A., Oregon, 1929; English; Eugene. BERTIL\M Jessup, B.A., Oregon, 1927; English; Portland. GRIlALIl ;JENSEN, B.A., Utah, 1929 ; Education; Cleveland, Utah. EWART JEWELL, B.A., Albany College, 1929; Mathematics; Portland. FLORENCE JONES, B.A., Oregon. 1928; English; Salem. FRANCIS JONES, A.B., Pacific University, 1928; Chemistry; Forest Grove. l\lAR'l KIRKWOOD, B.A.. Montana, 1926; Architecture and Allied Arts : Missoula. Montana. VASll.Y KNIASEFP, M.S." Oregon, 1928; Biology, Eugene. JACK M. J. LA FORGE, A.B.. Indiana State Teachers' College, 1924; Romance L~; North Manchester, Indiana. MRs. EDNA LANDROS, M.A., Arizona, 1923; Latin; Tucson, Arizona. HERSCHEL LANDRU, B.A., Oregon, 1928; History; Eugene. MARJORIE LANDRU, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Physical Education: Eugene. ELSIE McDOWALL, B.A., Montana, 1926; English; Exeter, California. ELSIE MOLLER, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Mathematics; Myrtle Point. ELIZABETH MORWOOll, B.A., Cambridll'! University, 1929; English; Belfast, Ireland. LILLIAN B. PATTERSON, B.A., Oregon, 1928; Biology; Klamath Falls. J. ROLLO PATTERSON, B.S., Oregon, 1928; Biology: Eugene. ERIC PETERSON, B.S., Oregon, 1928: Physics; Lakeview. EDA PRIEST, B.A., Washington State College, 1928 ; Psychology; Pateros, Washington. FRANl( ROUBAL, B.A., Oberlin College, 1919: Education: Lakewood, Ohio. JOHN SCHEFPElR, B.A., Oregon,1928 : English; Portland. GRAOIll SllllTH, B.A.,Carleton College, 1929; Philosophy; Monte Vista, Colorado. °CELIA STOODAJU); English; Baker. WILLIAlll SWEET, B.S., Pacific College, 1929 : Chemistry; Newberg. JOHN TRUESDAll., B.A...University of Redlands, 1928; Chemistry; Eugene. Hn.sIllRT UNGER, B.A., Reed College, 1928; Physics; Portland. ;rAN VAN DI!R VATIll, B.A., Whitman College, 1928; History; Bellingham, Washington. ROBERT WALKI!R, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Psychology; Eugene. HILDA WANKER, B.A., Oregon, 1929 ; Architecture and Allied Arts ; Portland. SAMUEL WHONG, B.S., Huron College, 1927; Biology; Syun Chun, Korea. BURFORD Wll.KERSON, A.B., Pacific University. 1929; Chemistry; Vernonia. RUTH WINCHELL, B.A., Reed College, 1926; Chemistry; Portland. ELIZABETH WYLAND, B.A., 'California, 1929 ; Social Science; Santa Rosa, California. RESEARCH ASmSrANTS JOHN W. BUTLIIIR, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Geology: Marshfield. oRONALD HUBBS; BWliness Administration; Silverton. ROBERT F. JACKSON, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Mechanics; Eugene. ELIZABETH PI!BRY, B.A., Mt. Holyoke College, 1929; Animal Biology; Worcester, MlI8II. DEETTA ROBNETT, B.A.. Oregon, 1928; Education; Eugene. ELSII! SINCLAIR, B.A., Mt. Holyoke College, 1929; Cedar Rapids, -Iowa. THEODORE VAN GUILDER, B.A., Oregon, 1926; BWliness Administration; Portland. RESEARCH FELLOWS IN CRIME SURVEY ALLAN W. EAST, B.A., Oregon, 1929; Portland. RoNALD BEATTIE, J.D., Oregon, 1928; Eugene. CLARA W. CHAMBERLAIN, B.S., Northwestern. 1923: Portland. LAURA MEAD, M.A., Teachers' College, Columbia University, 1929; Portland. BIllRNIECE RASOR, B.A., Oregon, 1929: Portland. FACULTY COMMITTEES ADVISORY COUNCIL: President Arnold B. Hall, chairman; ;J. H. Gilbert, C. E. Car- penter, H. D. Sheldon, C. V. Boyer, J. D. Barnett, E. S. Conklin. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS: E. M. Pallett, chairman; V. P. Morris, W. P. Boynton, O. F. Stafford, F. L. Stetson. APPOINTMENT BUREAU: N. L. Bossing; chairman; C. V. Boyer, E. E. DeCou, R. P. Bowen, J. F. Bovard, W. C. Barnes, W. P. BoYDton, D. E. Faville. ATHLETICS: H. C. Howe, chairman; J. F. Bovard, V. D. Earl. o To be granted B.A. degree from Oregon, June, 1930. 24 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON THE UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LOCATION AND CLIMATE The campus of the University of Oregon is located in the city of Eugene, at the head of the Willamette valley, Aside from the convenience of its location on throngh lines of rail and highway, it enjoys exceptional health and climatic conditions. The city has an ahundant supply of pnre, wholesome water, and modem sanitation and all modern con\·eniences. The climate is mild and healthful, with modcratewinters and cool sum- mers, while the protected situation of the Willamette valley pre\'ents any severe storms. The annual rainfall is about 38 Yz inches; the main precipi- tation coming in the winter months, Nm'ember, December, and January, while the summers are practically free from rain, GOVERNMENT The government of the University of Oregon until 1929 vested, under the laws of the state of oreg-on, in a board of rcgents, is now lodged with the Board of Highcr Education consisting of nine members. Mem- bers of the Board of Higher Education are, after the first term has expired, appointed by the governor of the State for a period of nine years. Academic matters are in the hands of the voting memhers of the fac- ulty consisting of the president, deans, full professors, associate and assistant professors, HISTORICAL The University of Oregon was establis!led by act of the state le,~is­ lature October 19 1872 and located at Eugene, Deady hall, the fIrstUnive~sity buildin~, was'erected by the citiz;ns of Lane county, an_d pre- sented to the board of regents in July, ~8,6. In September, ~8IG, the University opened its dool's for the receptlOn of students. The fIrst class was graduated in June, 1878,.. . . The equipment of the Umverslty was at fIrst very small, and t~e courses of inst.ruetion were limited practically to literary lines. The Um- versity grew rapidly, and the deman~ ~or a broade,r curriculum was met by the addition of cngineering, scientIfIC, and techmcal courses: Th~ law school established in Portland in 1884 asa night school, was dIscontinued in 1915· when a regular three-year law schOol was established at Eugene. The school of medicine was established in Portland in 1887. More recently the O'radunte scbool was established in HlOO, the school of music in 1902, the" school of education in 1910, and the schools of architecture and of business administration (at first called the school of commerce) in 1914, the school of journalism in 1916, the schools of soci?l- ogy and of physieal education in 1920, and the Portland school of soclUl work, at first organized under the school of sociology, b~came !l sep.arate organization in 1927, and 1929 became the school of applIed SOCIal sCIence. The extension division, which now includes the evening classes at Portland, Salem, and elsewhere, and the department of .eorrespondenc~­ study, was organized in 1907, and the first summer seSSlOll was held III 1904. These divisions of the academic work are specially devoted to adult education and make the resources of the University available to those who are unable to attend the sessions of the regular scholastic year on the campus. AWARDS: George Turnbull, chairman; W. F. G. Thacher, H. L. Biggs, L. O. Wright, D. R. Davis. CATALOG AND SCHEDULE: E. M. Pallett, chairman; L. O. Wright, R. C. Hall, K. W. Onthank, A. B. Stillman, F. L. Stetson, A. E. Caswell; Gertrude Stephenson. secretary. COLLOQUIUM: Waldo Schumacher, chairman; V. P. Morris, K. W. Onthank. CO~(MENCEMENT AND ASSEMBLY: John Straub, chairman; J. H. Gilbert, F. S. Dunn, J. S. Evans, Maude I. Kerns, J. F. Bovard, K. W. Onthank. COMMONWEALTH SCHOLARSHIPS: V. D. Earl, chairman: President Hall or repre- sentative, J. H. Gilbert, E. M. Pallett, H. D. Angell (alumnus). EDUCATIONAL ADVISORY: K. W. OnthDnk, chairman; J. H. Gilbert, George Rebee. H. D. Sheldon, H. R. Taylor, E. M. Pallett, C. V. Boyer, E. L. Packa·rd. FOREIGN SCHOLARSHIPS: George Rebec, chairm..n; W. D. Smith, W. C. Barnes, S. S. Smith; Clara Lynn Fitch, secretary. FREE INTELLECTUAL ACTIVITIES: W. D. Smith, chairman: E. A. Lesch, E. G. Moll, Mabel E. McClain, Clara M. Smertenko, N. B. Zane, H. G. Townsend, J. R. Me~. FRESHMAN WEEK: E. M. Pallett, chairman; H. R. Taylor, Hazel P. Schwering, F. N. Miller. GERLINGER CUP: V'rginia Judy Esterly, chairman; Mrs. W. F. Jewett, Mrs. F. L. Chambers, Dr. Wilmoth Osborne, president Women's League, p"esident Mortar Board. GERLINGER HALL: Virginia Judy Esterly, chairman: J. F. Bovard, K. W, Onthank. GRADUATE COUNCIL: George Rebec, chairman; E. S. Conklin, H. D. Sheldon, C. V. Boyer, O. F. Larsell, F. G. G. Schmidt, E. L. Packard, Waldo Schumacher, C. L. Huffaker. HONORS COUNCIL: C. V. Boyer, chairman; E. W. Allen, Andrew Fish, J. H. Gilbert, H. C. Howe, C. L. Huffaker, A. R. Moore, George Rebec, S. S. Smith, H. R. Taylor. E. M. Pallett. HOUSING: E. M. Pallett, chairman: P. W. Agel', H. L. Biggs, Virginia Judy Esterl". Maude H. Macdonald, K. W. Onthank. INTRAMURAL SPORTS: E. E. DeCou, chairman: D. G. Barnes, Florence D. AIden. R. R. Huestis, R. D. Casey. Andrew Fish. C. E. Spencer. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: V. P. Morris, general chairman. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS CLUB: W. D. Smith, chairman; D. E. Faville. J. R. Mez. WARNER PRIZES: J. R. Mez, chairman; G. H. Godfrey, G. V. Blue. INVESTIGATION OF COLLEGE TEACHING: H. D. Sheldon, chairman; H. R. Taylor. J. H. Gilbert, O. K. Burrell, R. R. Huestis, H. S. Tuttle, L. K. Shumaker, V. P. Morris, D. G. Barnes. KOYL CUP AND ALBERT PRIZE: H. L. BiJ1:lts, chairman; J, J. Landsbury. Major F. A. Barker, president Junior Class, president Senior Class. . LIBRARY: M. H. Douglass, chairman; H. D. Sheldon, E. W. Allen, George Rebec. H. B. Yocom. R. J. Williams. R. H. Ernst, J. H. Mueller. C. E. Spencer. LOWER DIVISION GROUP COMMITTEES: I. LANGUAGK AND LrTERATURF.: C. V. Boyer, chairman: L. L. Lewis. Clara oM. Smertenko, F. G. G. Schmint, L. O. Wright, F. S. Dunn. II. SOCIAL ScrENcB: Waldo Schumacher, chairman; J. D. Barnett, Andrew Fish. J. M. Reinhardt, V. G. Sorrell, H. G. Townsenn. III. MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE: W. E. Milne, chairman; O. F. Starford. E. E. DeCou, W. D. Smith, A. E. Caswell, E. H. McAliRter. IV. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE: H. B. Yocom, chairman; E. S. Conklin, A. R. Sweeber. R. R. Hliestis. NEW COURSES: K. W. Onthank, chairman; .J. H. Gilbert. George Rebee, D. E. Faville. E. M. Pallett. PERSONNEL COUNCIL: E. S. Conklin, chairman; Virginia Judy Esterly, F. L, Stet- son, F. N. Miller. J. F. Bovard, H. G. Townsend, E. M. Pallett. PERSO~NEL RESEARCH BUREAU: H. R. Taylor, chairman; C. L. Huffaker, Richard Collms. PUBLICATIONS: E. W. Allen, chairman: C. L. Huffaker, D. E. Faville, C. E. Carpen- ter, E. L. P~ckard, P. A. Parsons, M. H. Douglass; R. C. Hall.. secretary. RELIGIOUS AND MORAL ACTIVITIES: H. D. Sheldon, chairman: M. H. DOUJ1:lasa, E. E. DeCou, B. B. B•.rker. C. E. Carpenter, J. H. Gilbert, A. D. Stillman, A. R. Sweetser, R. J. Williams, W. D. Smith, H. S. Tuttle, J. F. Bovard, P. A. Parl\on•. RESEARCH: E. L. Packard, chairman; W. E. Milne, R. H. Seashore, H. D, Sheldon, J. D. Barnett, A. E. Caswell, A. R. Moore, D. G. Barnes, O. F. Stafford. SCHOLARSH IP: J. H. Gilbert, chairman; A. B. Stillman, J, F. Bovard, C. E. Spencer. George Turnbull, Vir.;inia Judy Esterly, H. L. Bhlgs; E. M. Pallett, secretary. STATE SURVEY: P. A. Persons, (,hairman: D. E. Faville. A. R. Moore. J. D. Barnett, H. D. Shelnon, J. H.. Gilbert, Waldo SchoJmacher, E. P. Schmidt, J. F. Bovard, E, W. Allen, W. D. Snllth, J. J. Landsbury, E. F. Lawrence, J. H. Mueller, C. E. Carpenter, R. B. Dillehunt. O. F. Stafford, J. R. Mez. STUDENT ADVISORY: K. W. Onthank, chairman: VirJ1:inia Judy Est.>rly, J. H. Gil. bert. H. L. Big",s, V. D. Earl, P. A. Parsons, H. E. Ros80n. STUDENT AFFAIRS: Vir!linia Judy Esterly, chairman: Dr. Wilmoth Osborne, H. R. Taylor, C. E. Spenc.,r, H. L. Biggs, president Associated Women Students, president A. S. U. O. VESPERS: Virginia Judy Esterly, chairman; Mrs. P. L. Campbell, M. H. Dougl"••, J. J. Landsbur'Y. 26 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EQUIPMENT 27 ENDOWMENT AND SUPPORT The University of Oregon is one of the four state-supported institu- tions which derive their income from the millage taxes. The millage in- come of the University for the year 1930 is approximately $916,000. In addition, there is a considerable income from fees, incidental, laboratory, and resident and non-resident tuition. No income producing property is owned by ·the Univel"Bity, but aD income of approximately $8,000 a year is obtained from the state land fund aDd a small endowment fund given to the University by Henry Villard. The school of medicine, which. is situated in Portland, is on a separate budget and is supported by fees, by private gifts and by biennial appro- priations from the state legislature. ORGANIZATION AND DEGREES The University is organized into the following establishments: (A) The GradlULte Schaal offers work' leading to the degrees of master of arts and master. of science in a number of departments. to the master of fine arts In architecture, design, painting. sculpture, and music. and to the doctor of philosophy in certain fields. (B) The College of Literature, Science and the Am gives a liberal education in sciences. social sciences, languages and literature, leading to the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of rcience. (C) The professional schools, as follows: (l) The Schoo/. of Applied Social Science offers a regulation course of five years. of which the first three nre given in Eugene in the department of sociology. The bachelor of arts or of science may be earned in fOllr years, while in the fifth or professional year, the student earns a certificate of social worJ< training. (2) The School of Architecture and Allied Arts oMen training in architecture. structural and interior design, painting, sculpture, and normal arts, leailing to the degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of science, and also to the bachelor of architecture and the master of architecture and of fine arts under the graduate school. (8) The Schaal of Business !Administration specializes iii the development of busi- ness executives, and offers the professional degrees of bachelor of business administration and master of business administration, altho\lKh the bachelor of arts and of science may also be taken. (4) The School of Education trains students for careers as teachers and school ad- ministrators and offers the degrees of bachelor of arts and of science. and the special degree of bachelor of science in education. (5) The School of Journalism prepares for the various branches of journalism and publishing, and offers the degrees of bachelor of arts and of science, and, of bachelor of arts or science in journalism. (6) The School of LtJIW requires junior standing for admi88ion, and gives such stu- dents a three-year course leading to the degree of bachelor of laws. A student entering with senior standing may apply one year of law toward a collegiate degree and may, consequently, obtain both the bachelor of arts and the doctor of jurisprudence in the six-year course. (7) The School of Medicine admits students who have attained senior standing. Since one year of medicine may be applied toward a collegiate degree, medical students may, in the four-year course at the medical school. receive the degrees of bachelor of arts and doctor of medicine. (8) The School of Music enables musical theory and a limited amount of applied music to be added to the student's course of study. leading to the degree of bachelor of arts and bachelor of science, or the technical degree of bachelor of mUllic. (9) The School of PhllsicrU Education coordinates all of the work done In physical education for both men and women, the University health service, and inter- collegiate athletics, and trains those who wish to specialize in the various fields of physical education, giving the degrees of bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. (D) The Extension Division is the agency through which the University renders service to individuals, organizations and communities of the state outside the campus. Under the extension division are the evening classes given in Portland and other cities of the, state, for adults who are employed during the daytime, and the cor- respondenee'study department, as well as other 8.ctivities such as lectures, surveyB, etc. The summer sessions of six weeks, given simultaneously in Eugene and Port.. land, with a post session of four weeks in Eugene, are also organized under the extension division. EQUIPMENT GROUNDS The campus of the University contains about 100 acres of land in the east part of Eugene, on the Pacific highway. On the north campus are located the older University buildings, such as Deady, Villard and McClure, the library and a few of the newer buildings, the home of the school of law, the school of business adminis- tration, aDd of the school of journalism, as well as the architecture and art group. The south campus is mainly occupied by the newer buildings, the ad- ministration building, or Johnson hall, Condon hall, the education group, the school of music, and the buildings of the WOmaD'S quadrangle. East of this section of the campus is the new dormitory for men, and a large tract devoted to.military and athletic purposes. The Univel"Bity buildings are situated on rising ground well wooded with native and exotic tree~, BUILDINGS The buildings now in use on the University campus include the Archi- tecture and the Arts buildings, Commerce hall,Condon hall, Deady hall, the Education and adjoining University High School buildings, the halls of residence (Friendly, Hendricks, Mary Spiller, aDd Susan Campbell halls, Thacher cottage, and the new dormitory for men), the Hous'ehold A:ts and Extension building, Johnson hall, the Journalism building, LIbrary hall, McClure hall, Men's Gymnasium, Music building, Oregon ha~l, ~he Press. building, th~ Power House, R. O. T. C. barracks, Sociology buildmg, Gerlmger hall, VIllard hall. The Campbell Memorial Fine Arts building is under construction. THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY S'rAFF lI!iii!!jjjli~Ii~'lrl ELIZABI:TH A. CRAWFORD, B.A., B.S Acting Reference Assistant ~~~~Lyd'AR~~~:S~: ~:.~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::~Pec~~fc~g::~~ MABBL HOUCK Librarian, School of Architecture and Allied Arts J ACQUOISE KIRTLEY, B.A• .....· Law Librarian and CatrUoger MABEL KLOCKABS, B.A .lReserve Librarian and OrientrU Museum Librarian ~;::~~:::JJf.E~:~::~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~:.~~:.~~::.~:::.~::::::::::::::.~:::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~;~;;~:~::1:E:;:: EBNlCE ISE, .A., B.S First Assistant, Circulation Department ~~~~~:'T~' :c~;:F~~~:..~:~:.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~.~.~~~.g~~:~ 28 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON FINE ARTS MUSEUM 29 CORWIN V. SEITZ, B.A........................................................•••...•....••••...•••••••••....••••...•..........•.Ord.r Cl.rk; EI.SA SMITH ..................................................................•••••••••...••••••••.••••••••...••••••.••Circulation Assistant BETTY MAE STAMM, B.A•..•..•••...••••.••••...•....•••••...••••....•••..•..•..•.•••.•••••••••••....•••..•••....•••••••.Ord.r AssiHtant PAULINE WALTON, M.A•..__•...•••••.••_ :,••••••• ••;••.Ind.",.r GLADYS A. yODER.•••••••....••••...••.•.•..••.••....••..••••....••••.•.••.•••.••..••••.•••••••••••.•••••••••S.cr.tary and Bookl,eep.r The University library is a well-selected and steadily growing collec- tion, now numbering about 210,000 volumes. It is well equipped for the undergraduate work of the University and is each year making some progress in securing materials needed for advanced research. The library is supplied with the standard general and special refer- ence books and with the files of the principal American and foreign periodicals of general interest as well as those of special value in connec- tion with the work of the varioUs departments of instruction. Itteceiyes regularly about 2395 periodicals and 170 newspapers. There is available each year froID. various sources 'for books, periodicals, and binding, allout $38,000. During the past twenty years a total of more than $340,000 has been expended for additions to its resources of books and periodicals. Among the special collections in the main library are: the Pauline Potter Homer collection of beautiful books, a "browsing" collliction of 650 volumes; the Oregon collection of books, periodicals, pamphlets, documents, etc., by Oregon authors or relating to the state; the University of Oregon collection of items having to do with the University; the text- book collection numbering about 2,000 volumes of school. and college text-books, new and old; the F. S. Dunn collection of 500 volumes of historical fiction ill ustrating' life from prehistoric times to the Norman conquest; and the Camilla Leach collection of art books. The law library of 18,175 volumes shelved in the law bllilding in- cludes substantial gifts from the libraries of Lewis Russell, Judge Matthew P. Deady, and the Kenneth Lucas Fenton Memorial libtary of 8,000 volumesgiyen by Judge W.-D. Fenton in memory of his son. The Oregon Museum Oriental library of 1,500 volumes was presented by Mrs. Gertrude Bass Warner, and is maintained by her in connection with the Oregon Museum of Fine Arts. It includes rare ,and valuallie books and periodicals dealing with the history, literature, civilization, and especially the art of China, Japan and other Oriental countries. A reference collection for the use of students of architecture is pro- vided in the architecture building. Mr. Ion Lewis, prominent Portland architect, in 192!) presented his valuable architectural library to the Uni. versity of Oregon School of Architecture and Allied Arts. This is the nucleus of a permanent collection for the school. Collections of books for required reading are maintained in the main library, ill Condon hall, and in the school of business administration. During the regular session the library is open' each week day from 7:30 a. m. to 10 p. m., and on Sunday from 2 to 10 p. m. Vacation hours are from 8 a. m. to 6 p. m. Books other than reference books and those especially reserved for use in the library may be dl'awn out for a period of one month subject to renewal if there is no other demand for them. All persons connected with the University have the privilege of drawing books and the use of the library for reference purposes is extended to the general public as well. Books that can be spared from the University are also loaned for a month at a time to other libraries, to superintend- ents and principals of Oregon schools, to alumni of the University, and to responsible individual citizens of the state. THE OREGON MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS Dir.ctor _ MRS. GERTRUDE BASS WARNER Ckines. CoU.ction, Curator MRS. Lucy PERKINS If.:;:::;~~nc~r~~i~~,nC~~;;t·;;~·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::: ::::::::==:::::::::::"Miis'-"EMii:y"B:"POTT~ 'Kor'an Coll.ction .. Cambodian Coll.ction .. Tk. Murray Warn.r Mus.um Library, Librarian MABKL R. KLOCKARS Tk. North American Indian CoUection, Curator MRS. P. L. CAMPBKLL The Murray Warner Collection of Oriental Art is at present housed on the third floor of Gerlinger hall, as is' also the Ada Bradley Millican .Collection of North American Indian Art. The Murray Warner Collection of Oriental Art, given to the Ut,J-iver- sity of Oregon in 1921 by Mrs. Gertrude Bass Warner as a memorIal to her husband, was collected by Major and Mrs. Warner while they were living.in Sh:mghai, China. Major Warner had a considerable knowledge of the Orien't, and serving- the American government as he did through the Boxer rebellion and the unsettled conditions following, had excep- tional opportunities to obtain many beautiful specimens of Chinese art, some of which are now in the museum. Since Major Warner's death, Mrs. Warner has made six trips to the Orient to increase the collection and to replace articles that were not up to museum standards, with those that were. Mrs. Warner has given a part of the collection to the Smith- sonian Institution in Washington, D. C., but the larger portion has come to the University of Oregon in order to foster on the Pacific Coast a sympathetic understanding and appreciation of the peoples of the Orient. The Warner collection is especially diRtinguished by the rarity and perfect preservation of the objects composing it. At the present time only a small part of the Chinese collection is on display. Included in the material exhibited at present is a large collection of Chinese paintings by old masters, and tapestries and embroideries; fine examples of cinnabar lacquer; old jade; Chinese porcelains, including specimens of old blue and white of the Ming period; rare peach blow, oxblood and other variet~es; ancient bronzes dating from the Chou, Han, and Sung dynastJies" Especially interesting is a display representing the throne room of the rulers of the Manchu dynasty and four antique robes used in the yearly ancestral ceremonies, embossed in gold and silver thread, and various robes from the Ming and Manchu dynasties including robes worn by the emperor when he worshipped at the Altar of Heaven. The Mongolian collection was obtained through Mr.. Larsen, explorer from Urga on the border of the Gobi desert. Mr. Larsen accompanied Mr. Roy Chapman Andrews on some of his expeditions into the interior. The Japanese collection, consisting of rare old paintings, a large col- lection of old prints, brocades, some of them a thousand years old; temple hangings and altar cloths, embroideries, a large collection of beautiful old gold lacquer, a lacquered palanquin used three centuries ago by a prince of Japan, old porcelain, jewelry, collections of old silver, of pewter, of copper, of bronze, of armor, wood carvings, etc., is packed away on account of lack of museum space. The Korean collection includes some very beautiful paintings mounted as screens, old bronzes, Korean chests inlaid with mother of pearl, etc. The Cambodian collection contains many sampots of silk and gold; some beautiful stone carvings, fragments from the ruins at Anchor and obtained through a representative of the French government, and large 30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON plaster-cast reproductions of the wonderful bas-reliefs from the famous temple of Anchor-Wat. The Murray Warner Museum Library, adjoining the museum, contains a collection of rare books dealing with the history, the literature, the life and the art of the Oriental countries which help to explain the museum collection and the countries of the Orient. A large number of magazines on art and the Orient are found in the library reading room. The Ada Bradley Millican North American Indian collection, given to the University of Oregon by Mrs. Millican, was acquired by her when she was a teacher in Indian schools in Arizona, Utah and Washington and while on a trip to Alaska. There are articles from inany different tribes in this section of the museum, and it is a rare collection of Indian bas- ketry, weaving and pottery. The collections mentioned above will later be installed in the Camp- bell Memorial Fine Arts building now under construction. This structure of superior architecture and internal arrangement, designed to be a "temple of things beautiful and significant" has been made possible by gifts from the citizens of Oregon. The first unit will cost approximately $200,000. UNIVERSITY PROCEDURE The Term System. The academic year of the University is divided into three terms of approximately' twelve weeks each,. Supplementary to this school year is the summer session held each year both in Eugene and Port- land. Students may. enter at any term, but are advised to enter in the fall, since most of the courses are either year courses or run in year sequences. Definitions and Eplanations. The word course as used in the Uni- "Versity means a special subject of study followed for a certain specified length of time, .and carrying a certain fixed amount of credit toward a degree. A curriculum or course of study is a group of courses arranged to provide definite cultural or professional preparation. The work in the University is an'anged into l01ver division, or freshman and sophomore years, and upper division, or jUD,ior and senior years. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY Applications for admission should be filed with the registrar as early as possible, and must be filed at least one month before the opening of the term. This applies to all new students, whether entering as freshmen or advanced students. Receipt of credentials will be acknowledged, and applicants accepted will be notified of the next step in admission procedure. Credentials filed become ~he permanent property of the University and will not be returned to the student. Hence, applicants should keep copies of their credentials for future reference. ACCREDITED HIGH SCHOOLS The University gives full accrediting to those high schools of Oregon which have been standardized by the state superintendent of public in- struction, and which in addition have at least two teachers giving full time to high school work. Graduates of standardized high schools which do not have two full time instructors are admitted on trial, contingent upon the satisfactory completion of the first year's work. ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING The requirements for admission to freshman standing in the Univer- sity conform to the uniform entrance requirements adopted by all of the higher educational institutions of Oregon. The student must have at least fifteen units from a four-year high school or twelve units from a . senior high school, earned by entrance examinations or evidenced by a certificate from a standard preparatory school. Unit means a subject taught five times a week, in periods of not less than forty minutes, for a school year of not less than thirty-six weeks. A student must conform to one of the following plans to secure admission to freshman standing: Plan A. Presentation of fifteen units from a four-year high school or twelve units from a senior high school. Part of these units are to be grouped into majors (a major is three units in one field) and minors (a minor is two units in one field). The distri- bution from a four-year high school must include two majors and three minors, of which two majors and one minor or one major and two minors must be selected from some of the following fields: English; languages other than English; mathematics; laboratory science; and social science. One of the majors must be in English. The distribution from a ~enior high school mu.st include two majors and two minors, of which two majors and one minor or one major and two minors must be selected from Borne of the following fields: English; languages other than English; mathematics; laboratory science; and social science. One of the majors or one of the minors must be in English. No credit 32 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON REGISTRATION 33 is granted for p~nmanship, spelling, physical education, or any subject classified as a student activity. Plan B. Presentation of fifteen units from a four-year high school or twelve units from 8 senior high school, of which ten units in the former or eight units in the latter must be selected from some of the following fields; English; languages other than En,g- Ush; mathematics; laboratory science; and 8~cial flcience. .At . least three of the ten un~ts or two of the eight units must be in EnglIsh. No c~edlt IS granted for penmanshtp,. spelling, physical training, or any subject commonly classified a8 a student activity. Plan C. Presentation cf fifteen units from a four-yel\l' high school or twelve un,its from a senior high school by students of exceptional ability as demonstrated by SuperIOr achievement in preparatory work including the classification of th~ student in .the upper quartile of the graduating class and the unrese;ved recommendatIon .of t~~ high school principal. In addition the student may be re,qUlred to deJ!lonstrate. his ablhty by secur- ing a high rating in a college mental test. Eight of the fifteen. unlt~, however, .or seven of the twelve unit. must be selected from Some of the followmg fields: Enghsh; lan- guages other than English; mathematics; laborato~y science: a~d social. science. At !ea~t three of the eight units or two of the seven umts must be m Engbsh. No credit IS granted for penmanship, spelling, physical education, or any subject· classified as a stu- dent activity. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing is granted to students transferring from institu- tions of collegiate rank for work there completed which is equivalent in quality and quantity to the work of the University of Oregon, subject to the following provisions: It is a clearly recognized principle that the University can give no credit toward its degrees for any work that it does not itself .offer for credit or which it does not consider a proper part of the currIculum of a state-supported higher educational institution.. . The amount of credit to be granted upon transfer is determined by the corr:tmittee on academic requirements, which will take into consideration, among other things, the nature of the school, the quality of the applicant's scholarship, the content, quality and quantity of the courses completed, etc.. Credentials from other institutions are also evaluated with regard to their relationship to the course of study to be undertaken by the student 'subl\litting them, and credit therefor is granted only to the extent to which the courses pursued elsewhere articulate with the requirements of the school or department in which the student matriculates.. . Final determination of the amount of advanced standing will not be made until after the student has been in attendance at the University of Oregon for at least two terms. . All applications for advanced standing must be submitted to the regis- trar and must be accompanied by official transcripts covering both high school and college records and letters of honorable dismissal. . Excess High School Units. No University credit is granted for excess high school units, 'except that students who have credits in Latin, German, French, Greek, Spanish, higher algebra or trigonometry over and above the sixteen full units usually required for graduation from the high school may be permitted to take examinations for University credit. ~ll examinations for such credit must be taken before the student attams junior standing. Requests for such examinations must be made on the official blank supplied by the University. Credit by Examinations. A student wishing to apply for credit for work done elsewhere than in regularly organized courses of an accredited educational institution must petition the committee on academic require- ments on forms provided by the registrar for permission to take examina~ tions in specified courses, as listed in the catalog. The amount of credit to be allowed is determined by the committee. ADMISSION AS A SPECIAL STUDENT The following regulations cover admission to ~pecial student standing and procedure therefor: 1. Special students are of two classes: (a) those who are not qualified for admis- sion as regular students, but who are Qualified by maturity and experience to carry one or more subjects along special lines: and (b) those who are qualified for admission, but who are not working toward a degree, and do not care to follow any of the courses of study leading to one, 2. An applicant for admission as a special student must be not less than 21 years of age, and must file with the registrar documentary evidence sufficient to prove his especial fitness to pursue the subject desired. No applicant shall be admitted as a special student without the consent of the registrar and the dean of the school or. col- lege in which he plans his major work. 3. Special students select an adviser as explained under 2, Registration Procedure. below. Each student shall be governed by the directions of his adviser as to the work to be carried. REGISTRATION Ff'\eshmenare expected to report at the University by Monday, Sep- tember 22, 1930, for freshman week, consisting of E'nglish, phymcal and psychological examinations and! orientation lectures. Each freshman will be sent a program of freshman week events after his credentials have been passed upon. Credentials for entering students should be filed by September first.. Registration material will be released to juniors and seniors on Mon- day, September 22, 1930, and to all other students on Wednesday, Sep- tembE]r 24, 1930. Registration will take place from Thursday to Satur- day noon, September 25 to 27, 1930. Study programs will b_e arranged for the entire year at that time and J?ust be filed in the registrar's office before September 29, at which date classes begin. Registration Procedure: 1. All students call at the registrar's office for registration material. 2. Each student either selects a field of principal inter'>.t in the College of Literature, Science and the Arts. i. e., one of the groups such 8S. Language and Literature, Social Science. Mathematics and Physical Science, or Biological Science, or else chooses one of the professional schools. Th" chairman of the group or the f,iean of the school, or a staff . member· designated by him will be the student's adviser, and will fill out the study program conforming to the requirements of the University 'and the special group or school which the student has selected. 8. The cards in the registration booklet must be properly filled out and the fall term study program should be approved by the adviser before filing. The booklet must be turned in to the cashier at the time the registration fee is paid~ No student is registered in the University before this is done. 4. A late filing fee of $1.00 must be paid by any student who files his study program on Monday, September 29, 1980, with a cumulative fee for each day of delay thereafter. . 5. No credit will be allowed any student for a course which has not been placed on the stu,dy program, either originally or by change of registration. 6. Qn the first day of the winter and spring terms each student is rquired to complete his registration for that term. Students filing cards later are required to pay a late registration fee of $1.00 for the first day and $1.00 for each additional day until a total of $5.00 is reached. Change of Registration. A fee of $1.00 must be paid for each change of the study program after it has been filed. New courses may be entered only during the first two weeks of each term, but a course may be dropped at any time. provided that the study program is not reduced to less than twelve hours. These changes, however, may be made only by the consent of the adviser. SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS An entering student may select and pursue a major in anyone of the professional schools listed below, but is not permitted to elect a major department in the college until the beginning of the junior year. The entering student who does not elect to major in one of the schools must select a principal interest in one of the groups of the college. 34 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON GROUP REQUIREMENTS 35 • A Bervice department only. PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS SCHOOL OF APPLIED SOCIAL SCIENCE Social Work Public Welfare Nursing and Health Education Community Organization MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE GROUP Mathematics Chemistry Geolog;y and Geograph;y Mechanics and Astronomy Physice BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE GROUP Animal Biolog;y Plant Biolog;y PBychololr7 UNAFFILIATED DE·PARTMENTS SCHOOL OF 13USINESS ADMINISTRATION SCHOOL OF EDUCATION SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM SCHOOL OF LAW SCHOOL OF MEDICINE The pre-medical yearB of the Bchool of medicine are lriven in the college where the adviser in the department of animal biolog;y has arranged pre-medical curricula. SCHOOL OF MUSIC SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education for Men Ph;YBical Education for Women Grading System. The grading system used by the University, groups students in the following classes, and all students who pass are assigned to one of the first five classifications: I. Unusual excellence. --II. High quality. Classes I and II together constitute approximately the highest fourth or fifth of the class. III. Satisfactory. IV. Fair. Grades III and IV constitute from 55 to 65 p'er cent of the class. V. Passing. Approximately from 15 to 20 per cent of the cllUls. Students who have not completed the term's work satisfactorily are given: Inc., Incomplete. Quality of work satisfactory, but unfinished for reasoJl,s acceptable to the instructor, and additional time granted. Cond., Condition. Quality of work not satisfactory, but additional time granted. F., Failure. Group Requirements. A student whose principal interest lies in one of the four groups within the college must complete during the freshman and sophomore years (1) a freshman foundation course and a sophomore option of one year in length and not less than 9 term-hours in anyone of the four groups, and (2) a freshman foundation or sophomore option of one year in length and not less than 9 term-hours in any two of the remaining groups. A student whose major interest lies within one of the schools must complete during his freshman and sophomore years (1) the school re- quirements for the freshman and sophomore years, (2) a freshman foun- dation or sophomore option of one year in length and not less than 9 term-hours in groups one or two, and (3) a freshman foundation or sophomore option of Oll'e year in length and not less than 9 t~rm-hours in groups three or four. I. a. Language and Literature. (English, Germanic Language, Greek, Latin, Romance Languages.) This group caunot be fulfilled by begin- ning foreign language cours'es or required sophomore written English. b. Music and Architecture. Certain survey courses offered by the school of music and the school of architecture and allied arts may be used to fulfill this group by students who are not majoring in either of these schools. II. Social Science. (Economics, History, Political Science, Philoso- phy, Sociology.) III. Mathematics and Physical Science. (Mathematics, Physics, Chem- istry, Geology and Geography, Mechanics and Astronomy.) Each of thes'e sciences must include not less than one credit hour a week of laboratory time. IV. Biological Science. (Animal Biology, Physiology, Plant Biology, Bacteriology, Psychology.) Each of these sciences must include not less than one credit hour a week of laboratory time. SociolOlr7 Normal Art .Household Arts SOOIAL SCIENCE GROUP History Philosoph;y Political Science SCHOOL OF ,ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS Painting Sculpture Design COLLEGE O~ LITERATURE} SCIENCE AND THE ARTS LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE GROUP Germanic Languages Greek Latin Romance Languages Military Science English Economics GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS All candidates for undergraduate degrees must fulfill the requirements listed below. In addition, each candidate must comply with the prescribed curriculum of his school or department. Credit. Credit for work completed in the University is figured in term- hours, by which is meant the work covered. in one recitation, or .one labor- atory period per week for one term, or eqUIvalent. A term-hour IS ~ssu!lled to represent tbree hours a week for twelve weeks of a student s tI~e, which may be assigned to work in the class-room, laboratory, or outSIde preparation. Quantity of Work. In order to be graduated, a student must have earned not less than 186 term-hours of credit in the University. Quality of Work. Of the 186 hours received for graduation, at least 140 must have been 'earned with a grade above V. Hours Required in Upper Dl:vision Subjects. At least 62 hours (or 45 hours for professional schools) J?-ust have. be~n ea~e~ in upper division courses subsequent to the receIpt of the JUDlor certifIcate. (The junior certificate is granted upon completion of lower division require- ments.) Architecture 30 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON DEGREE WI1'H HONORS 37 Major Requirements. Each student must satisfy the require~ents.of his major department by taking courses in that department, mclu~mg freshman survey and sophomore option courses in the group, as, prescnbed by his adviser amounting to not less than 36 term-hours of whIch ~ot less than 24 term-hours shall be advanced courses of the type descnbed as "upper division," or junior and senior work. Degree Requirement. For the bachelo: of a!t.s, two year-courses (or 24 term-hours) in one foreign language, ill addltlOn to two years of one language offered for entrance to the Uni,:ersity.. F?r the bae;helor .of science, 36 term-hours either in mathematIcs and SCIence, or 1D SOCIal sciences. Residence. At least 45 term-hours must be ear~e;d in resi~ence at. the University of Oregon. The remainder of the reqUISIte work IS. sometImes done through the extension division by correspondence, subJect to the rule which applies to all student~ that not more than 60 term-hours earned by correspondence ~ay be apP.!Ied toward a degree.. The 45 ~erm,:hours immediately precedmg graduatIOn must be earned wIth the Umverslty of Oregon, although not necessarily in residence. Correspondence Study. Not more than 60 term-hours of correspond- ence may be applied toward a degree. Indebtedness. No degree will be granted or credentials issued so long as a student is indebted to the University. Required Subjects: Physical Education. All students must take physical education through- out the first two veal's. Military training must be taken by all men during the freshman and sophomore years. Personal hygiene must be taken by all women to the extent of three term-hours during the freshman y~ar. . English. One year-cours!} of wntten Enghsh of not le;;s than two hours a term, as prescribed by the school or department. ThIS course must be taken in the sophomore year. Restrict'ions. Not more than one year (48 term-hours), of law or of Portland medical work may be applied to any degree other than profes- sional degrees. Not more than six hours of. applied musi? may count toward any degree other than bach~lor of ~USIC.. (Note: ThIS rule refers only to applied music, such as plano, VOIce, vIOhn, organ, etc.., not to theoretical music courses). DEGREE WITH HONORS As a challenge to students of high intellect and spec~al talent who feel that the regular work in co~rses ~ ~oo highly ~tan~ardlzed.or too sup'er- ficial to act as a spur to their ambitIon, the Umverslty has mtroduced the degree of bachelor of arts. with ~onors and the degree .of bachelo! o.f science with honors. The mstructlOn of honor students IS largely mdl- vidual, the aim being to stimulate wide readin.g, thorough scholarship, ll;nd original or creative work on the part of sup'enor students. The reahzatlOn of this aim involves increased effort on the part of the honor student as well as a relaxation of requirements which apply to students in general. A perusal of the regulations governing honor work will show that greater responsibility is united to greated freedom. GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR A DEGREE WITH HONORS IN A SUBJECT OR RELATED SUBJECTS 1. Students may read for honors in a single subject Qr in related subjects. Approx- Imately the highest thirty per cent Of the men and women who have received their junior certificates become eligible, automatically, to candidacy for the degree with honor., but they must signify thdr intention to become candidates to the school, department, or col· lege group under which they intend to study, and this body must notify in writing the Honors Council. The eligibility list is computed from the sum total of grades made by the end of the second term of the sophomore year. Students not automatically eligible by rank may nevertheless be nominated bY faculty members of any department to whom they would be accept.able as honors candidates. Students wishing honors privileges should consult with members of the school or department in which they wish to work. Application lor candidacy should be made not later than the first term of the junior year. 2. Two types of honors are granted: a. Gpneral hDnors. b. Honors with thesis (primarily for majors in a department). GENERAL HONORS 1I. The degree with general honors will be granted to those candidates who have done satisfactory work in approved honors courses in three different fields (I. e., schools or departments as at present organized). At least one of the three courses should be completed bY the end of the junior year. In each of these courses the instructor will provide a more individual and comprehensive type of work with especial emphasis upon discu~ion and wide reading with a minimum of lectures. Such instruction may take one of two forms. a. Homogeneous sections of classes in which only students eligible for honors will be enrolled. b. Specially planned programs of study for such students a8 are eligible for honors. excusing them front th~ regular le~tures if in the opinion of the instr uctor the tim2 can be spent ,nore profitably in other defin- itely planned work. 4. Work of honors studl'nts that is satisfactory in honors courses shall be graded I(HI. II/.HI, I1l(H), or Inc.(H) and so reported to the registrar's office. [Inc. (H) shall count as I in computation for house standings.) If the work of the candidate be judged unworthy of honors, but worthy of a degree, the instructor may recommend him for a degree without honors. HONORS WITH THESIS 6. A candidate for honors with thesis shall study under the direction of a schaal or department, "hieh shall, if satisfied with his work as prescribd in section 8, recommend him ior that degree. the recommendation to be approved by the Honors CounCil. I f his work be judged unworthy of honors, but worthy of a degree, the school or department may recommend him for a degree without honors. 6. Work done by the student, either in vacations or in term-time, outside of his regular courses. may be treated in such manner :LS the appropriate school. department, or college group. with the concurrence of the Honors Cou ncil. shall decide, as part ot the fulfillment of the rcquit'emcnts for the degree with honors. 7. A student who has to pass a comprehensive examination for the degree with honors may, at the discretion of hiCl school, depRrtment, or college group, be excused, during the last two terJn5 of his snnior year, from final examinlltions in any or all courses that may fall within the field covered by examination for honors, including allied courses accepted for this purpoee. Regular rule. of attendance may also be relaxed in his case. On the examinations which he takes he shall be graded as indicated in .ection 4 above like any student not reading for honors, except that a low grade shall not in itself deprive him of his candidacy, but shall be regarded a' a warning. Should his work on a thesis or other subject be ineompl~te, but otherwise satisfactory to his adviser or instructor, at the end of a t£'rm, the grade sent in to the registrar shall be "Honors." Credit varying from 3 to 9 hours for his thesis, and credit varying from 3 to 12 hours a year for each year in which he is enrolled in the course caned "Honors Reading," may be oounted by an honors student towards the total number of hours required for the degree. 8. At the end of their senior year, candidates for the degree with honors are required to take a comprehensive examination in the subject or related subjects in which they have ~ho•.en to work fo~ honors. This examination may be written or oral or both, The exanllnatIon shall be gIven during the last Quarter and at le...,t two weeks before the final examinations. Should the examination be oral, there must be present a member of t~e. Honors Cou,:cil .not himself affiliated with the school, department, or college group gIVIng the. examInatIon. Should the examination be written, thl' Questions shall be sent to the ch.aIrm~n of the Honors Council one week before the examination is given. After the candldat" s paper has been graded, it shall be sent to the chairman or the Honora Council together with the candidate's thesis or rep~rt. 9. The particular branch of study to which the student has devoted himself, and the f~et that he has taken Gen"ral Honors or Honors with Thesis. will be mentioned in his dIploma and on the Commencement program. . For more detailed information concerning requirements for honors in the respective fields, students should consult the several departmental announcements. chairmen of the departments, and members of the Honors Council. 38 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON STUDENT LIVING 39 STUDENT LIVING The welfare of the students is under the supervision of the dean of en and the dean of men. At the time of registration all women report~o~he office of the dean of women in J ~hnson h~ll 'Yhe~e a record of their Eugene residence and ot.her n~eded mformatIO? IS ~lled.. Changes in residence must be reported ImmedIately to the regIstrar s offICe .and to the dean of women or dean of men, and may be made only with the approval of the dean. . h All lower division men students and all und~r~adl;late women w .0 are not residing with relatives in Eugene or not l~vmg: ill the ~ra~ermty or sorority groups are required to live in the Umversity dormitones. Per- mission to live in approved residences may be obtained by men f!0t,n t~e dean of men and by women from the dean of women. Such permISSIOn IS for one quarter at a time and only for very definite reas~ns 0.1' because the dormitories are filled. Students are not allowed to lzve tn apartm~nt houses, bungalow courts, hotels or individual houses. HALLS OF RESIDENCE The University has five halls of residence for ~tudents, Friendly hall and the new dormitory, used by the men, and Hendncks hall, Susan C.amp- bell hall and Mary Spiller hall used by the women. The halls will be ready for occupancy the Saturday previou~ to. Freshman W e~k. The new dormitory houses 276 men m sIX separate umts~Alpha, Gamma, Sigma, Omega, Zeta and Sherry Ross halls. The room.s are dou- ble rooms, with study tables, running water and separate sl~el?mg.rooms. The six separate units each has its own club rooms. The bu.llding ~s mod- ern fireproof, and commodious in 'every respect. Each umt has ItS own dining room in the main dining hall. . . '.. Friendly hall,' a men's residence hall, .IS a three-stoIJ: bnck bu~ldmg containing about fifty rooms which furnIsh accommodatIOns for eighty- five men. The double rooms or suites 'easily accommodate three men and the small rooms accommodate two men. In connection with the new dormitory and served. ~rom th~ same kitchen is a dining room which accommodates stu~ents hvmg outsId~ ~he hall at the same price per week as the board furnIShed to students hvmg in the halls of residence. . Hendricks hall and Susan Campbell hal~, ~he halls of resId~nc~ ~or women, are modern three-story fireproof buildmgs,. They c?ntam hvmg rooms furnished in colonial style, rooms for. guests, and s~llte~ for stu- dents each arranged to accommodate four girls. Each smte Includes a stud;, wardrobe, dressing room, supplied with hot and cold water, and sleeping balcony. . Mary Spiller hall is also used as a reSIdence for women. The rates for room and board in the halls of residence are as follows: ROOM: ~f.i;J;;~~~~~0f~f~¥:~I~t~0:F~~st~ Room rent is payable by the term in advance. However, upon reco~­ mendation by the dean of men or the dean of women the comptroller will accept payment of the term's rental in three monthly installments. Room rentals do not include the period between terms. If dormitories are kept open for th'e convenience of students between terms the University re- serves the right to transfer the students resident in the dormitories during vacation periods to such quarters therein as can be most economically provided. Board is at the rate of $7.00 per week but payable in advance one month at a time. Every effort is made to keep the living expenses as low as is consistent with the price of food and service, but the University may change the prices of room and board at any time, without further notice, whenever it is deemed necessary 01' advisable. Applications for Room{J. Application for rooms in the women's halls of residence should be made to the office of the dean of women, while those for the men's halls should be made to the dean of men.• All applications for rooms should be accompanied by a room deposit of $10.00 (checks should be made payable to the comptroller of the Uni- versity). This deposit serves as a general insurance on state property. At the end of the college year the cost of all unnecessary wear and tear, or loss of equipment is charged to this fund and the unexpended balance is returned. The deposit will be forfeited upon cancellation of the res'ervation unless such cancellation is made at least two weeks prior to the opening of the term for which the reservation is made or unless such cancellation is made for reasons approved by the dean of women or the dean of men. Cards for applications will be found on the last pagle of this catalog. INVITATIONAL HOUSES' Many of the students live in houses accommodating groups of from twenty to forty persons. These groups are generally designated by Greek letter names or club names and many of them are affiliated with national organizations. Admission to these groups is by invitation only. The units are under the general supervision of the student living com- mittee of the faculty, which endeavors to secure for them wholesome living conditions. The invitational houses cooperate in matters of mutual interest and concern in such organizations as the "Panhellenic" and "Inter-fraternity Council." The following men's organizations are represented on the campus: Alpha Beta Chi, Alpha Tau Omega, Alpha Upsilon, Beta Theta Pi, Bachelordon, Chi Psi, Delta Tau Delta, Kappa Sigma, Phi Gamma Delta, Phi Delta Theta, Phi Kappa Psi, Phi Sigma Kappa, Psi Kappa, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, Sigma Pi Tau, Theta Chi. The following women's organizations are represented on the campus: Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Delta Pi, Alpha Gamma Delta, ~pha Omicron Pi, Alpha Phi, Alpha Xi Delta, Chi Delta, Chi Omega, Delta Delta Delta, Delta Gamma, Delta Zeta, Zeta Tau Alpha, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa Alpha Theta, Kappa Delta, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Phi Mu, Pi Beta Phi,Sigma Kappa. ROOMS IN PRIVATE FAMILIES Housing for both men and women students is subject to the approval of the dean of men and the dean of women, and is under the direction of the University housing secretary, Mrs. Charlotte Donnelly, whose office is in the Y. M. C. A. Hut on the campus. 40 UNIYERSITY OF OREGON STUDENT EXPENSES 41 $53025 $683.76 $796.75 • The charge for gymnasium equipment for women students is $10.00, payable only once during the four years of the University course. STUDENT EXPENSES The probable living expenses of a resident student in the University might be tabulated for the ~'ear according to the table below, It should be borne in mind, however, that expenses vary greatly, and that in each case the cost, to a considerable extent is dependent upon the habits of the individual. This table does not include the fee charo-ed to non-resident students, which would increase the amount by about $15"'0 a year. FEES . Tuition. Residents of the state of Oregon pay a fee of $15.00 per !erm, $45.00 f9r the three term;; Bh LILIAN E. TINGLE ProfeB.or of Household ArtB a..d Head of Departme..t H. G. TOWNSEND, Ph.D _ _ Profe.Bur of Philo~0!,Ohy HARRY B. YOCOM. Ph.D _ _ .ProfeB.or of B.o gil HAROLD R. CROSLAND, Ph.D _ _ _ _ ABBociate Prof..Bor of P"1IcholoDII RALPH R. HUESTIS, Ph.D A.Bociate Prof.B.or of Ge ticB JOHN R. MEZ, Ph D ABBociate ProfesBor of Eco..omicB a..d I'olitieal Sc c. .JOHN H. MUELLER, Ph.ll A.Bociate ProfeB.or of Sociologll ROBERT H. SEASHORE, Ph.D ABBociat. ProfeBBor of PBy,h%gll CLARA M. SMERTENKO, }'h.D .A.Bociate Profe'Bor of Lllti.. a..d Greek S. STEPHENSON SMITH, B.A., B.I.itt A.Bociate Profe.Bor of EngliBh HOWARD R. TAYLOR, Ph.D A.Bocilite ProfeBBor of PBvchologll ROOER J. WILLIAMS, Ph.D A B.ociat. ProNBBor of Che.ni.try LOUIS A. WOOD, Ph.D _ A.Hociate Profe••or Of Eco..omic. LEAVITT O. WRIGHT, Ph.D _ ,A..ociate ProfeBBor of iRoma..ce La..guagBB CHANDLER B. BEALL, A.B ABBiBta..t ProfeBBor of Roma..ce La"gUag.B GEORGE VERNE BLVE, M.A ABHiBta..t ProfeBBor of HiRtorll CAP'fAIN CLAR~:NCE H. BRAGO ABBista..t ProfeBBor of Military Scie..ce and TacticB ·DONALD M. EBB. M.A _ _ ,ABsistu..t ProfeBBor of Econom"'. • Leave of absence; 1929-80. DAVID R. DAVIS, Ph.D A.BiBta..t ProfeBBor of MathematicB t:;:R;::E:~~~, ~~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::A~~::~~:"J,r~~~~~~Bo;f°6h~i~~~ LIEUTENANT GEORGE F. HERBERT ABHiBta..t ProfeB.or of Militarll Scie..ce and TacticB RALPH C. HOEBER, M.A•• J.D ABBista..t Profe.Bor of E ..gliBh LIEUTENANT J. E. MCCAMMON ABBista..t Profe.Bor of Military Scie..ce VICTOR P. MORR!S, Po.D A ••iB ta..t ProfeBBor of Eco..omicB GUSTAV MOLLER, Ph.D A.Bi.ta..t ProfeBBor of PhiloBophll ETHEL 1. SANBORN, Ph.D ABBiBtant ProfeB.or of Pla..t Biologll ED~lUND P. KREMER, Dr. juris utriu9que ABBiBta..t Profe.Bor of Germa..ic LanguageB EDWARD C. A. LE~CH Ph.D ABBiBta.. t ProfeBsor of E ..gliBh EDWARD D. MCALISTER, Ph.D A.Bista..t ProfcBBor of PhllHicB ERNEST MOLL. A.M ABBiBtant Pro!..."r of E..gliBh ANNA M. THOMPSON, M.A ABBiBlu..t Prof or of Roma..ce La..guageB K. REINHARDT. Ph.D ABBi.ta..t ProfeBBor of Germa..ic La..guageB JAMES M. REINHARDT, Ph.D ,ABBi.ta..t ProfeBBor of Sociologll EMERSON P. SCHMIDT. M.A ABBiBta..t Prof orof Ec""",micB OTTILIE SEYBOLT, M.A ABBista..t ProfeBBor of E ..glish a..d Director of Drama L. K. SHUMAKER, A.B SuperviBorof E ..gliBh Bureav VERNON G. SORRELL, Ph.D ABBiBtant ProfeB.or of Eco..omicB GEORGE WILLIAMSON, Ph.D ABBistunt ProfeBBor of E ..gliBh ROSALIND WULZEN, Ph.D · ABBiBta..t Prof.BBor of A ..imal Biologll MARGARBT L. DAtGH, B.A I tructor i .. Household Arts LERoy E. DETLING, M.A I tructor i .. Roma..ce La..guageB ROBERT D. FANER, M.A _ I ..Btructor i .. E ..gliBh DOROTHY GURLEY FISH, B.A., B.S lnBtructor i .. Household ArtB CELIA V. HAGER, M.A Part-tim. I tructor i .. PBl/chologll WALTER E. HEMPSTEAD, B.A _.I tructor i .. E ..glish ARTHUR C. HICKS, M.A I trvcoor i .. E ..gli.h 'CHARLES G. HOWELL, M.A I ..Btructor i .. Roma..c. La..guageB FELIX LEGRAND Part-time I tructor i .. Roma..ce La..gV"geB LESLIE L. LEWIS, M.A I ..Btructor i .. E ..glish PAT V. MORRISSET'IE, M.A I ..Btrvctor i .. E ..gliBh CORNELIA PIPES, B.A................................................................••.lmtructor i .. Roma..c. La..guage. LOURENE E. TAYLOR, B.A _ .I tructor i .. Pla..t Biologll LOWER DIVISION GROUPS By legislation of March, 1928, the faculty created in the College of Literature, Science and the Arts a lower division organization includ- ing the work of the first two years. Entering freshmen choosing a major in a professional school beg-in at least the preliminary wOl'k of their preparation. Students who wish to carry their work in the college, however,. do not choose a major during the first two years, but designate .a group of principal interest very much broader than the boundary lines of any department. During the first year the enterting freshman takes at least two survey courses broadly introductory to the curriculum of the entire group. The core of his sophomore program consists in sophomore options or courses fundamental to specialization in anyone of the dis- ciplines included in the four groups. To facilitate the operation of this lower division program, the depart- ments of the college were grouped into four main divisions as follo\\"s: I Languag'e and Literature, II Social Science, III Mathematics and Physical Science, and IV Biological Science. Two departments (House- hold Arts and Military Science) are not included within these groups, since the work of these two departments is largely service work taken by students whose principal interest lies in other fields, 58 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 59 Gr01tp and Departmental Announcements Not all the courses here listed are offered in anyone year, although practically all the lower division courses and many of the upper division are so givena The work pre- sented will, however, be open to the student during a reasonable period of residence. Numbers between 1 and 99 indicate beginning language and sub-survey courses; those between 100 and 110, the new type of survey course; those between 111 and 199. freshman electives; those between 200 and 210, sophomore option courses; those between 211 and 299, other sophomore courses; those between 300 and 399, upper division courses not carrying graduate credit; those between 400 and 499, upper division courses carrying graduate credit; and those of 600 and above are purely graduate courses. The "norm" referred to in the curricula is a minor subject which the student will prepare to teach. See section under the school of education. Laboratory and other fees in connection with the courses are given in detail in the schedule of courses published at the beginning of the academic year. In the curricula of the various departments the totals signify the. maximum and minimum amount of work to be carried by the student electing each curriculum. In the list of faculty given at the head of the departmental announcements, the first named is the head of the department. 204a,b,c, Literature of the Ancient World, Greek and Latin writers considered with especial reference to their influence on English literature. The Bible. Masterpieces of Oriental literature which have been incor- porated into English literature through translations of literary value. Smertenko. Two or three hours, ea6h term. 205-206-207. Gierman Literature. Given in English. Open to upper- classmen.. Outside reading and papers on assigned topics. Reinhardt. :three hours, each term. 208a,b,c. Literature Of the Modern World. The Rennaissance in Italy, France, Spain and England; Pascal and Puritanism in England; French and English Classicism; the novel and other prose forms; the romantio revolt; Victorian literature; Parnassians and Symbolists; Ibsen and the modern drama; some consideration of recent development in literature. Ernst. Tw'o or three hours, each term. 1. LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRESH:MAN SURVEY COURSES ENGLISH 101-102-103. Literature Survey. From Beowulf to the present. Each epoch is studied by reading representative authors, supplemented by lec- tures. First term, Beowulf to Edmund Spencer. Second term, the s'even- teenth and eighteenth centuries. Third term, 1800 to the present. Courses in sequence, but may be taken separately. Howe, Lewis, Williamson, Lesch, A. Hicks Four hours, each term. 104-105-106. Introduction to Literature. The purpose of this course is to stimulate the appreciation and criticism of literature. Study of some masterpieces in ancient, modern, and contemporary literature. Ernst. Four hours, each term. LATIN 10Ia,b,c. Latin Literature, The Golden Age. A survey of Latin liter- ature in general with emphasis upon the following authors: Horace, selected Odes and Epodes; Cicero, de Amicitia and De Senectute; Vergil, the Eclogues; Livy, Books I and II. Dunn. Three hours, each term. ROMANCE LANGUAGES French 103a,h,c. French Literature. Reading of masterpieces of various periods'. A general review of French literature. Lectures. Beall, Detling, Howell, Myers. Th'l1ee hours, each term. GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 205-206-207. German Literature. (See English, above.) GREEK 204a,b,c. Literature of the Ancient World. (See English, above.) LA'L'IN 204a,b,c. Literature of the A.ncient TVorld. (See English above.) RoMANCE LANGUAGES FRENCH 203a,b,c. French Literature. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general review of French literature. Lectures. Beall, Detling, Howell, Myers. Three hours, each term. 204a,b,c. Seventeenth Century Fl'ench Literature. Reading of repre- sentative works of Corneille, Moliere, Racine, La Fontaine, Madame de Sevigne, Descartes and Pascal. Bowen. Th'lT'ee hours, each term. SPANISH 209a,b,c,. Spanish Literature. Reading of masterpieces of various periods. A general survey of Spanish literature. Lectures. Wright. Three hours, eadh term. OTHER LOWER DIVISION COURSES (For dercription look under department heading) Three hours, fall f;1erm. Three hours, any term. Three hours, fall or winter term. Three hours, spring term. Three hours, winter tlerm. ENGLISH Literature 111. History of the English Language. 114. American Literature. 117. English Poetry. 121. Wordsworth. 130. William MO'f'ris. Spanish Literature. Reading of masterpieces of various survey of Spanish literature, Lectures. Wright, TMee hours, each term. COURSES 109a,b,c. Spanish periods. A general Thompson. SOPHOMORE OPTION ENGLISH 201-202-203. Shakespeare. Study of the important historical plays, comedies and tragedies. Courses in sequence, but may be taken separately. Prescribed for majors. Boyer, Williamson, Lesch, Moll. Three hours, each term. 60 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SOCIAL SCIENCE 61 LATIN 1a,b,c. Elementary Latin and Caesar. Four hours, each term. 2a,b,~. Cicero's Orations and Vergil's .lEneid. Four hours, each term. 50a,b,c. Xenophon, Homer, and Greek Gramrmar. Four hours, each te,.."". 51a,b,c. Greek Grammar, Greek ProS'e, and Greek Sight Translation. Two hours, each term. 111a,b,c. Greek Literature. Hours to be arranged. 211. Ruskin.. 224,225,226. American Poetry. Written English 250-251-252. Report Writing. 253-254-255. Busine,ss English. 256-257-258. Exposition. 260a,b,c. Short Story Writing. 261-262-263. Magazine Writing. 264-265-266. Narration, Description and Three 'hours, spring term. Two hours, each term. Two hours, each term. Two hours, each term. Three hours, each term. Two hours, eaoh term. Two hours, each term. Exposition. Three hours, each tet:m. 211a,b,c. Latin Literature, Comedy. 301a,b,c. Latin Literature, The Silver Age. to sophomores.) Three hours, each term. (See upper division. Open Th11ee hours, each term. 281. Advanced Public Speaking-The Oration. Two hours, fall term. 282. Advanced Public Speaki'ng-A Study of Masterpieces. Two hours, wintler term. 283. Advanced Public Speaking-The Public Lecture. Two hours, spring term. 284. Intercollegiate Oratory. Two hours, wi1}ter term. 285. Intercollegiate Debate. Two hours, winter term. Drama and Play Production 140a,b,c. The Speaking Voice. Three 'hours, each term. 241-242-243. Interpretation. Three hours, eac'h term. 247-248-249. Theatre Workshop. Two hours, each term. Three hours, each term. Three hours, each term. Four hours, each term. Six hours, winter and sprimg terms. II. SOCIAL SCIENCE ITALIAN 32a,b,c. First Year Italian. 33a,b,c. Second Year Italian. 12a,b)c. Second Year Spanish. 13a,b. First Y1ear Spanish. 1a,b,c. First Year French. Four hours, each term. 2a,b,c. Second Year French. Four hours, each term. 3a,b. First Year French. Six hours, winter and spring terms. SPANISH 11a,b,c. First Year Spanish. Four hours, each term. RoMANCE LANGUAGES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRESHlIfAN SURVEY COURSES AND ELECTIVES 101a,b,c. Background of Social Science. A study is made of the fac- tors and forces which constitute the make-up of society. The validity of the thought process and opinions of the students with respect to social phenomena are challenged. An analysis is made of scientific methods and the possibilities and limitations in the social sciences. An attempt is made to acquaint the student with the findings of psychology in re- gard to bias and prejudice, egoism of the crowd, habit responses, com- plexes and factors of wise thinking. A survey is made of controls of society-government, economic factors, family, education, religion and the social institutions generally. By this time things are viewed with a critical eye; they become the objects of inquiry, investigation and reflec- FRENCH Students who have entrance credit for two years of high school French or Spanish take the second year in college. No credit is given if the first year of high school is repeated in colle~e. Students who have entrance credit for three years of high school French or' SpaniEh tske the tMrd year French or Spanish literature courses in college. No credit is given if the second year work is repeated in college. Four hours, each term. Two hours, each term. Three hours, any term. Two hours, each term: Literature Three hours, each term. Three hours, each term. AND LITERATURE Four hours, each term. Four hours, each term. Three hours, each term. Contemporary Literature. 1'hree hours, eacih term. Three hOUTS, each term. GREEK Spoken English 180a,b,c. Introductory Course in Speech. 181. Extempore Speaking. 280a,b,c,. Argumentation and Debate. GERMANIC LANGUAGES 1a,b,c. Elementary German. 3a,b,c. Second Year German. ll1a,b,c. Classical German. 112a,b,c. German Fiction and 113, 114, 115. Modern German Drama. Scandinavian Language and 11a,b,c. Elementary Norse. 21a,b,c. ElementanJ Swedish. 1a,b,c. Beginning Greek. 62 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE 63 SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES OTHER LoWER DIVISION COURSES (For description look under department heading) tion. Insight, rather than mere information, is the aim imd object of the course. Schumacher and staff. Three hours, each term. PHILOSOPHY 201-202-203. Reflective Thinking. Designed as a freshman elective as well as a sophomore option. (For description see 201-202-203, below.) Three hours, each term. ECONOMICS 203a,b,c. The Principles of Economics. The principles that underlie production, exchange and distribution. Practical problems like monetary and banking reform, regulation of international trade, the taxation of land values, labor movement, regulation of railways, the control of the trusts, etc., are considered. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Morris, Schmidt. Three hours, each term. HISTORY 204,205a,b. Modern Europe. The history of Europe from the death of Louis XIV to the present. Treats the Old Regime, the spirit of re- form, the French revolution, the nineteenth century struggles for nation- ality and democracy, the colonial expansion ·of Europe, the world war, and the problems of peace. Economic, social, intellectual, and religious factors will be included. Four hours, each term. 206,207,208. English History. General survey of English history, covering the political and constitutional, the economic and social, the in- tellectual and religious lines of development. The third term will. include a sketch of the growth of the empire. Open to freshmen. May be' entered second or third term by permission of the instructor. Donald Barnes. Four hours, each term. PHILOSOPHY 201-202-203. Introduction to Reflective Thinking. Problems of knowl- edge-a study of the methods of inquiry, understanding and proof. ~rob­ lems of belief and conduct. Townsend, Milller. Three hours, each term. POLITICAL SCIENCE 201-202-203.. Modern Governments. (1) American National govern- ment. The national government, with special attention to practical opera- tion and contemporary reforms. (2) State and local governments. The state and local governments, with special attention to practical operation and contemporary reforms in Oregon. (3) European governments. The organization and operation of the governments of England, France, Ger- many, Italy, Russia, and Switzerland, with special attention to the govern- ment of England. Barnett, Schumacher, Mez. Four hours, each term. Three hours, fali term. Three hours, winter term. Three hours, spring term. One hour, each term. III. MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES AND ELECTIVES 101-102-103. Sur1,ey of Physical. Science. A. general. introduc.tory course in the field of the physical SCIences, embracmg cosmlCal relatIOns, principles of physics and chemistry, geologic processes, and man:s r~ac­ tion to them. Especial emphasis is laid upon devel~pment and applIcatIons of the scientific method. Friedman, Hodge, SmIth. Four hours, each term. 104-105-106. Unified Mathematics (A). Standard freshman survey course for all scien~e students. Prerequisite, one and one-half years of algebra. Davis, DeCou, Milne. Four hours, each term. 104-105-106. Unified Mathematics (B). Freshman survey course, pri- marily for business administration and economics students. Devotes the third term to Mathematics of Finance. Prerequisite, one and one-half years of algebra. Davis, DeCou, Milne. Four hours, each term. 104-105-106. Unified Mat'hematics (C). Freshman ~urvey course. for students entering with one year only of algebra. DaVIS, DeCou, Mllne. .. Four hours, each term. 104-105-106. Unified Mathematics (D). Fre~hman survey cou!se, p!i- marily for business administration and economICS students entermg WIth one year only of algehra. Devotes the third term to Mathematics of Fi- nance. Davis, DeCou, Milne. Four hours, each term. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES CHE};fISTRY 201a h c. General Chemistry. A previous elementary course in chem- istry or';hysics is prerequisite, as is also facilit:y in the solution of proh- lems in simple proportion and use of the metnc system. Three lectures and one lahoratory period. Stafford. Four hours, each term. 210a h c. Seco·nd Year Chemistry. This course is a sequel to the basic general ~hemistry course 201a,h,c, and is prerequisite to the co~rses of the upper division. Three lectures and one or more lahoratory penods. Staf- ford. Four or five hours, each term. Geography 205. Principles of Geography. 206. Economic Geography. 207. Regional Geography. 208-209-210. Geography Laboratory. Geology 201a,h. General Geology. An •elementary course dealing with those processes of nature hy which the surface of the earth hasheen huilt up, deformed, and torn down. A study of the natural history and occurrence of the common rocks and useful minerals. Three lectures and one labo- ratory or field period. Hodge, Packard, Smith. Four hours, fall and winter terms. Four hours, each term. Five hours, spring term. HISTORY 211-212-213. World History. 241. Europe Since 1870. 64 UNIVERSITY OJ!' OREGON BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 65 202. Historical Geology. An outline of the geological history of the earth, with special reference to the development of the North American continent. Prerequisites, Geology 201a,b, or a satisfactory course in high school physiography.. Three lectures and one laboratory or field period. Hodge, Packard. Four hours, spring term. 203a,b. General Geology Laboratory. Wilkinson. One hour fall and winter terms. 204. Historical Geology Laboratory. Wilkinson. One hour, sprmg term. GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY MiJneralogy. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) Lithology. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as part of Course 404, Earth Materials.. ) Metallic Ore Deposits. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) Petrography. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) MATHEMATICS 201-202-203. Differential and Integral Calculus. A fundamental course laying a thorough foundation for all future work in II!athematics and its applications. May be taken for upper division credIt, DeCou. Four hours, each term. PHYSICS 204a,b,c. General Physics. A g-eneral course covering mechanics, sound, heat, light, electricity, and an introduction to the modern physics. Pre- requisite, trigonometry or high school physics. Unified mathematics or an acceptable equivalent is prerequisite. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. CaswelL Four hours, 'each term. OTHER LoWER DIVISION COURSES (For description look under department heading) CHEMISTRY 92a,b,c. Elementary Chemistry. Four hours, each term. IV. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES 101a,b,c. Elementary Biology. A general introduction to the funda- mental principles and problems of biology as exemplified by plants and animals. Given jointly by the departments of plant and animal biology. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period. Sweetser, Moore, Taylor, Wulzen. Three hours, each term. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES ANIMAL BIOLOGY 201, 202, 203. Advanced Zoology. The elements of comparative anat- omy, gross and microscopic, and of vertebrate embryology. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory.. Yocom and Huestis. Four hours, each term. PLANT BIOTA)GY 204-205. Plant Morphology. Ecology and Economy. This course is a continuation of Biology 101 a,b,c. It gives a more comprehensive review' of plant forms, their relation to their environment, and their economic uses. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period. Sweetser and Sanborn. Four hours, fall and winter terms. 206. Systemlltic Botany. A study of the structure and classification of Oregon plants. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period. Sweetser and Sanborn. Four hours, spring term. PSYCHOLOGY 201a,b,c. Beginner's Psychology Laboratory. An introductory course in laboratory experimental methods. This is operated in coordination with 202a,b,c, which must be taken itt the same time. One laboratory period each week. Seashore. One hour, each term. Q02a,b,c. Beginner's Psychology. An introductory study of the ma- terial of general experimental psychology, learning, memory, perception, imagination, sensation, attention, reasoning, instinct, emotion, will, etc. Conklin, Crosland, Taylor, Hager. Three hours, each term. OTHER LoWER DIVISION COURSES (For description look under department heading) ~[ATHE1>{ATICS 91. Solid Geometry. Four hours, one term. 92. Intermediate Algebra. Four hours, fall or winter termiIJ. 93. Advanced Algebra. Four hours, any term. 213. Organic Evolution. 214. Heredity 215. Eugenics. ANIMAL BIOLOGY Two hours, fall term. Two hours, winter term. Two hours, sprmg term. Four hours, winter or spring terms. . 94. Plane Trigonometry. 96. Mathematics of Finance. 117. Elements of Statistical Methods. 300. Plane Geometry. Upper division ~tudents. Four hours, spring term. Four hours, one tlerm. course open to lower division Four hours, fall term. DIVISION OF BIOLOGY The division of biology has been formed by an association of the two departments of plant biology and of animal biology for two purposes: (1) Giving undergraduate training in the basic principles common to both fields; (2) Providing sufficiently extensive graduate work to form a respectable basis for the doctor's degree. 66 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ANIMAL BIOLOGY 67 ANIMAL BIOLOGY Professors A. R. .MooRE, HARRY B. YOCOM; Associate Professors ERNST GF.LLHORN. RALPH R. HUESTIS; Assistant Professor ROSALIND WULZEN ; Demonstrator ELTON EDGE; Teaching Fellows ALICE BAHRS, ROLLAND,T. MAIN; Research Assistant EUZABETH PERRY; Graduate Assistants V. KNIASEFF, ALINE BUSTER MAXWELL, LILI,IAN BRAMHALL PATTElRSON, SAMUEL H. WHONG FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 401a,b,c. General Physiology. The principles of physiology and their application to life processes in plants and animals. Prerequisites, general chemistry and general physics. Two lectures, one hour journal club, and one three-hour laboratory period. Moore. Four hours, each term. 412. Biological Pedagogy. Practical study of methods of instruction in biology. Sweetser. Three hours, winter term. PRU{ARILY FOR GRADUATES 501a,b,c. Biological Seminar. (Three year cycle.) Required of all graduate fellows and assistants. Selected topics,. Moore. One hour, each term. The main headquarters of the department of. animal biology are in Deady hall. The offices are on the second floor, with the laboratories for general zoology, comparative anatomy, physiology and genetics. Besides several research rooms for advanced students, the department possesses a research laboratory building, accommodating fifte'en students, and pro-. vided with excellent quarters for animals in detached buildings. The Zoological Museum contains a considerable series of mounted and unmounted birds and mammals collected by Mr. Alfred Sheldon as a beginning of a state biological survey; a collection of Oregon reptiles, made by J. R. Wetherbee; a series of fishes, mostly salmonidae from the Columbia river, donated by the United States government; a collec- tion of food fishes of the Oregon coast, made by Mr, J. R. Bretherton, of Newport, Oregon, and presented to the University, and a collection Three hours, each term.101a,b,c. Elementary Biology. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Biological Science) of birds and mammals, made and presented by Dr. A. G. Prill, of Scio, Oregon. ~\, LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES (For description look under Biological Science) 201, 202, 203. Advanced Zoology. Four hours, each term. OTHER LOWER DivISION COURSES 213. Organic Evolution. A study of the biological facts which bear upon theories of plant and animal development. For students without previous biological training. Not open to major students in biology. Huestis. Two hours, fall term. 214, Heredity. A preliminary study of heredity and variation in plants and animals. For students without previous biological training. Not open to major students in biology. Huestis. Two hours, winter term. 215. Eugenics. The application of our knowledge of hereditary differ- ences among human beings to questions of individual behavior and social policy. Prerequisite, 4ererlity. Huestis. Two hours, spring term. UPPER DIVISION 302a,b. Elementary Human Physiology. For students of physical edu- cation, pre-nursing, and others. Two lectures or quiz periods, one labo- ratory period. Prerequisites, elementary chemistry and biology. Gellhorn. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 311.. Field Zoology. The local vertebrates, their taxonomic arrange- ment, habits and distribution. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory or field work, the latter being largely bird study. Prerequisite, elementary biology. Huestis. Four hours, spring term. 303, 304. Physiology of Exercise. For students of physical education. A study of the principles of physiology with particular application to the problems arising in the field of physical education. Two lectures, one laboratory period with prerequisites of elementary chemistry and biology. Three hours, fall and winter terms. "" 375a,b,c. Advanced Histology and Embryology. The early develop- ment of mammals. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods. Yocom. Four hours, each term. 396a,b,c. Honors Reading. Seminar. A course in extensive and in- tensive reading for honors candidates, arranged for the individual student. Junior year. Department staff. Three to twelve hours. 397a,b,c. lLonors Reading. Same as 396. Senior year. Three to twelve hours. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 40la,b,c. General Physiology. The principles of physiology and their application to life processes in plants and animals. Prerequisites, general Three hours, each term.10la,b,c. Elementary Biology. An undergraduate major in biology will comprise: 1. (a) Course IOla,b,c. Elementary Biology. (b) Second year elective in either plant or animal biology. (c) 24 hours of upper division courses including senior problem and thesis. 2. General chemistry, one year of phySics, one year of geology, and one year of mathematics. 3. Reading knowledge of French or German-both languages if possible. 4. Fulfillment of group and all other requirements of the University for the bache- lor's degree. Thirty hours of biology, at least half of which shall be obtained from graduate courses, constitute a major in biology for the master's degree. The equivalent of an undergraduate major in biology is prerequisite. Fifteen hours from graduate or upper division courses constitute a minor in biology for the master's degree. General chemistry is prerequisite. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LOWER DIVISION (For description look under Biological Science) 68 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULA 69 SprinD 8 4 4 3-4 1 1 16--17 16-17 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 16 16 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 16 16 Winter SprinD 8 8 4 4 4 4 8 3 1 1 1 1 16 16 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 16 16 4 4 4 4 8 8 16 16 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 16 16 Winter 8 4 4 3-4 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 16 16 4 4 4 2 1 1 16 4 4 4 2 1 1 16 4 16 SOPHOMORE General Chemistry . ~5~~1~fj4E~~~~~~~::~~:~~ recei,:e his bac~elor:s degree upon the successful completion of the first year. m the ~mver.slty of Oregon medical school at Portland. The second currIculu~. IS deslg~ed for the more leisurely accomplishment of the sam~ ~ralllmg, and !S r~commended to students who wish more time for subSIdiary cour~es ~n lIterature, languages, etc.; for those whose high s?hoo~ prep~ratlOn. 1~ .weak; for those who must spend a large part of tIme In outSld~ aC~lVltIes. The four year pre-medical curriculum entitles those, completmg. It to the bachelor's degree given at Eugene before entermg the medIcal school. ' THREE-YEAR PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM FRESHMAN Fall 3 4 4 3-4 1 1 16-17 JGNIOR i~~!~~~~1 ~~~~?t;;..·:::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::=:=::: ....- _ . 16 FOUR-YEAR PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULUM FRESHMAN. Fall Elementary Biology 8 if{~;;a:~~~Li:t~~~i~;;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: : Milit!'ry Science.(men) or Personal"'H~~~'':;;''(;~~;':;)'''''''''''''' 1 PhYJlcal Educabon 1 SENIOR i~~¥~~::~~:::::~~::~~~~~::~~~ Elective - _-.._-_ _ -- _-. ..................................___ _ _.u_.._ _ __ Elementary BiologyM th' __ - - - -_ . g:~liEa~}~;I~~f:~··:i;:;;~~;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Milit!'ry Science .(men) or Pe~s~;;~I'H~~i~-;;;"(';~~~'':;i'"'''''''''''' PhYSIcal EducatIon _ _ . JUNIOR !fRmt ~~~~::~~ ..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .....................................................- _- - _- - chemistry and general physics. 'fwo lectures, one hour journal club, and one three-hour laboratory period. Moore. Four hours, each term. 402. Mammalian Anatomy. An intensive study of a typical mammal wit~ special emphasis Oll its gross structure; and the correlation of struc- ture with function. Nine to twelve hours of laboratory. Three or four hours, spring term. 403a,b,c. Invertebrate Zoology. Advanced course in the taxonomy, structure, physiology, ecology and life histories of the invertebrates. Special attention to animals of economic importance, especially those of parasitic habits. Laboratory material from representatives of the in- vertebrate fauna of Oregon. Lectures, conferences, field and laboratory work. Yocom. Four hours, each term. 404a,b. Genetics. Lectures or conferences upon the fundamentals of genetics, together with laboratory practice in statistical analysis and ex- perimental breeding. Huestis. Four hours, winter and spring terms. 408a,b,c. Biophysics. The consideration of certain fundamental physi- ological processes from a quantitative standpoint.. Special emphasis is placed upon the study of muscle and nerve. Lectures and seminars. Laboratory, one period, optional. Gellhorn. Three or four hours, each term. 409a,b,c. Assistants' Conference. Staff. One hour, each term. 417. Marine Zoology. A study in classification and structure of the invertebrate forms of the Pacific coast. Given as a part of the regular summer session. Yocom. Four hours. 420a,b,c. Problems in Animal Biology. To be undertaken under the direction of the appropriate member of the staff. Hours to be arranged. 475. Protozoology. A course dealing with the problems of protozoa in their relation to the larger problems of biology. A study of the morphol- ogy, physiology and ecology of the free living forms is made as well as .reference to the parasitic forms as the causative agents in disease. Two lectures and six laboratory hours.. Yocom. Four hours, fall term. 476a,b,c. Advanced Protozoology. A course for students able to carry on semi-independent work on protozoological subjects of special interest to them. Yocom. Two to four hours, each term-. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 502a,b,c. Physiology of the Central Nervous System. Moore. Hours to be arranged. 504a,b,c. Research. May be undertaken by those properly prepared in the first year of graduate study; must be started in the second year of graduate work. Departmental staff. Hours to be arranged. 505a,b,c. Seminar on Growth. The growth of the individual, acceler- ators and inhibitors of growth. Wulzen. Two hours, each term. 506a,b,c. Thesis. Departmental staff. Nine hours. PRE-MEDICAL CURRICULA Two curricmla giving an optimum preparation in the basic sciences necessary for entering upon the study of medicine are outlined below. The first is a three year course of study and is designed for the able and ambitious student. A student finishing this curriculum is entitled to 70 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CHEMISTRY 71 CHEMISTRY Professors ORIN F. ST:"FFORD, FREDERICK L. SHINN, RoGER J. WILLIAMS; ASSIStant Profeasor LEO FRIEDMAN' Instructor RAYMOND D COOL' ' Graduate AssistantBELIzABETH BRADWAY, CH":RLElS DAWSON, DONALD EVANS FRANCIS P. JONES, JO~N H. TRUE.sDAIL, WILLIAM M. SWEET, RUTH WINCHmLL'· FleISchmann Fellow RICHARD R. RoEHM ' T~e departme!1t of che~istry has ~eparate laboratories for general chemIstry, ana~ytIcal ~hemIst~y, orgamc chemistry, physical chemistry, and.advanced mo~gamc chemIstry. It also has small rooms devoted to speCIal ~roblems m research work, and a working library to which s~udents m the department have access. Well equipped store-rooms pro- VIde all of the. ~sual. appa.ratus and materials, while a shop served b an expert mech~mC1an IS available for special ne'eds. y ~he reqUIrement for graduation as a major in chemistry is the com- pl~tIon of .at. least .48 hours of work in the department. Under this re- qUIrement It IS pOSSIble for students wishing to avoid specialization during undergraduate years to range widely among other University depart- Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. Nine hours.516. Thesis. 308, 309, 310. Botanical Problem. The taxonomy, ecology, physiology, or economy of some group, or groups, of plants. Staff. Hours to be arranged. 311. Bacteriological Problem. Hours to be arranged. . ~12. Biological.p'edag~gy. Intended only for those planning to teach. MImmum. prereqUISIte, BIOlogy 101a,b,c, or its equivalent and one year of educatIOn. Sweetser. Three hours, winter term. 3l5a,b,c. Seminar. Staff. One hour, eac'h term. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 401, 402. Plant Histology. A study of plant tissue. Two lectures and one th~ee-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, 101a,b,c and 204-205, and 206 or eqUIvalent. Sanborn. Three hours, fall and winter terms. . 403. Algae. Study of the morphology of types of the four groups, WIth taxonomy of our local forms. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites, 101a,b,c, and 204-205 and 206 or equivalent. Sanborn. Three lI.ours, fall and winter terms. . 404. Techn~que. Killing, embedding, sectioning, staining and mount- mg of plant tIssues. Lectures and laboratory. Sanborn. Two 0'1' three hours, spring term. 407. Bacteriology. ContiD1;ation of course 306. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory perIOd. Sweetser. Three hours, spring term. ~17. Paleobotany. History of paleobotany and studies of the Oregon fossil flora. Sanborn. Four hours, spring term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 513. Botanical Problems. 5l4a,b,c. Bacteriological Problems. 515. Graduate Seminar. Professor ALBERT R. SWEETSER; Assistant Professor ETHEL 1. SANBORN; Instructor LOURENE E. TAYLOR; Research Professor and Curator LoUIS F. HENDERSON PLANT BIOLOGY The botanical laboratories may be found in Deady hall. The labora- tory for the elementary classes has the regular equipment of work tables, lockers, and compound microscopes, as well as provision for the displaying of stereoptican illustrations and charts. This, as are all the other rooms, is furnished with gas and lighted with electricity. A series of botanical models of flower types and insectivorous plants is available. The supply of preserved material is constantly being added to and is fairly representative of the various plant groups. Each student is expected to provide a dissecting set and drawing material, but the laboratory is pre~ pared to furnish the necessary microscopic slides, reagents and glassware. The collections are available for students of systematic botany. Facili- ties are provided for the study and preservation of local material and for cataloging of plants sent from various parts of the state, and the department is glad to name any specimen sent to the herbarium for determination. The bacteriological laboratory is equipped with gas-fitted and elec- trically wired work tables and lockers combined, autoclave, steam and hot-air sterilizers, incubators, hot water heater, and compound micro- scopes with oil-immersion lenses. The Botanical Herbarium is well supplied with mounted specimens, especially' those from Oregon and the Pacific Northwest. It includes the Howell collections of 10,000 specimens, especially from Oregon; the Lei- berg collection, presented to the University by John B. Leiberg in 1908, about 15,000 sheets from Oregon, Washington, and Idaho, as well as the Cusick collection of 7,000 specimens, also those donated by Kirk Whitead, Edmund P. Sheldon and Martin W. Gorman. These for the most part are housed in the regulation steel herbarium cases, the gift of numerous friends in the state, and so are protected from moisture and the ravages of iDS'ects. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LOWER DIVISION (For description look under Biological Science) FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES 101a,b,c. Elementary Biology. Three hours, each ter,fnI. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES 204-205. Plant Morphology. (Ecology and Economy.) Four hours, fall and winter terms. 206. Systematic Botany. Four hours, spring ter.ffl. UPPER DIVISION 305. Sanitation. The study of diseases, their causes, and prevention; pure food, pure water, pure milk. Desirable as prerequisite for course 306. Sweetser and Taylor: Three hours, fall term. 306. Bacteriology. In the winter term this course is given primarily for pre-medical students and technicians. Chemistry is prerequisite. Two lectures, and two three-hour laboratory periods. Sweetser and Taylor. Three hours, winPer term. 72 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CHEMISTRY 73 Two hours, each term. Three hours, two terms. Friedman. One hour, two term8. 473-474-475. Electro-Chemistry. Shinn. Hours to be arranged. 480. Senior Thesis. . Hours to be arranged. 490, 491, 492, Seminar. Required of all graduate students. Chemistry staff. One hour, each term. PRIlIIARIT,Y FOR GRADUATES 560, 561, 562. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Shinn and Friedman. Hours to be arranged. 460a,b,c. Physical Chemistry. Three lectures and one laboratory period. Shinn. Four hours, each term. 463-464-465. Chemical Energetics. Shinn. 466-468. Colloidal Chemistry. Friedman 467-469. Colloidal Chemistry Laboratory. . 453-454-455. Biochemistry Laboratory. course 450-451-452. Williams. 430-431-432. Optical Methods of Analysis. Basic principles and laboratory practice in the use of optical instruments in chemical analysis and in the investigation of physico-chemical phenomena. Cool. Three hours, each term. 434. Toxicology. Shinn. Hours to be arranged. 440a,b,c. Organic Chemistry. The Chemistry of the compounds of carbon. Deals with compounds which are important from the theoretical; technical and biological standpoints. The first two terms are devoted to aliphatic compounds and the third term to those of the aromatic series. Prerequisite, two years of college chemistry. Three lectures and one laboratory period. Williams. Four hours, each term. 443-444-445. Advanced Organic Chemistry. The theoretical aspects of the subject are emphasized by discussion of theories of valence, ch~m­ ical reactivity, free radicals, catalysis, etc., as these are related to partICu- lar groups of compounds. Williams. Two hours, fall and winter terms. 446, 447, 448. Advanced Organic Laboratory. Largely individual lab- oratory work, with stress on laboratory technique in the preparation of organic chemicals. Organic elementary analysis is also given after the student has had some experience in preparation work. Course may be entered any term. One to four laboratory periods. Shinn. One to four hours, each term. 450-451-452. Biochem,istry. A general course dealing with the chem- istry of both plant and animal organisms, their tissue constituents, nutri- tion and metabolism. Prerequisite, Organic Chemistry. Williams. Two hours, each term. To accompany, optionally, One hour, each term. 410, 411, 412. Applied Chemistry. Prerequisite, 30 term hours in chemistry, one year of general physics, and one year of calculus. Stafford. Three 0'1' four hours, each term. 420, 421, 422. Advanced Analytical Chemdstry. Special analytical pro- cedures adapted to those enrolling. Cool. Hours to be arranged. 423. Microchemical Analysis. Cool. Hours to be arranged. LOWER DIVISION SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Mathematics and Physical Science) 201a,b,c. General Chemistry. Open to qualified freshmen. Four hours, each term. 210a,b,c. Second Year Chemistry. Prerequisite, General Chemistry, but open to students who have done well in high school chemistry. Four 0'1' five hours, each term. OTHER LOWER DIVISION COURSES 92a,b,c. Elem(Jntary Chemistry. A course introductory to chemistry. Stafford. Four hours, each term. UPPER DIVISlON 320, 321, 322. Analytical Chemistry. The first part of the course is devoted to the identification of the common metal and acid radicals, accompanied by a discussion of the principles upon which their separa- tions are based. This is followed by work in the theory and technique of standard quantitative analytical procedures. Two or three laboratory periods and one lecture a week. Cool. Three 0'1' four hours, each term. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 401-403-405. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. The chemical elements are first discussed as regards their practical and theoretical importance. Finally, such topics as radio-activity, the periodic table, and atomic structure are taken up. A minimum of two years work in chemistry is prerequisite. Three lectures per week. Stafford. Three hours, eack term. 402, 404, 406. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. To accompany, op- tionally, course 401-403-405. Stafford. One hour, each term. NOTE-Where an average grade lower tha~ IV is made in any course in chemistry, admission to subsequent courses may be refused until by an approved amount of addi.. tional- worlt of satisfLctory character, the fitness of the student to engage in advanced work is establiShed. Thia rule is to apply particularly to students seeking entrance to organic chemistry after one year's work in general chemistry. ments and at the same time secure a substantial foundation in: chemistry, useful both as a feature in modern 'educational equipment and as founda- tional work upon which to build further as may be desired during a period of graduate or professional study. The 48-hour requirement can furthermore be made to serve a very important practical objective ,~here it is. taken either in prim~ry or secondary relationship to certam other lI~e~ of work offered III the University. In recent years, many opportunIties have opened for careers in business, medicine, engineering, teaching, etc., where a knowledge of chemistry constitutes a highly important aspect of the equipment of the individual. In preparation for such careers it is possible to plan four- year schedules in which training in business administration and chemistry, as an example, go along together. Students desiring to specialize more closely in chemistry during the four years of undergraduate study may, of course, elect work reasonably in excess of the minimum requirement. Schednles then will include neces- sary reinforcing courses, particularly in modern languages, mathematics, physics, bacteriology, mineralogy, etc., as special interests may demand. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 74 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ECONml.ICS 75 • Leave of ab~ence, 1929-80. ECONOMICS 101a,b,c. Background of Social Science. Three hours, each term. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Social Science) 590, 591, 592. Research. Students are assigned to suitable problems for investigation under sup'ervision of a member of the staff. Hours to be arranged. 596, 597, 598. Thesis. Hours to be arranged. 324. Trusts and Industrial Combinations. The evolution of industrial combinations, the economics of concentration and the evils of combina- tion from the standpoint of investor and the public. The attempts at regulation by state and federal authority and plans for safeguarding the public interest. Prerequisite, principles of economics. Four hours, winter term. 325. Government Control of Public Utilities. Sound lines of policy in regulating, controlling or owning natural monopolies or public utilities other than steam railways. Municipal ownership in America and Europe and the economic and political problems incidental thereto. Prerequisite, princip~es of economics. Schmidt. Four hours, spring term. 340. International Trade. The theory of international trade j nature and effects of government interference in the form of bounties, subsidies, import and export duties; the commercial policies of the more important nations,. Prerequisite, principles of economics. Morris. Four 'hours, fall term. 341. International Economic Policies. Economic problems, originating in or aggravated by the world war, and the remedial policies proposed. The economic clauses of the treaty of Versailles; reparations; inter-allied debts; economic activities of the League of Nations. Prerequisite, prin- ciples of economics. Morris. Four hours, winter t.erm. 361. Conservation of National Resources. An inventory of national resources in mineral wealth, water, soil, timber, etc.; practices leading to waste and extravagances considered. Public policy which prevents need- less waste, promotes restoration and encourages conservation. Prerequi- site, principles of economics. Morris. Three hours, spring term. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 405. Labor Problems. Treats of the condition under which laborers have worked since the advent of the industrial revolution. 'Topics espec- ially emphasized are: trade union policies; strikes and lockouts; trade agreements; conciliation and arbitration; immigration; unemployment; women and children in industry; prison labor j industrial education, etc. Open to students who have studied the principles of economics or the principles of sociology. Schmidt. Four hours, fall term. 406. Organized Labor. Study of the history of the labor movement, the aims, methods and policies of trade unions, conservative and radical. Students are required to interpret the philosophy of unionism and evalu- ate the significance of the labor movement. Prerequisite, 405. Wood. Four hours, winter term. 407. Labor Legislation. A detailed study of some problems facing the employee, employer and public, which call for regulation through public authority. The course considers how far such legislation is consistent with the interests of all classes concerned. Wood. Four hours, spring term. 413. Money, Banking and Eoonomic Crises. The principles of money, the . laws controll~~g its value, methods for measuring price levels and deVICes. for stabhzmg the purchasing power. The monetary history of th~ Umted States and the present monetary system. Principles under- lymg sound banking and the use of credit, with the history, causes and re.medies for crises and panics. Prerequisite, principles of economics. GIlbert. Five hours, spring term. 16 4-6 4 9 17-18 4 4 3 8 8 8 4 4 9 17 16 Winter Spring 4 4 9 17 16 Thre-e hours, each term. JUNIOR FaU Business Organization, Trusts and Combinations, and Govern- ment Control of Public Utilities, or TraIlBPortation (435, 436: 437) '. '!r International Trade and International Econ- omIC POlICIes _......................................................................... 4 Principles of Sociology 8 Electives 8 LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES AND ELECTIVES (For description look under Social Science) SENIOR Public Finance, and Money and Banldng, or Organized Labor, Labor Legislation, and Modern Theories of Social Reform History of Economic Thought and Modern Economic Thought Electives : . DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Professor JAMI!JS H. GILBERT; Associate Professors LoUIS A. WOOD, JOHN R. ME:Z; Assistant Professors DONALD ERB,· VICl'OR P. MORRIS, EMERSON P. SCHMIDT, VERNON G. SORRELL; Graduate Assistants EDWARD G. DANIEL, FRANK P. HALL The department of economics offers two curricula, one intended to give general training in economics, the other special training for public service in connection with state and federal bureaus and commissions, boards of control, etc. COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN ECONOMICS Students looking forward to specialized study in Economies should designate socisl science as a group of principal interest and follow the course recommended by the group chairman. During the sophomore year he should take Principles of ,Economics as a 8oDhomore option and the course in beginner's psychology. 203a,b,c. Principles of Economics. UPPER DIVISION 323,. Economics of Business Organization. The evolution of business units such as the partnership, joint stock concern, and the corporation. Special attention to the organization, financing, and promotion of corpora- tions and the advantages and disadvantages of the corporate form of organization from the standpoint of industrial society. Prerequisite, course 203a,b,c. Four hours, spring term. 76 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ENGLISH 77 ENGLISH work for thesis pur- Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. Nine hours. 418a,b. Public Finance. Aims to ascertain sound principles affecting public expenditure, the raising of revenue, budgetary legislation, financial organization and the use of the public credit. Various forms of taxes and a constructive plan for fiscal reform. Special consideration given to Oregon problems. Prerequisite, principles of economics. No credit for one term. Gilbert. Four hours, winter and spring terms. 435. Railway Economics. The study of transportation by land as a factor in modern economic life, the tendency toward combination and the problems of discriminating rates. Prerequisite, principles of economics. Four hours, fall term.. 436. Water Transportation. Transportation agencies by water in both the domestic and foreign trade. The evolution, services and organization of th~se ~arriers and t~e. relations!Jips to the railways. The problems of combmatIOn and competItlOn, the history and effect of subsidies and forms of indirect aid by governments. Prerequisite, principles' of economics. Four hours, winter term. 437. Control of Carriers. The characteristics which determine whether a carrier is, a ~ommon carrier or not. The problems of regulation ofrate~, comblI~a~IOns and monopolies, relations between rail and watercarrl~rs, obtalI:ung and use made of capital, relations of carriers to labor. SpeCial attentIOn to the work of the Interstate Commerce Commissiona~d United States Shipping Board, and other government boards dealing Wlth the problems of regulations. Prerequisites, principles of economics, and 435 and 436. Four hours, spring term. 446-447-448. !ntern.a~ional Tr~e Policies of the Pacific Area. A study of econom~c pollcles ~ffectmg trade and international cooperation between the natlOns bordermg on the Pacific. Prerequisite, economics 203a,b,c and 340. Mez. Three hours, each term 450-451. Mo.der,,! The?ries of Social Reform. Lectures present various suggested theorle~ mvolvmg more or less radical chanoes in the economic order and t~ese theories are subjected to criticism. Pre~equisite, economics 405 and 406 or 407. Wood. Four hours, winter and spring terms. 452..Eco,,!?"!ics of Public Utilities. An analysis of the economic nature o.f pu~hc u~lhhes followed by a critical study of their history, organiza-tlO~, f~nanClal proble~s .and the tre~d toward l!1rge scale enterprise, con- solldatIOn, system bUlldmg. Attention also given to the creation and development", of spe~ialized public relations organization. Prerequisites, 323, 324, 32,). Schmidt. Four hours, winter term.. 45~1. .Railway Commissions. This. cours~ aims to consider railway commiSSions, s~ate and federal, e~peclally With reference to organization, power and achievements. PrereqUlsite, course 435. Four hours, spring term. 454. Labor Bureaus and Commissions. This course includes a survey ?f stll;te ~nd federal bureaus and commissions and the machinery for lDvest!gll;tIng l~bor problems and enforcing labor legislation. Types of commlSSlOns Will be studied and their problems analyzed. Prerequisites, courses 406, 407, 408. Wood. Four hours, fall term. 466. Lab.or and Remu·neration. A survey is made of the COurse of real wages.m Europe and America during several centuries. Successive wage t.he~rl~s e,volved in, the modern period are examined. Present day wage statIstIcs ill the Umted States are analyzed and correlated; systeIIl8 of wage payment described. The influence of trade unions on wages is considered. Prerequisite, economics 405. Wood. Three hours, fall term. 467. Labor and Agrarian 1I10vemltJnts.. Deals in an ~istorical.!1nd critical way with various labor and agrarlan movements m the Um.ted States and Canada. Efforts to secure closer cooperation, economic and political, between organized lab.o~ and the farming class are ~onsidered and results appraised. PrereqUISite, 405. Three hours, wfnter term. 468. History of American Fiscal Policy. At basis this ~ourse pur- ports to. be a history of the treasury d~part.ment of the Umted St~teB. An examination is made of federal pohcy SlDce early days on subJects of coinage and paper money, public borrowing and national.debts; local and centralized banking, the tariff and other forms of taxahon are con- sidered. Prerequisite, principles of economics. Three hours, one term. 470. History of Economic Thought.. The evolution of econo~c doctrines from the Greek and Roman perIOd to the age of Adam Smith with special emphasis on the relation b-etween economic thought an:d con- temporaneous economic conditions; ~he con;nection betw~en economiC .d?c- trine and current political and philosophical speculatIOn. PrereqUiSite, principles of economics. Mez. Four hours, fall term. 471a b. Modern Economic Thought. A critical study of the English classicai school and subsequent writers. The classical doctrine. as trans- mitted and criticized is studied in the light of recent economic theory. Mez. Four hours, winter and spring terms. 495-496-497. Seminar in Social Problems. Cooperative effort at in- vestigation of social I?roblems o~~rlappi;ng into the ~ield.of sev~ral de- partments such as SOCIOlogy, pohhcal sClenc'e, economics! JourI!'ahsm and the like. Open to graduate students and also to semors With !I~nors privileges majoring in departments whose professors elect to participate in the seminar. Hours to be arranged. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 501, 502, 503. Research' in Economics. Original poses. Gilbert. 507, 508, 509. Economics Seminar. 511, 512, 513. Thesis. Professors C. V. BoYER, JULIA BURGESS, RUDOLF H. ERNST, HERBERT C. HowE, lItARY H. PIllIlKINS, W. F. G. THACHER; Associate Professor S. STEPHENSON SMITH; Assistant Professors FRED ORRIN HARRIS, RALPH C. HOE;BER, E. C. A. LESCH, ERNEST G. MOLL, OTTILIE T. SEYBOLT, GEORGE WIlLIAMSON; Instructors ROBERT D. FANER, WALTER E. HElMPSTEAD, ARTHUR C. HICKS, LESLIE L. LEWIS, PAT V. MORRISSETTE; Supervisor of English A, L. K. SHUMAKER; Teachhlg Fellow CHARLES D. TENNEY; Graduate A88istants FRANCES BADON, DOROTHY DII:LZELL, MYRTLE HUBBARD, RUTH JACKSON, BERTRA'>l JESSUP. FLORENCE JONEs, ELSIE McDOWALL, CECIL MATSON, ELIZABETH MORWOOD, JOHN SCHEFFER, CELIA STODDARD General Requirements: I, Majors in English are required to take Latin, F~ench, or German during both the freshman and the sophomore years. ThiS means two suc- cessive years in one of the three languages. • H' . 16-18 16-18 16-18 lStory or ScIence must be taken during the first two years. The order in which they are taken is optional. * Required of majore intending to teach. t For candidates for honors. t Req~ired of majors contemplating graduate work in E~glish. Winter Spring 4 4 4 4 3-4 3-4 1 1 1 1 3 8 16-17 16-17 79 Winter Spring 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 3--4 3--4 16-17 16-17 8 8 8 8 3-4 3-4 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 17-18 17-18 The order in which 3 3 3 8 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 4-5 4-5 15-17 15-17 3 8 8 3 9-11 9-11 15-17 15-17 Fa1.! 3 4 4 1 1 3--4 16-17 16-17 PRE-LIBRARY The University of Oregon does not at the present time (except in the summer session) offer courses in library training. Those w~o plan to. be-. come librarians should, however, have a broad general education, and Slnce most of the better class of library training schools require a coll~ge de- gree for entrance, the following course of study has been planned m con- formity with the requirements for admission of these schools. . Since the well qualified librarian should have a knowledge of Lahn, French and one other European language (preferably German) the fol- lowing curriculum presumes that one of these languages has be~n p.re- sented for entrance to the University. If French has been·taken m hIgh school, the student should take Latin in the first three years, with the second foreign language for the last two years. . . . It is recommended that the student develop a mmor line of mterest either in the sciences or social sciences, and considerable freedom is allowed in adjusting the course of study to this end. The use of the typerwiter by the touch sy~tem shoul~ be l~arned, pref- erably in high school, by all persons plannmg to go mto hbrary work. PRE-LIBRARY OPTION FRESHMAN FaZZ Survey Course in English Literature or Introduction to Liter- ature ._ - 4 French or Latin .._._. __ _u ·· ····_····.. 4 English or European History or Selence 3--4 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) _.... 1 Physical Education _..... ~ Elective . 15-17 NOTE-Intending teachers should major in English literature. SENIOR Technique of Acting or Play Production 8 English Drama 3 Guild Hall Players or elective -- ----..- -- --------. 9--11 ENGLISH SOPHO~'ORE Interpretation, Theatre Workshop or Speaking Voice ~ Shakespeare .. Latin, French, or German (continuation) _............................. 3--4 Physics, Biology, Psychology or History' -.................... f Military Science (men) . Physical Education . _ _ _ _ ._ -............... 1 Written English _....................................................... 2 17-18 • History and science must be taken during the first two years. they are taken is optional. JUNIOR Technique of Acting or Play Production ......,.................................. 3 Stage Design or elective _.......................................... 8 Playwriting or elective 2-3 Elective in Literature 2-3 Elective 4-5 15-17 DRAMA AND pLAY PRODUCTION OPTION FRESHMAN The Speaking Voice or Interpretation .. Latin, French, or German . Survey Course in English or Introduction to Literature . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . PhYsical Education . European or English History· or science 0 •••••••••••••••••••••••__••••••• 8 2 4 3 4 2 3 3-4 S-4 1 1 8 3 2 4 3 4 2 3 3-4 3-4 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2-8 2-3 4 6 17-18 17-18 Winter Spring 4 4 4 4 3-4 3-4 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 4 3 4 4 4 3-4 1 1 3 2 8 3-4 3-4 1 1 3 Fa1.! UNIVERSITY OF OREGON78 ..2: Histor;r (English or European) and a laboratory science are lower divIsIOn reqmrements of English majors. 3. Majors intending to teach must satisfy the education and norm re- quirement~. (See School of Education.) 4. MaJOrs must elect from the upper-division courses at least two which run throughout the year. One of· the two should be either the English Novel or the English Drama. 5: Variable credit-ho;irs ar~ indicated after courses open to honors cand.ldates. Students not workmg for honors will register for minimum credit-hours. Recommendations: The following courses are especially recommended as electives from other departments: Phi~osophy .of Hi~tory, History of Philosophy, Aesthetics, Organic Evolution (Anunal BIOlogy), Psychology, Economic History, Sociology. COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN ENGLISH ENGLISH LITERATURE OPTION FRESHMAN Survey Course in English Literature or Introduction to Liter- ~atir~:}~~·n~h:··~·I:..·G~;;;;;;..::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::: M':'l~ IS H~tory or European History or Science ..lltary SCIence (men) or Personal Hygiene (women)~hysical E~ucation ::::::=::: merlcan Literature (one term)· or elective . JUNIOR English Novel. English Drama. or other one-year course .. Engll£~h Co~position for Teachers· (any term) or elective . ~ea'hl,:,g High School Engli.h· or pJective . H~':,~~~o~e:gi~:~2~~O~~e~ti~;··:::=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Electives (Philosophy recommended) _ _ . • . . 16--17 16-17 16-17! l!J1tro~uctlon to Llterat~re is ~pen only to those not intending to major in literature. ReqUIred only of those mtendmg ..to teach and may be taken in sophomore year. SOPHOMORE . . ~~~~~e~~gli.~~....::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: L~tin. trench or German (continuation) .. * nglis or European History or Science __.. __.__ . Military Science (men) . ~~~~j~~ ~~~~~~~~~....:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 16-17 • R . d ., 16 16 16 equlre only of those Intending to teach.. Studtmts taking English courses in Methods of Teaching are exempt from three of the hours of education required for the teacher's certificate. t For candidates for honors. SENIOR English Drama. English Novel, or other one-year course 3 Iinglo Saxont. Chaucert. or elective .. . 3 Ednors Reading. (seminar) or electi"" 8 Th~;~iiO~r 3~~:tf:e elective _............... 5 Electives ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::: 2-.3 80 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ENGLISH 81 Suggested Eleeti"e8: Geography Development and History of Life. Geologic History of Vertebrates and of Man English or European History History and Appreciation of Music Reflective Thinking LITERATURE 111. History of the English Language. The development of the English language from the Anglo-Saxon period to the present. The historical basis of English grammar, spelling, pronunciation and usage. Perkins. . Thrae hours, fall term. 101-102-103. Literatf~re Survey. Four hours, each term 104-105-106. Introduction to Lifkrature. Four hours, each term. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description 1001< under Language and Literature) 16 16 16 Electives in the upper division years should be selected from courses which are either continuations or related to the w'lrk taken in the first two years. SENIOR English or general literature "" 2--5 2-6 2--5 German 4 4 4 Elective in English or minor subject _................... 8 8 8 Elective 4-6 4-6 4--5 114. American Literature. Study of American literature from its be- ginning to the present day. Lectures and assigned readings. Faner. Three hours, a'1l1l term. 117. English Poetry. Class-room practice in reading aloud. Credit will be given for one term only. Meets three times a week. Howe. Two hours credit, fall or winter term. 121. Wordsworth.. A study of the poems, so selected as to illustrate the thought, power and beauty of the author. Howe. Three hours, spring term. 130. William Morris. A studyi of the life and writings, both prose and verse. Howe. Three hours, winter tlerm. 211. Ruskin. A study of the Modern Painters, planned to familiarize the student with the use of critical terms, as well as with masterly Eng- lish prose. Howe. Three hours, spring term. 224, 225, 226. American Poetry. Fall:. Earlier poets to 1850. Win- ter: Whitman, Masters, Sandburg and others. Spring: Robinson, Frost, the imagists; contemporary movements. Burgess. Two hours, each term. WRITTEN ENGLISH 250-251-252. Report Writing. A year course in the fundamentals of composition and rhetoric, with frequent written themes in exposition and description. Special attention is paid to correctness in fundamentals and to the organization of papers of types frequently required in other college courses. Faner, Hubbard, .Jackson, Jessup, Lesch, Lewis, Mc- Dowall, Moll, Morrissette, Scheffer, Stoddard, Williamson. Two hours, each term. 253-254-255. Business English. Enrollment restricted to students mak- ing business administration their major subj'ect. Faner, Hicks, Morris- sette. Two hours, eadh term. 256-257-258. Exposition. Spoken and written English designed to meet the needs of law students. The course includes a study of the prin- ciples and effective spoken and written composition, with practice in writ- ing and speaking, as specially related to the field of law. Shumaker. Three hours, each term. 260a,b,c. Short Story Writing. This course is designed to develop pro- ficiency in the art of writing the short story. Thacher. Two hours, each term. 261-262-263. Magazine Writing. The study and practice of various kinds of writing, exclusive of the short story and verse. Perkins. Two hours, each term. 264-265-266. Narration, Description, and Exposition. The first two terms of this course are devoted to narration, with attention to descrip- tion as a subsidiary element in narrative writing. The last term is given over to exposition. Three hours, each term. SPOKEN ENGLISH 180a,b,c. I-ntroducrtory Course in Speech. In this course there are three aims-first, to remedy the particular speech problems of each indi- vidual student; second, to develop a fluent use of spoken language; and third, to train students to make intelligent speech adjustments to their environment. Hempstead, Hoeber. Two hours, each term. 8 4 8 8 8 16-16 8 4 8 8 8 4 4 8 8 2 2 8-4 8-4 1 1 1 1 8 8 16--17 16--17 16.,.16 Three hours, each term. Three hours, each term. 16-16 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES (For descriptirn look under Language and Literature) 201-202-203. Shakespeare. 205-206-207. German Literature. Stlgg68ted Eleeti"e8: Principles of Economics Modern Governments Psychology Introduction to Philosophy JUNIOR French or Latin Literature """"" 8 German 4 Literature Course (upper division) 8 Elective in minor subject _._........................................................ 8 Elective 8 16--17 SOPHOMORE French or Latin _...................................................... 4 Shakespeare or Literature elective 8 Written English 2 Biology, Geography or History 8-4 Military Science (men) 1 Physical Education _....................................................... 1 Elective _ _................... 8 204a,b,c. Literature of thb Ancient Wo,.ld. Two or three "Irours, each term. 208a,b,c. Literature of the Modern World. Two Or thf"ee hours, each term. OTHER LOWER DIVISION COURSES 82 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ENGLISH 83 181. Extempore Speaking. A brief course for students who wish to get a fundamental knowledge of public speaking. Platform practice consists in the extempore presentation of original speeches. Hempstead, Hoeber. Three hours, any term. 280a,b,c. Argum.entation and Debate. A study of the theory of argu- mentation and an application of that theory in practical classroom de- bates. Library research and brief drawing constitute the major part of the course. Prerequisite, 180a,b,c. Hoeber. Two hours, each term. 281. Advanced Public Speaking-The Oration. A study of the oration as a special form of address, together with practice and training in writ- ing original orations. Prerequisite,180a,b,c. Hoeber. Two hours, fall term. 282. Advanced Public Speaking-A Study of Masterpieces. A num- ber of the great representative speeches are examined from the point of view of form, style, and content. Parts of these are used for training in delivery. Prerequisite, 180a,l1,c. Hoeber. Two hours, winter term. 283. Advanced Public Speaking-The Public Lecture. A critical study of the chautauqua and lyceum l~cture. The preparation and delivery of a forty-five minute address. Prerequisite, 180a,b,c. Hoeber. Two hours, spring term. 284. Intercollegiate Oratory. The preparation and presentation in interscholastic competition of an oration. Open only to the University orators chosen in competitive tryout. Prerequisite, 180a,b,c. Two hours, winter term. 285. Intercollegiate Debate." The exhaustive study of a single debate proposition. This course is open only to those who have been chosen to represent the University in interscholastic debate. Prerequisite,' 180a,b,c. Hoeber. Two hours, winter term. DRAMA AND PLAY PRODUCTION 140a,b,c. The Speaking Voice. Based upon study of phonetic sounds in tone production. Practical oourse in standardization of English speech. Pronunciation, enunciation and articulation especially stressed. Seybolt. Three hours, each ter,m.. 241-242-243. Interprletation. Open to freshmen by permission. The study and oral interpretation of poetry, drama and narrative with em- phasis upon character analysis. Seybolt. Three hours, each term. 247-248-249. Theatre lVorkshop. Harris. Two hours, each term. UPPER DIVISION LITERATURE 301-302-303. Living Writers. Kipling, Bernard Shaw, H. G. Wells, Arnold Bennett, Galsworthy,Chesterton, Gordon, Bottomley, Dunsany, Kaye-Smith, May Sinclair, and others as they appear. Howe. Three hours, each term. 304-305-306. Contemporary European Literature. This course covers European literature of the last fifty years, with special emphasis on Ibsen and the Russians. Howe, Ernst. Three hours, each term. • Limited to member. of the varsity debate team•. 310a,b,c. History of English Criticism. Fall: Neo-Classicism in Eng- land, with its classical origins. Winter: The Romantic period in criti- cism. Spring: Victorian and contemporary criticism. Burgess. Two hours, each term. 313a,b,c. Main Tendencies in Contem.porary Literature. The Transi- tion to the temper of contemporary literature: Meredith, Hardy, Kipling; the naturalists, Zola, Hauptmann, Bennett, and others; the "literature of idea," Brienx, France and Shaw; Modern Romanticism, Maeterlinck, Yeats, Hudson, and others; conclusion, Conrad. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 316. Browning. The Ring and the Book, and the important shorter poems. The aim is to give the student facility in reading Browning, and to acquaint him with the author's work. Lewis. . Three hours, spring term. 321-322-323. Literature of the Ancient World. Greek and Latin writ- ters considered with especial reference to their influence on English litera- ture. The Bible. Masterpieces of Oriental literature which have been incorporated into English literature through translations of literary value. Smertenko. TWIJ< or three hours, each term. 331-332-333. Classical, Romantic and Victorian Poets. Moll. Three hours, each term. 350. The Teaching of English Composition. For students expecting to teach English in high schools. Prerequisite, six hours of written Eng- lish. Perkins. Two hours, winter or spring terms. 351-352-353. Criticism. Book and play reviewing, supplemented by readings from the English critics. Twelve lectures on the great critics, from Aristotle to Croce. Critical work on the psychological novel, modern poetry, and modem drama. Smith. Two hours, each term. 354-355-356. Essay Writing. Study of essay types with critical reports on readings from some chief contributors to Western thought. Special attention will be given to the development of literary prose. Lewis. Two hours, each term. 360a,b,c. Autihorship. Thacher. Two hours, each term. 361-362-363. Versification. Experiment in the writing of verse, with study of various verse forms as mediums of expression. Analysis and discul;ision of class work. Open to freshmen and sophomores with the consent of the instructor. A. Ernst. Two hours, each term. 370a,b,c. Playwriting. Creative experiment in the writing of plays with incidental study of models. Analysis and class discussion of student work with relation to problems of technique such as plot, theme, dia.- logue, characterization. A. Ernst. Three hours, each term. DRAMA AND PLAY PRODUCTION 340a,b,c. Technique of Acting. Open to upper classmen. The work in this course will consist of the rehearsal and production of plays. Students may take part in the public productions given during the year. Seybolt. Three hours, each term. 342a,b,c. Play Production. For those interested in producing plays in schools, colleges and communities. The course covers choosing a play, 84 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ENGLISH 85 casting its parts, directing, rehearsal and production. Practical experi- ence in producing a play is a part of the work in this course in perfect- ing the unit production. Seybolt. Three hours, each te~ 343-344-345. Guild Hall ,Players. A producing group elected from the advanced students who have appeared successfully in the public per- formances. Class limited in number. Consent of instructor required. Seybolt. Three hours, each tlerm. 347-348-349. Stage Design. Harris. Two hours, each term. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES LITERATURE 401:402-403. Milton and Seventeenth Century Literature. Lesch. Two hours, each term. 404-405-406. Literature of the Medieval World. Boethius, St. Augus- tine, and the other Latin writers of the dark ages. Medieval epics and romances. Icelandic sagas and eddas. The troubadours and minnesingers. Abelard, Albertus Magnus, Roger Bacon and St. Thomas Aquinas; St. Francis. Fabliaux; Reynard, the Fox. The Arthurian Cycle; Dante. The medieval stage, and especially early English drama. Piers' Plowman, Layamon's Brut, and Chaucer. Smith. Three hours, each term. 407-408-409. Literature of the Renaissance. Petrarch, Boccaccio, Machiavelli, Ariosto, Castiglione,Cellini, Villon, Rabelais, Montaigne, Ronsard, Cervantes. English lyric from Wyatt through Herrick. Bacon. Elizabethan and J acotean dramas expressing the Renaissance mood. Smith. Three hours, each term.. 410a,b,c. Anglo-Sa.Ton. Grammar and translation of selected pas- sages. Beowulf. Judith. Perkins. Three hours, each term. 412. Chaucer. As much of Chaucer's work is read as time permits, with careful attention to his sources, poetical forms, pronunciation, and grammar. Perkins. Three hours, spring term.. 413a,b,c. Introduction to Linguistics. A scientific study of language. Phonetics. Laws governing the development of language. Methods of comparative philology. (Knowledge of Latin advisable as prerequisite.) Smith. Two hours, each term. 414-415-416. American Novel. A general survey of American fiction, with detailed study of important authors from Melville, Howells, James, and Twain to the present day. Burgess. Three hours, each term 417-418-419. Development of the English Language. Anglo-Saxon, Middle English and Modern English. Changes in syntax, phonetics and vocabulary. Perkins. Three hours, each< term. 420. The Arthurian Legend vn English Literature. A study of the origin and growth of the Arthurian legend with its use as poetic mater- ial by English and American writers. Perkins. Three hours, winter term. 427-428-429. American Prose Writers. Fall: Emerson, 'Thoreau, Mel- ville, Lowell, Holmes, with some readings from historians. Winter: William James, Santayana, Henry Adams, and others. Spring: American literary criticism. Burgess. Two hours, eaM term. 434-435-436. English Drama. The first two terms may be taken with- out the third. Ernst. Three hours, each ter,m.. 437-438-439. Elizab'ethan Non-dramatic Literature. Williamson. Two or three hours, each term. 441-442-443. The English Novel. From Richardson and Fielding to the present. Boyer. Three hours, each term. 459a,b,c. Romantic Revolt (1750-1832). The romanti~ movement in England, with some reference to parallel developments ill French and German literature. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 460. Shelley. His most important works are read, with attention to the author's significance as thinker and as poet. Howe. Threo hours, winter term. 464a,b,c. Elements of Style. Moll. Two hours, each term. 467a,b,c. The Donne Tradition in English Poetry. Williamson. Two hours, each term.. 470a,b,c. History of English Literature. Planned for honor candi- dates, intending teachers and graduate students. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 492a,b,c. Nineteenth Century Prose. Main currents of thought as reflected in Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin, Huxley, Arnold, Pater. Boyer. Two or three hours, each term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 500. Seminar in Specia.l Authors. Hours to be arranged. 502a,b,c. Carlyle. Carlyle's relation as source or transmitter to the various literary, social, and intellectual movements of the day. Lectures and research problems. Boyer. Two or three hours, each term. 510a,b,c. Philosophical Foundations of English Literature. Bacon, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, the deists, the economists, the evolution- ists, the utilitarians, and the pragmatists. Three hours, each term. 515a,b,c.. Coleridge. 518a,b,c. Romantic Tendencies tn the 18th Century. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 520. Research and Seminar. Department staff. Hours to be arranged. 525a,b,c. Seminar in Shelley. Howe. Hours to be arranged. 529. Graduate Thesis. Nine hours. 530a,b,c. Seminar. Elizabethan Comedy. Open to honors students of senior standing. Smith. Two hours, each term. 535a,b,c. Seminar in Shakespeare. Research problems. Open to honors students of senior standing. Williamson. Two or three hours, each term. 537a,b,c. The Evolution of Tragedy. Boyer. Two or three hours, each term 539a,b,c. Seminar in A,m/Brican Literature. Burgess. One or two hours, each term. 86 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 87 550a,b,c. Social Problems in English Literatwre. T~e .period covered by this course varies from year to year. Open to a llID1ted number of seniors as well as to graduates. Boyer. Two or three hours, each term. 571a,b,c. Survey of the English Critics. Burgess, Howe. Three hours, 'each term. course looking to the teaching- of general science. Majors in other depart- ments of pure science who need a knowledge of certain geological branches (geology having a wide range of applications) may find the outline and progression of courses useful. COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY Professors WARREN D. SMITH, EDWIN T. HODGE, EARL L. PACKARD; Teaching Fellow WILLIAM D. WILKINSON; Research Assistant JOHN W. Bu'rL£ll; Graduate Assistant F AIlRELL BARNES FRESHMAN 'Survey of Physical Science .. Unified Mathmatics . Elementary Chemistry . Social Science group elective .. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . Physical Education . Fall 4 4 4 3 1 1 Winter 4 4 4 3 1 1 Spring 4 4 4 3 1 1 101-102-103. Survey of Physical Science. Four hours, each term. SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Mathematics and Physical Science) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES AND ELECTIVES (For description look under Mathematics and Physical Science) 3 8 3--4 3--4 2 2 1 1 1 1 4--5 4-6 16 16 4 4 4 4 2-3 2-3 3-4 3--4 3-4 3--4 16-18 16-18 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 17 16 4 2-4 3 4 4 4 4 4 1 16-18 Four hours, fall and winter terms. Four hours, spring term. 201a,b. General Geo,logy. 202. Historical Geology. 17 17 17 • Students of superior quality with a leaning toward geology may take General Geology in lieu of this course. SOPHOMQRE General Geology 3 General Physics, or Elementary Biology 3-4 Written English 2 Military Science (men) 1 Physical Education 1 Elective 4--5 JUNIOR 16 17 SUGGESTED ELECTIVES FOR SENIORS AND GRADUATES Economic Geology-Non-metalliC3 4 Assaying (not for graduate credit) . Applied Geology :...... 3 Mesozoic faunas _............................... 4 Tertiary faunas . Methods 4 Structural Geology 4 Physiography . Advanced Physiography . Biology, or Descriptive Geom..try and Architecture ...............•..• 2-3 Foreign Language 8-4 Electives, Education (for those intending to teach). Geog- raphy, etc. 3-4 SENIOR Materials . Stratigraphy . Paleontology . Foreiegn Langllage _ ~ . . ~:~~:~ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: The department of geology and geography offers work in three dis- tinct fields: economic geology, historical geology and paleontology, and geography. In the first of these the work is directly linked with that done in the field of physics and chemistry; in the caSe of the second, the natural alliances are with biology; while the third makes connection with eco- nomics, history and sociology. 'The geological laboratories provide facilities for various lines of work. A general laboratory is provided for elementary geology and geography, and a special room for work in paleontology, including both invertebrate and vertebrate material. There is also a petrographic re- search laboratory with complete modern grinding machinery, microscopes, etc. The assay laboratory is provided with approved type of modem equipment, including a gas furnace with electric motor blower, as well as smaller furnaces and necessary grinding and sampling equipment. Quartz hall, a small frame building which gives additional facilities for the department, is supplied with special equipment and dark room for research on the part of advanced students. The department has a number of working collections in ores, min- erals, rocks and fossils which are segregated in the several divisions of the department. The Condon Geological Museum includes the Condon Cabinet, which represents the life work of the late Dr. Thomas Condon, the first pro- fessor of geology of the University and a member of its first faculty. This collection is especially rich in vertebrate fossils from the John Day valley. The museum also contains type collections of minerals, an ethno- logical collection of tools and implements used by primitive man, and a representative conchological collection, as well as good working col- lection of minerals. With the exception of the materials used in geology teaching, much of the Condon collection is packed away at present until the University can supply adequate housing for a museum. The department endeavors to serve three classes of students: (a) the professional major student who must follow the courSe outlined below and who will be expected to proceed to the master's degree at least; (b) the non-professional major, who may take a minimum of twenty-four hours of upper division work in the department; and (c) students majoring in other departments who take the service courses in geology. The course of study given below is intended for students desiring to specialize in (1) economic geography and physiography, (2) economic geology, and (3) paleontology; for students desiring geology as a service 88 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 89 OTHER LOWER DIVISION COURSES Mineralogy. ~ee 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Matenals.) Lithology. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) Metallic Ore Deposits. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) Petrography. See 404a,b,c. (This course arranged as a part of Course 404, Earth Materials.) UPPER DMSION 301a,b. Invertebrate Paleontology. A study of major groups of fossil invertebrates and the characteristics of important West Coast gen'era. Two class periods and laboratory periods a week. Packard. Foul' hours, fall and winter terms. 304a,b,c. Methods for the Determ~nation of Materials. Physical aiId chemical methods useful in the recognition of the materials of which the earth is composed. Especial attention given to microphysical and micro- chemical methods. Prerequisite, chemistry. Hodge. Foul' hours, each term. 308. Development and History of Life. A bri'ef discussion of the origin of life on the earth and an outline of the history of life as re- vealed by the fossil remains of animals and plants. Packard. ' Three hours, fall term. 309. Geologic History of Vertebrates. A brief consideration of the rise and development of the vertebrates with especial emphasis on certain groups of ancient animals that once lived on the Pacific Coast. Packard. Three hours, winter term. 310. Geologic History of Man. A study of the physical and cultural development of the ancient types of men, as shown by their fossil re- mains, their implements and art. Packard. Th'flee hours, spring term. 340. Principles of Assaying. Principles of fire assaying, practice in, and the determination of the precious and non-precious metals. Given in alternate years. Two 01' foul' hours, spring term. 380. Advanced Field Geology. A general course in geologic mapping and surveying methods and an intensive study of a small area so chosen as to include a wide range of special problems. This work is conducted in a summer camp of four weeks. The course may be taken with full credit for a series of summers, since a different area is studied each season. Smith, Hodge, Packard. Nine hours. 203a,b. General Geology Laboratory. 204. Historical Geology Laboratory. 205. Principles of Geography. 206. Economic Geography. 207. Regional Geography. 208-209-210. GV30graphy Laboratory. One hour, fall and winter terms. One hour, spring term. Three hours, fall term. Three hours, winter term. Three hours, spring term. One hour, each term. 390a,b,c. Honors Reading. Seminar. A course in extensive and inten- sive reading for honors candidates, arranged for the individual student. Junior year. Hodge, Packard, Smith. Three to four hours, each tlerm. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 401. Structural Geology. Study of origin, interpretation and map- ping of minor rock structures and of joints, faults, and folds. Prerequi- sites, general geology and stratigraphy. Two lectures and one laboratory or field period. Smith. Three hours, spring term. 404a,b,c. Earth Materials. 'The description, occurrence, origin, uses and distribution of minerals, igneous, sedimentary, metamorphic rocks, and metallic ores. Laboratory work with hand specimens and micro- physical and microchemical studies of fragments, slices and polished sections. Prerequisite, a knowledge of methods for determination of materials. Hodge. Four hours, each term. 405a,b. Non-metallic Mineral Deposits. The geology, uses, and eco- nomics of the non-metallic minerals. Coal, oil, building stones, road material, and fertilizers are stressed. Prerequisites, general geology, mineralogy and stratigraphy. Three lectures and one laboratory. Four hours, fall and winter terms. 410. Seminal'. Open to advanced major students of this and related departments for the consideration of research material and a review of the current technical literature. Smith, Hodge, Packard. One hour, each term. 411. Advanced Geology. Special work assigned to meet the require- ments of advanced students. Smith, Hodge, Packard. 412. Advanced Paleontology. Special work assigned to meet the re- quirements of the advanced student. Packard. Hours to be arranged. 413. Advanced Geography. Research in the physical and economic geography of Oregon and closely related Northwest regions. The inves- tigations will consist largely in intensive studies of the various physio- graphic regions of Oregon. Prerequisites, general geology and physi- ography. Special work assigned to meet the needs of individual students. Smith. Hours to be arranged. 418. Mesozoic Faunas. A consideration of the character, migrations, and successions of the Mesozoic West Coast faunas, including a labora- tory study of typical species from the various horizons. Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Prerequisites, stratigraphy and paleontology. PaCKard. Foul' hours, fall term. 419. Tertiary Faunas. A study of the faunal aspects of the principal West Coast horizons, and the detennination of characteristic index fossils. Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Prerequisites, stratigraphy and paleontology. Packard. Four hours, winter term. 420. Geologic History of North AmV3rica. The geologic development of the North American continent. Prerequisite, stratigraphy. Packard. Three hours, one term. 421. Geologic History of the Pacific Coast. The geologic history of the Pacific Coast of North America. Prerequisites, stratigraphy and paleontology. Packard. Three hours, one term. 90 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 91 422. Geologic History of Pacific Countries. A study of the broad problems of the Pacific region as a whole and of the countries bordering thereon, with special reference to the islands and the Far East. Pre- requisites, general geology and stratigraphy and structural geology. Smith. Two hours, spring term. 426. The Geography of Europe. Comprises both lectures and labo- ratory work, following syllabus prepared by the Division of Geology and Geography of the National R€search Council. The physiography of Europe, with a survey of the principal natural resources of the conti- nent. Intensive study of the map of Europe. Discussions of some of the general problems. Smith. Four hours, fall term.. 428. The Geography of the Pacific. An intensive study of the Pacific region, the physical geography and natural resources, with some attention given to the outstanding social, economic and political questions as in- fluenced by the physical background of the more important countries bordering this ocean. Smith. Two hours, spring term. 429. The Geography of North America. A course of lectures, labor- atory and discussions of the physiography and resources of the con- tinent and social reactions as influenc'ed by these. The text used will be J. Russell Smith's "North America," accompanied by laboratory studies of Lobeck's Physiographic diagram of the United States. Smith. Three or four hours, spring term. 430. Geography of South Am{3rica. A survey of the essential facts in the physical, economic and human geography of this continent. The <'Purse will also consider the outstanding economic, social and political trends in South America, as influenced by the above facts. Prerequisites, Geography 205, 206 and 207 or General Geology, 20la and 20lb, and 202. Smith. Three hours, spring term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 501. Graduate Research. Rours to be arranged, 502. Graduate Th:esis. Hours to be arranged. 503. Applied Geology. Advanced study in the application of geology to engineering and economic problems. Hodge. Hours to be arranged. 504. Advanced Economic Geology. Special work assigned to meet the requirements of advanced students in metallic and non-metallic min- eral deposits. Hodge, Smith. Hours to be arranged. 505. Regional Geology. Advanced studies in selected regions outside the United States. Readings and conferences. Smith. • The suggested course (as outlined) can be adjusted to suit the students' needs. GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE Profcssor F. G. G. SCHMIDT; Assistant ProfeBBors EDMUND P. KREMER, KURT REINHARDT • COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN GERMAN FRESHMAN Fall Winter German _.......................................... 4 4 Science (laboratory) _......................................................... 8-4 8-4 Modern Governments or History 8-4 8-4 Survey cou~se in English Literature _ _. 4 4 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 205-206-207. German Literature. Given in English. Open to upper- classmep.. Outside reading and papers on assigned topics. Reinhardt. Three hours, each term. 8-4 8-4 4 1 1 2 15 2-8 8 8-4 8 4 15-16 5-6 8 7-9 15-17 8-4 8-4 4 1 1 2 15 2-8 8 8-4 8 4 15-17 15-16 5-6 8 7-9 LOWER DIVISION SOPHOMORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Language and Literature) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES OTHER LoWER DIVISION COURSES la,b,c. Elementary Germttm. The elementary course comprises: Vos, Essentials of German (Henry Holt), latest edition; and German com- position, reading and translation of easy prose and poetry. Schmidt, Reinhardt, Kremer. - Four hours, each term. 3a,b,c. Second Year German. Grammar} composition and conversation. Translation of standard German authors. Prerequisite, one year of col- lege or two years of high school German. Schmidt, Reinhardt. . Four years, each term. l1la,b,c. Classical German. Open to students who have had two years of German. Some works of Goethe, Schiller, Lessing, Kleist, Grillparzer, will be read. Prerequisite, two years of college German. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. 112a,b,c. German Fiction a·nd Contemporary Literature. During the year some of the following works will be read: Sudermann's Der Katzen- steg; Keller's Kleider Machen Leute; Meyer's J uerg J enatsch; Wilden- bruch's Der Letzte; Riehl's Der Fluch der Schoenheit; Frenssen's J oern Uhl; Bonsels' Die Biene Maja, etc. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. 113, 114, 115. Modern German Drama. Some of the following dramas will be read: Fulda's Der Talisman or Das Verlorene Paradies; Wilden- bruch's Harold, Hauptmann's Die Versunkene Glocke; Ernst's Flachs- mann als Erzieher; Sudermann's Johannes or Heimat; Schnitzler's Der Griine Kakadu, etc. Schmidt. Three hours, each tenn. SilNIOR Advanced courses in German __ 5-6 Second language (continuation of previous two years) 8 Electives (advanced courses in philosophy, education, or liter- ature recommended) 7-9 15 JUNIOR 15-17 German (continuation) 2-8 Additional ccurses in German 8 Second language--Latin, Scandinavian or Romance __ 3-4 Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology, or English ............•......_....... 8 Education 801·802·808, or elective : __ 4 15-16 SOPHOMORE GerltlBn (continuation) __ 8-4 Second language--Latin, Scandinavian or Romance 3-4 History or Economics _ __.._ ._ _................... 4 Military Science (men) .....................................•........•....................... 1 Physical Education ~ Written English -...................................................•.. Spring 4 8-4 8-4 4 1 1 171717 92 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 93 UPPER DIVISION (Courses 300-399 are open to lower division students) 301a,b,c. Classical German. Open to students who have had two years of German. Some works of Goethe, Schiller, Lessing, Kleist, Grillparzer, will be read. Prerequisite, two years of college German. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. 302, 303, 304. German Fiction and ContemiPorary Literature. Durin~ the year some of the following works will be read: Sudermann's Der Kat- zensteg; Keller's Kleider Machen Leute; Meyer's J uerg Jenatsch; Wilden- bruch's Der Letzte; Riehl's Burg Neideck, Der Fluch der Schoenheit; Frenssen's Joern Uhl; Bonsels' Die Biene Maja, etc. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. 305, 306, 307. Modern German Drama. Some of the following dramas will be read: Fulda's Der Talisman or Das Verlorene Paradies; Wilden- bruch's Harold, Hauptmann's Die Versunkene Glocke; Ernst's Flachs- mann als Erzieher; Sudermann's Johannes or Heimat; Schnitzler's Der Griine Kakadu, etc. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. 310, 311, 312. German Literature. Given in English. Open to students of lower division. Outside reading and papers on assigned topics. Rein- hardt. Three hours, each term. 314. German Poetry. Poems of Goethe, Schiller, Uhland, etc., will be read. Two hours, spring term. 315. Goethe's Faust. Part I with commentary. Schmidt. Three hours, winter term. 316. Goethe's Faust. Part II with commentary. Schmidt. Three hours, spring term. 317. Heine. Prose works. Three 'hours, fall or winter term. 318. Historical and Philosophical German. The rapid translation of historical, philosophical and economic German. Two hours, spring term. 319. Goethe's Faust. For students majoring in comparative literature a~d open t~ all students without knowledge of German. Lectures and as- Signed readmgs. Two hours, winter term. 320, 321, 322. Scientific Germ.an. Recommended to students in science or medicine. Students desiring to enter this course should consult the in- structor. Kremer. Three hours, each term. 3~0. T,eaching of Germanic Langua{/es. Discussion of methods of ~ea~hmg Germa~, French.and Spanish; examination of texts. Open to Jumors and semors. ReqUIred of students who wish to be recommended as teachers of Germanic languages. Schmidt. Three hours, spring term. 331, 332, 333. Advanced German Composition. Required of all stu- dents who wish to teach German. Kremer. Two hours, each term. 334, 335, 336. German Conversation. Open to all students who have had tW? years of German. No credit allowed unless two terms are taken. Remhardt. Two hours, each term. 34~, 342, 343. The Ni'neteenth and Twentieth Century Novel. Repre- sentative works of Freytag, Keller, Meyer, Sudermann, Frenssen, Storm, Riehl Heyse Scheffel, Ludwig, Dahn, Bonsels, Schnitzler, Rosegger, Auerbach, Eimer-Eschenbach, Spielhagen, etc., will be included in the course. Schmidt. Three hours, 'each term. 350a b c. German Culture and Civilization. A comparative survey of German' ~nd European civilization illustrated by lantern slides. Lectures (in English) on philosophy, poetry a~d life an~ their mutual relations and principal tendencies in German history. Remhardt. Two hours, each ter,m. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 404a,b,c. History of German Liter.ature. With sp~ial study ?f the classic periods of the twelfth and eighteenth ~entunes. Scherer ~ Ge- schichte der Deutschen Literatur and Franke's ;HIstory of German Litera- ture, are used as textbooks. Papers on assigned topics will be required. Schmidt. . Three hours, each term. 405. PhYsiological Phonetics. The sounds of English, German and French. Grandgent, German and English Sounds, Boston, Ginn & Co., (1892) ; Ripman's adaptation of Vietor~s Kleine P~onetik (~ndon, J. M. Dent & Co., 1913); Kleines Lesebuch m Lautschrift von Vietor; Sweet, A Primer of Phonetics (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1890); lectures. Schmidt. Two, hours, oone term. 406a be' 416a,b,c. Seminar in German Literature and Philology. Aim- ing to hnp~rt the principles and methods of investigation. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 501a be. MiddLe High German. Michels, Mittelhochdeutsche Gram- matik i910' Henrici, Proben der Dichtungen des Mittelalters, Berlin, 1898 .' selecti~ns from Nibelungenlied; Walther von der Vogelweide, Par~ zival; Lexer, Mittelhochdeutsches Taschen-Worterbuch. Schmidt. 'Ph,ree hours, each term. 502. Old High Ge~man. Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, and the same author's Althochdeutsches Lesebuch (4th edition); Muellenhoff and Scherer's Denkmaeler Deutscher Poesie and Prosa (3rd edition); Behaghel's Historical Grammar of the German Language. Schmidt. Hours to be arranged. 503. Gothic and the Elements of Comparative German Gra1n1Tlpr. Braune, Gotische Grammatik, latest edition (1920). Heyne's Ulfilas, 9. Auflage, von F. Wrede, P~derborn, 1896; Streitberg's Urgermanische Grammatik. This course is required for advanced degrees in English philology. Schmidt. 520. Graduate Thesis. Six to nine hours. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE LOWER DIVISION 11a,b,c. Elementary Norse. Principles of granrmar and the reading of easy prose. The texts used comprise: M. Michelet, first year Norse, latest edition; Bjoernson's En glad gut or Synnove Solbakken. No credit for less than three terms' work. Given in alternate years with 21a,b,c. Kremer. Three hours, each term. 94 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON GREEK 95 21a,b,c. Elementary Swedi~. Principles of grammar and the reading of easy prose. The texts used comprise: 1m. Bjorkhagen, Modern Swed- ish Grammar and A. L. Elmquist, Swedish Reader; S. Lagerloef's Ell Hergardssaegen; Geijerstam's l\Iina Pojkar, etc. No credit for less than three terms' work. Given in alternate years with 11a,b,c. Kremer. Three hours, each term. UPPER DIVISION 323-324-325. Scandinavian Literature (Conducted in English). Works of Danish, Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish writers in standard trans- lations. Kremer. Two hours, each term.. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 460-461-462. Scandinavian Literature, Life and Culture. Study of edu- cational, critical, biographical and other works and treatises on the literary and cultural life of the Scandinavian countries. Graduate credit may be earned by additional work on assigned topics. Kremer. Two hours, each term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 560. Old Icelandic. Noreen's Altislaendische and Altnorwegische Grammatik is used. Hours to be arranged. GREEK Professor JOHN STRAUB; Associate Professor CLABA MILLEIlD SMERTENKO As Greek is rarely offered in the accredited preparatory institutions of this state, and is not included in the high school course of study, it is necessary to offer beginning Greek in the University. In consequence, the drill in Greek grammar is emphasized during the first two years. Majors in Greek are required to have a minimum of 36 term-hours of courses in the original. On account of the demand for Greek from stu- dents of a theological school in Eugene, several courses in New Testa- ment Greek are offered. . DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LOWER DIVISION SOPHO:l.IORE OPTION COURSES (For description look under Language and Literature) 204a,b,c. Literature of the Ancient World. Two or three hours, each term. OTHER LoWER DIVISION COURSES 1a,b,c. Beginning Greek. Gleason's Greek Primer; Goodwin's Greek Grammar; The Anabasis of Xenophon (Harper and Wallace), Books I and II. Students must take all three terms to receive credit; Four hours, each term. . 50a,b,c. Xenophon, Homer, and Greek Grammar. Xenophon's Ana- basis, Books III, IV, and V; Homer's Iliad, Books I, II, III, and VI, with readings on the lives and customs of the Homeric period. Thorough knowledge of Greek grammar will be considered necessary to proper translation. Major students should also take 51a,b,c. Four hours, each term. 51a,b,c. Greek ~rammar, Gre~k Pro.se, and Gr..eek Sig~t Translati~n. Completion and reVIew of Goodwm's Greek grammar; contmuous practice in Greek prose composition (Jones); easy sight translation. Two hours, each term. 111a,b,c. Greek Lite'fature. Reading of selected authors in Greek. Hours to be arranged. UPPER DIVISION 300a b c. Xenophon and Greek 1'nner's Psychology. Three hours, each tlerm, UPPER DIVISION Beginners Psychology, No. 202a,b,c or its equivalent, is an indispensable prerequisite for work in any of the following courses. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SENIOR Advanced Experimental Psychology, or Genetic Psychology, Adolescence, and Abnormal Psychology . Social Psychology or selected substitute . History of Philosophy . Electives . 3 2 3 4 4 16 hours re- 8 2 2 8 6 3 2 2 3 6 8 2 3 4 4 Winter Spring 8 8 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 8-4 8-4 16-17 16-17 4 4 2 2 8-4. 8-4 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 16-17 16-17 2 2 8 6 3 4 4 8 .2 8 Fall Winter Spring 3 3 8 4 4 4 8-4 8-4 8-4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2-3 2-8 2-8 16 16 16 4 4 4 3-4 8-4 8-4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3-4 3-4 8-4 16 16 16 8 8 3 2 2 2 3 8 8 9 9 9 Fall 8 4 4 1 1 8-4 16-17 4 2 8-4 2 1 1 8 16 16 . • Intending teachers should take Education 801-802-808 and complete the qUlred for the teacher's certificate with the electives in the senior year. SENIOR . Genetic Psychology and Adolescence . ~~e~~~a~nP~~~~h~~y "::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::':::::::::::::::::: Social Psychology, or selected substitute .MI::ti'Je of Philosophy . ................................................................._- _----- . JUNIOR Advanced Experimental Psychology, or Genetic Psychology, Ad Adolescence, and Abnprmal Psychology . Te~a~c::.o~bN::~~ of..i~t;,)ii~-.;·;;~;:..E;;~i;;;:;;;~~t ..P~;-.;h.;i~;;; ·Electlves ......... - . FRESHMAN Elementary Biology . ~~~hs~~e~~n;:~ui~;:;;;;~i ~~~~::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women)Ph . I Ed . . ..EI~i~~ "catIOn . ....- - . 16-17 • The philosophy course, Introduction to Philosophy, is recommended. JUNIOR ~r~§~~~~~~~:~_~~¥:~{~~t~ General Physiology . ·Elective . SOPHOMORE hp~1~f=~~g~i~~~~::!;;;;~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~:::::::: hyaical Education : ::..=: Elective ........................- . FRESHMAN ~~:;E:~ryo~~~~c~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . PhYBicai Education . Elective . 120 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON PSYCHOLOGY 121 410. Genetic Psychology. A study of the changes in the course of individual human development and of the current interpretations there- for. Conklin. Three hours, fall term. 413-414-415. Special Problems in Social Psychology. This course per- mits undergraduates, who are prepared to do so, to make independent investigations of social psychological materials. Taylor. One to two hours, each term. 417a,b,c. Advanced Laboratory. A thorough training in laboratory technique as used in the problems of general psychology. Seashore. Two hours, each term. 418. Abnormal Psychology. Traits and theories of hysterical phe- nomena, insanity and the borderland phenomena. Conklin. Three hours, spring term. 419. Psychological Literature. Open to honor students. The depart- ment staff. Hours to be arranged. 441-442-443. Motor Psychology. A study of motor skill, course of acquisition, individual differences; practical applications, relation to con- ditioned response and the work of Pavlow, and the technique of its in- vestigation. Alternates with 403-404-405. Seashore. Two hours, each term. 451, 452, 453. Advanced Experimental. Designed to give advanced students a thorough knowledge of general psychology as presented in the periodical literature, especially that which has not yet been summarized in textbooks. The point of view is consistently experimental, all theo- retical and systematic considerations are but incidental to the presenta- tion of experimental data and technique. Crosland. Three hours, each term, 461. Test Methods in Psydhology. Brief survey of the most important statistical resources for handling psychological problems. Measures of central tendency, variability and relationship as applied in test procedure, and other experimental work. Advice and practice in the analysis of such data as the student is interested in. Taylor. Three hours, spring term. 462. The Nature of Intelligence. Survey of the history and theory of intelligence testing. Practice with the more important types of test, and in the interpretation of group tests especially. An effort to decide what such tests measure and to evaluate the concept "intelligence." Taylor. Three hours, fall term. 463. Employment Psychology. Study of the possibilities in the differ- entiation of special individual potentialities. A survey of various apti- tude tests and the principles underlying their construction, interpretation and practical use. Taylor. Three hours, winter term. 464. I nstinet and Learning. The field of animal behavior, especially experimental studies of motivation in learning. An attempt to orient students toward the study of human learning. Not given, 1929-30. Taylor. Two hours, fall term. 465. The Learning Process. A preliminary survey of neurological and psychological explanations of learning processes, followed by analysis of typical forms of learning and kinds of learning problems. Not given, 1929-30. Taylor. Two hours, winter term. 466. Human Learning. A critical examination of the laws of learn- ing and the conditions which influence learning favorably or unfavorably. A consideration of the bearing of these findings on current educational theory and practice. Not given, 1929-30. Taylor. Two hours, spring term. NOTE-Courses 464, 465, 466 are not offered when courses 334a,b and 336 are being given. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 501a,b. History of Psychology. The contributions of the classical psychologists from the early Greeks to the founders of modern psychol- ogy with consideration of developmental tendencies, schools of thought and culture influences constitute the content of the course. Most of the work is done through class discussion of the assigned readings in original texts. (Temporarily withdrawn.) Conklin. Two hours, two terms. 507. Research and Thesis. Original work for thesis purposes under the direction of the instructor in charge. Conklin, Crosland, Taylor, Seashore. 508. Psychology of Religion. A seminar course for the review of the literature both of phenomena and interpretation in the field. Not given, 1929-30. Conklin. Two hours, one term. 510. Psychology of Attention and Perception. A consideration of the various factors and the various llSpects of attention phenomena and the phenomena of perception and apperception. Various points of view, of behaviorist, objectivist, centralist, subjectivist, idealist, realist, nativist, empiricist and gestaltist. Special attention to the modern conception of attention and perception so influential in medicine, psychiatry, ethics and education. Practical experience in research in this field if the stu- dent desires it. Crosland. Two hours, fall term. 511. Psychology of Memory and the Image. A treatment of the vari- ous phases of mental organization manifested in conscious memory phe- nomena and in the image of imagination. Eidetic imagery, dissociation, assimilation, organization and generalization of memory contents will be thoroughly studied and illustrated, together with many technical as well as practical applications of the facts here presented. Practice in the methodology of t.his field if the student desires it. Crosland. \. Two hours, winter term. 513-514-515. Special Problems in Social Psychology. Intensive work in individually assigned topics. Taylor. One to three hours, each term. 516a,b. Seminar in Genetic Psychology. Intensive study of selected special topics in the theory, data and methods of genetic psychology. Emphasis will be placed upon newer developments, including psycho- analysis and Gestalt. Alternate years. Conklin. Two hours, two terms. 517a,b. Seminar in Abnormal Psychology. A more intensive study of the data and theories, especially of current literature in this field. Alter- nate years. Conklin. Two hours, two terms. 518. Association. The doctrines of association, as related to the phe- nomena of habit formation, memories and imagination, imagery, attention, complexes and diagnosis of mental ailments, the diagnosis of guilty knowl- edge, assimilation, conception, illusions and hallucinations. The concepts of the reflex-arc and the irreversibility of nerve-conduction. Practical experience if the student desires it. Crosland. Two hours, spring term. 122 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ROMANCE LANGUAGES 123 ROMANCE LANGUAGES 525 526 527. Seminar in ExperirMntal Psychology. Discussions and report; of ~xperimentalmovements in contemporary psychology. Crosland. One to three hours, each term. 522. Principles of Psydlloanalysis. A seminar presentation of t~e essential concepts in this system of psychology. Alternate years. Conklm. Two hours, one term. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRENCH LOWER DIVISION FRESHMAN SURVEY COURSES (For description look under Language and Literature) 103a,b,C. French Literature. (Same as 303a.b,c.) Three hours, each term. Professors RAY P. BOWEN, TIMOTHY CLORAN ; Associate Professor LEAVITT O. WRIGHT; Assistant Professors CHANDLER B. BEALL, ANNA M. THOMPSON; Instructors LEROY E. DETLING, CHARLES G. HOWELL, F>;LIX LEX:RAND, LOUIS McC. MYERS, CORNELIA PIPIllS, ,JUAN B. RAElL; Graduate Assistants MARTIN E. ERI(;KSON, CARL J. FURR, JACK nd MAR6ARET M. SHARP, secretary ......................................••........................................................PortlIlnd THE FACULTY MARY H. ANNIN. M.A............................•........................;Assistant P'rofe8Bor of Applisd Sociolol1ll WILLIAM L. BREWSTER, B.A., LL.B••..............................••..•........I...tructor in Social Legr.kJtIo1& HAZEL I. CARVER, B.A Supervisor of Field Work ift Visiting Teacher Training MAROARBT D. CREI!lCH. B.A As8ist t Profe88or of Applied Sociolog" L. S. CREsslldAN, Ph.D Profes8or of Sociolol1ll SADIE ORB-DU~IIA1L .lnJrtt'Uctor in Communit" Orgealdsation VIROINIA JUDY ES1'>lRLY, M.A Jnetructor ito Petllonftel Trai g AMELIA FSARY, R.N., B.S I tructor in Medical Social Work MAllGA!IET XI!lLLIN6, R.N I""t""'to1' in N"-r8'lftg OLOF LARSBu., Ph.D J ttuctor in BiolOl1I1 and N ".rologll IRA A • .MANViLLE, M.A., M.D In8tructor ift Phlllliologll HENRIB'!'TA MORRIS, Doctor of Science in Hygiene Jn8t ctor in Publk Health JOHN H. MUI!lLLER, Ph.D ABBoti PAULINE KNUDSON, RN J tructor in Nurri7IQ IDA LOEWENBERG S..pervisor of Settlemetlt Training KATE MAGUlRE As8i8tant Superm80r of Field Work ift DelinqV.eflll'/l V ALENTINE PRlCHARD Lecturer in Medkal Social Work Tramiftg MARTHA RANDALL. .1A88i8tant Supervisor 01 Field Work in Delinquency CRelL L. SCHREYl!R, R.N ; Lecturer in Public Health N ..rBing FRED~ICK D. STRICKER, M.D Lect..rer in P..blic Health CHAR!.ES F. TATOR, Ph.D .supervi80r of Field Work in DeJinquencv G. C. BELLINGER, M.D S..perinten\"vi~to~~t~git~~;;;;;j··D·;,;;i·g;;··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:: Con.truction II . Written English . .Military Science (men) .....................................................................• Physical Education - . 16 Electives recommended: chemistry, geology, social science, languages. FRESHMAN Graphics I . Delineation I __ _ . Freehand Drawing I Architectural Modeling Lower Division Architectural Design ........................................••..- Construction I - . Unified Mathematics _ _ .. History I, Art Appreciation _ . Course in Lower Division Group I or II -- . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . Physical Education - -_._.•... -'- INTERIOR DESIGN Professor ZANE, Adviser Interior Design is considered in its essential relations with the point of view of architecture. The work of the first two years is carried on almost identically with that of the design course of study. During the following three ye~rs the work is devoted to specializ"tion on 'nteriors and involves the stUlly of the deSign factors of the room as a background, plus the related problems of furnishing, historically, and as affected by materials, function, construction and beauty. STRUCTURAL OPTION (Four-year course leadinlr to the degree of bachelor of science) Professor ADAMS, Adviser 3 2 4 2 1 S 4 2 2 1 1 2 S 2 8 6 1 1 1 1 2 2 s 2 2 S 4 2 1 S 4 2 2 1 1 ' 2 S 6 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 4 2 1 S 4 s 2 2 1 1 2 S 2 S 6 1 1 1 1 2 2 Fall Wi..ter S'lJf'ino 2 2 S S S 1 2 1 1 1 1 S S S 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 Delineation IV _ . Freehand Drawing IV Drawing or Painting Upper Division Architectural Design . Domestic Architecture _ . History IV, Architectural . Construction I V .............................................................................••..... Construction V _ . Construction VI _ . Electives Delineation III . Freehand Drawing III Pen and Pencil Upper Division Architectural Design . History III, A rchitectural . Construction II .....................................................................................• Construction III . Elective .........................................................•...................••................_..• FOURTH YEAR 16 16 16 Electives recommended: mathematics) language, English, music, science (phySics, chemistry. geology. biology). SElCOND YEJAR DESIGN OPTION Professor WILLCOX in charge (Five-year courae leading to the degree of bachelor of architecture) FmsTYEAR Graphics I _ . Delineation I . Freehand Drawing I Architectural Modeling Lower Division Architectural Design _ _. Construction I . History I. Art Appreciation _.......•............... Courses in Lower Division Group I or n _. __ . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . Physical Education _..• Elective ......................................................................•.............•............... Graphics II _ Delineation II _ . Freehand Drawing II Architectural Rendering Lower Division Architectural Design . m~~,::;. ~~ie~:~h~~~~)~ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Physioal Education _. Written English . Electives . 152 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 153 16 16 16 Electives as recommended above, with the addition of world literature, &esthetics and psychology. 16 16 16 Electives recommended as in first year, with the addition of introduction to philosophy. THIRD YEAR Delineation III 8 8 8 Drawing Class . Modeling Painting Upper Division Interior Design _....................... 6 6 6 History VII, Architectural 2 2 2 Applied Design I, Normal Art 2 2 2 Elective 4 4 4 PAINTING Technical proficiency consistent with the maximum development of individllal expression, in the various fields of painting i;; the aim of this division of the school of archtl'ctllre and allied arts, whether the special interests of the stlldent be in the field of landscape, portraiturc, mural, or illllstration. Wide selection of suhjects is permissible, but the course suggested below is one that seems to meet the needs of typical cases. Design, life class, anntomy, composition and the history of styles find their place in the curriculum. 18 Winter Sprinf/ 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4- 16 16 FaU Winter Sprinf/ S S S S S S 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 17 17 17 3 3 S 4 4 4- 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 S S S 16 16 16 5 6 6 4 4 4 S S S 2 2 2 S 3 S 17 17 17 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 S 3 S 16 16 1-6 6 8 6 6 6 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 16 16 16 SECOND YEAR Painting II . Drawing II .. Compo.ition II . Written English .. Military Science (men) .....................................................................• Physical Education _ . Elective . '1'HIRDYEAll Painting III . Drawing III . Composition III .. History of Painting . Elective _ FIFTH YEAR Painting V _ _ .• Composition V . Architectural History II . Elective . FOURTH YBAR Painting IV .. Drawing IV . Composition IV . Elective . Competition and mass training are alike eliminated; each student is treated by the faculty as an individual. SUGGESTED COURSE OF STUDY FOR PAINTING Electives should be chosen so as to satisfy the general university requirements for graduation; groups, language or science. English. FIRST YBAR Painting I . Drawing I _.._ .. Composition I . Art Appreciation .. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . PhYdical Education _.._ . Electives (group requirements) . SCULPTURE Professional training in the field of modeling- and sculpture is offered by the school of architecture and allied arts. The course incllIdes a;;sign- ments in the fields of drawing, painting, anatomy, composition, de;;ign, and history of art as well as technical COllfRes in modeling- and casting. The course suggested below is not mandatory in details, hut is given as a guide to those interested in the subject. Deviation consistent with the general regulations of the University, and the standards of profes- sional training of the school may be made with the consent of the adviser. SUGGESTED COURSE OF STUDY IN SCULPTURE Electives should be chosen 80 as to aatis"y the general university requirements for graduation; groups, lan,quage or science, Englisha FIRST YEAR Fall Modeling I _........... 4 Drawing I 3 Sculpture Composition I 2 Art Appreciation 1 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 Physical Education 1 Electives (group requirements) 4 2 6 1 2 2 4 16 2 10 4 2 18 SprV&f/ 8 1 2 1 1 1 8 8 1 1 1 1 4 4 16 16 2 2 8 8 2 ! 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 6 1 2 2 4 16 2 10 4 2 18 WioItsr 2 8 2 8 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 6 1 2 2 4 16 Electives recommended as above. FIFTH YEAR Composition IV 2 Upper Division Interior Design 10 Technique and Practice 4 History VI, Civilization and Art Epochs _ _ 2 FIRST YEAR Fall Graphics I _....................................... 2 Delineation I ........................................................................................•. 8 Freehand Drawing I ArchiUlctural Modeling Lower Division Architectural D""ign 1 Construction I .. History I, Art Appreciation _............... 1 Course in Lower Division Group I or II 8 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 Physical Education _........................... 1 Elective 4 FOURTH YEAR Delineation IV . Drawing Class Painting Upper Division Interior Design . Domestic Architecture _ _._ Applied Design'II, Normal Art . History III, Architectural . Elective . 16 Electives recommended: language, English, science (geology, biology). SECOND YEAR Graphics II _ . Delineation II oc .. Freehand Drawing II Architectural Rendering II Architectural Modeling Lower Division Architectural Design .. History II, Architectural . Interior D""ign Elements . :-fI\~~~ ~.::~~~~ i·;;;;;;·j···::::::::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: PhYHical Education .. Electives . 154 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 155 16-18 16-18 16-18 "French preferred. To Qualify under Group I, third year courseS must be taken; but first and secol!d year courses may be used to satisfy the language requirement for the E.A. degree. SIlIOONDYBAII Modeling II _ _ _..... 4. Drawing II _ _ _ _.... 8 Sculpture Composition II _ _ 2 Written English _._.•._ _._....... 2 Military Science (men) _ ........•....:_........... 1 Physical Education _ .._._._.__ __ 1 Electives (group requirements) _ ,_.._ _........ 8 16 THIRD YF,AR Modeling III _.......................... 5 Drawing III __ 4 Sculpture Composition III __..__ _...................... 2 Electives •.... ' _ _ _............................ 6 17 FOURTH YeAR Modeling IV ...................•..............•..............................................••......... 5 Drawing IV 4 Sculpture Composition IV _.... 2 Elective 4 15 FIFTH YEAR Modeling V 5 Sculpture Composition V .....•...................................._.._ _... 2 Electives _ _............................... 8 15 NORMAL ART 4. 8 2 2 1 1 8 16 5 4 2 6 17 5 4. 2 4. 15 5 2 8 15 4. 8 2 2 1 1 3 16 5 4. 2 6 17 5 4. 2 4. 15 5 2 8 15 SOPHOMORE Major Subject- Representation II 1 Design II 2 Life and Costume _ __ _............... 1 Drawing I _................... 2 Instrumental Drawing 1 Minor for B.A.- "Foreign Language (see note below) 8-4 Geography (Group III) _ _ _._... 8 or Beginners' Psychology (Group IV) _ _ __ _.......... 8 Minor for E.S.- Modern Europe (Group 1I) 4. Education Courses _ _....... 4. Written English _ - 2 Physical Education _ _... 1 JUNIOR Pedagogy of Art _............................................................................... 8 Dress Desigu I 2 Applied Design II . _.............................................. 2 Home Decoration I 2 Two Norm Courses _........................... 6-3 Painting I _.................................................................. 2 17-19 SENIOR Home Decoration II 2 Practice Teaching 8 Modeling __ _................................... 8 Civilization and Art Epochs 2 Drawing Class _.................................................................................... 1 N orms _.: __ 6-7 17-18 1 2 1 2 1 8-4 8 3 4. 4. 2 1 8 2 2 2 6-8 2 17-19 2 2 8 2 1 6-7 16-17 1 2 1 2 1 8-4 8 8 4. 4. 2 1 8 2 2 2 6-3 2 17-19 2 2 8 2 1 6-7 16-17 The aim of the normal art courses is to develop an appreciation for the beautiful, to give freedom, spontaneity, and power of original self- expression in design. with some understanding of the design and processes employed in the industrial arts and crafts, together with preparation for the work of supervising and teaching art in the schools. COURSE OF STUDY IN NORMAL ART GENERAL ART SUBJECTS This division has been arranged for students not interested in becom- ing professional architects, interior decorators, painters, sculptors, or art teachers, but who may be interested later in the fields of industrial art, costume design, commercial arts, the art of' stage design or as teach- ers of art appreciation. (Four-year course leading to the degree of bachelor of arts or science! Miss KERNS, Adviser 16-18 Major Subject- Design I ..............................................................•........................... 2 Representation I _.................................................................... 1 Applied Design 1_ ••••.....••.....•....... __ ••..••••••••••••••••••••........•...••.•••••••.• 2 Color Theory _..................................................................... 1 Art Appreciation 1 Minor for B.A.- "Foreign Language (see note below) _................... 8-4 Background of Social Science (Group II) 8 or Literature Survey (Group I) 4 Minor for E.S.- Survey of Physical Science (Group III) _.... 8 or Elementary Biology (Group IV) 8 Personal Hygiene 1 Physical Education _............. 1 FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring 2 Z 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 8-4 3-4 8 8 4. 4. 3 8 8 8 1 1 1 1 16-18 16-18 Description of Courses ARCHITECTURE DESIGN, STRUCTURAL DESIGN, INTERIOR DESIGN For students taking the five-year course leading to the degree of bachelor of archi- tecture, the general courses of the school of architecture are grouped under six main divisions, namely: graphics, delineation, design, construction, history, and practice. 111, 112. Graphics I. First year. The principles of orthographic pro- jection are. studied, applications J:>eing made to the construction of plans and elevatIOns and correct locatIOn of shades and shadows for design problems. Two hours, fall and winter terms. 211, 212, 213. Graphics II. Second year. The principles of descrip- tive geometry are studied in relation to the point, line and plane. Appli- catipns of these principles are applied to problems in perspective. Two hours, each term. 156 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 157 DELINEATION II Seeond year. The training of the hand and dimensional perceptions is eontinued by further freehand drawing. DELINEATION I First year. Freehand drawing>! from stilI life and models are executed in charcoal. The. student's dimensional perceptions are developed through the medium of clay modeling. DELINEATION V , Fifth year. This yesr is given to the design and execution of mural paintings and cartoons for stained glass, mosaic, etc. DELINEATION IV Fourth year. The training of the hund and eye Is now carried on by drawing from living models. 410a,b,c. Advanced Domestic Architecture. Continuation of Domestic Architecture. One to [our hours, each term. 302a,b,c. City Planning. The principles and practice of city planning are discussed and applications suggested. One hour, each term. 418, 419, 420. Advanced City Planning. Continuation of City Plan- ning. Six to twelve hours, each term. 220a,b,c. Interior De.~gn Elements. Second year. An introduction to the scope, aims and technique of interior design (decoration). One hour, each term. Lower Dit'is,ion Interior Design. The first and second years of Interior Design are identical with the Lower Division Architectural Design. Upper Division Interior Design. The number of term hours of credit earned each term is determined by the point system. Normally fifteen term hours would be earned in the third year, fifteen term hours in the fourth year and thirty term hours in the fifth year. In these three years a progressive s'eries of problems relating to interior design are studied. Sketches and carefully executed drawings are made, some in orthographic presentation and some in perspective. 120. Construction I. First year. Students are introduced to construc- tion methods by means of direct observation of buildings under construc- tion. These observations are made the basis of class discussion and calcu- lations. One hour, spring term. 230a,b,c. -Construction II. Second year. Scale and full size details of building construction are studied and drawings executed. Buildings under course of construction are visited and notes taken as to details. One hour, each term. 309, 310, 311. Construction III. Third year. This course is intended to follow trigonometry and involves the application of mathematics to the designing of structures. Three hours, each term. 312a,b,c. Construction IV. Fourth year. This course is intended to give a general knowledge of various special subjects such as building materials, i.e., stone, concrete, steel, etc.; heating; plumbing; ventilation; acoustics; illumination; mechanical equipment of buildings; etc. One hour, each term. 313a,b,c. Construction V. Fourth year. Students are assigned to make inspection reports on buildings under construction, paralleling a study of building specifications. One hour, each term. 314, 315, 3-16. Construction VI. Fourth year. A course in constructive design continuing the work of Construction III. Designs include trusses in wood and ste'el, plate girders, reinforced concrete, retaining walls, etc. Two hours, eaah term. 122a,b,c. Architectural History I. Art Appreciation. First year. A course in art appreciation intended to present a general historical back- ground in the various branches of art, such as p.ainting, sculpture, dec- orative design, stained glass, etc. One hour, each term. 240a,b,c. Architectural History II. Second year. A study of the historic styles of architecture, supplemented by individual research inves- tigation of historic ornament. Course open to non-majors. Two hours, each term. One hour, each term. One hour, each term. One hour, each term. Two hours, each term. One hour, each term. Two hours, each term. One hour, each term. One to two hours, each term. 265, 266, 267. Freehand Drawing II. 214, 215, 216. Architectural Rendering. 355, 356, 357. Freehand Drawing III. 362a,b,c. Pen and Pencil. 358, 359, 360. Freehand Drawing IV. Drawing or Painting. 141, 142, 143. Freehand Drawing I. 153, 154, 155. Architectural Modeling. 457, 458, 459. Freehand Drawing V. One hour, each term. DESIGN 214, 215, 216. Architectural Rendering. Use of India ink and water color in making rendered drawings, with a view to their application to architectural design problems. One to two hours, each term. Lower Division Architectural Design. The number of hours of credit earned each term is detcrmined by the point system. Normally four term hours would be earned the first yellr and six term hours the second year. During the first year fundamental principlcs are studied, accompanied by rendered drawings of the orders of architecture, simple facades lind architectural details. In the sCllond year simple problems in architectural planning are studied and solutions evolved that require the making of well executed architectural drawings. Upper Division Architectural Design. The number of hours of credit earned each term is determined by the point system. Normal1y twelve term hours would be earned in the third year, eighteen term hours in the fourth year and thirty term hours in the fifth year. In these th"ee years a progressive series of problems in architectural design and plannino' are studied, including short time ,;ketch problems and elaborate car;fully studied rendered drawings. ' . 300a,b,c. Domestic Architecture. Fourth year. A study of the prin- CIples and. requirements incident to domestic architecture is applied to the execution of plans and elevations of residence buildings. One to four hours, each term. DBLINUTION III Third year. This Is a eontinuation of the work of the previous years in life, draw- ing, and pen and pencil rendering. 158 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 159 525, 526, 527. Assigned Reading. 530, 531, 532. Seminar. 317a,b,c. Architectural History III. Third year. This course con- tinues the work of Architectural History II. Two hours, each term. 318a,b,c. Architectural History IV. Fourth year. History of modern architecture. Continuing History III. One hour, each term. 421, 422, 423. Architectural History V. Continuation of Architectural History IY. One to two hlYUrs, each term. 397-398-399. Architectural History VI. Civilization and Art Epochs. Fifth year. The civilization and art epochs of former generations are studied in their relations to 'each other and to present day art. Two hours, each term. 319, 320, 321. Architectural History VII. Third year. A study of the history of furniture-textiles and other accessories contributing to in- terior design. Two hours) each term. 430a,b,c. Architectural Practice. Fifth year. Office management, business relations, professional ethics, etc., are studied and discussed. One hour, each term. 424, 425, 426. Technique and Practice. Fifth year. Business, estimat- ing methods and ethics for interior decorators.. Five hours) each term. GRAPHICS 250. Descriptive Geometry. An analytical study of the subject of projections, giving a thorough groundwork for all branches of drafting. Problems in the geometry of points, lines, and planes; solids; develop- ment of surfaces; plane sections; intersections of solids; etc. Two hours, fall term. 251a,b,c. Instrum.ental Drawing. For students in normal art: Practice in the uS'e of drawini\' instruments, making simple plans and elevations. Geometric drawing, projections and perspectives are made the basis of the problems. One hour, each term. CONSTRUCTION LOWER DIVISION 252-253. Sur'veying. Lectures and field work designed to enable the student to measure lines with the steel tape; to measure angles with the transit; to determine the differences in level by means of the level instru- ment; to run traverse lines and plot lines; to plot field notes; to make contour maps and profiles; to perform simple calculations of area and earthwork. Two hours, winter and spring terms. UPPER DIVISION 323a,b. Strength of Materials. Practical problems and exercises in the design of beams, columns, thin plates, and cylinders, including actual tests and experiments with the testing machines.. Three hours, winter and spring terms. 324. Graphic Statics. Problems in equilibrium are solve.d by graphic constructions. The stresses in framed structures are determined by means of stress diagrams. A study is made of. the influence line for moving loads. The subject matter of this course parallels that of the course in stresses. Four hours, fall term. 325. Stresses. The subject matter covered by this cours'e is the same as in gr~ph~c statics. The so~utions, how:ever, are worked out by analytical calculatlOn mstead of graphIc constructlOn. Three hours, spring term. 326. Hydraulics. A study of laws governing the flow and pressure of w~ter in pipes a~d conduits. Application to hydraulic motors, hy- draulIc elevators, sprmkler system, etc. Three hours, spring term. 327a!b. Reinfo,reed Con_crete. The underlying principles upon which the deSign of reInforced concrete construction is based. Problems in designing simple beams and columns. Practical working formulas and data. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 328, 329. Masonry Construction. Properties and uses of brick and st,one. Fo~n~ation stresses in masonry structures such as walls, chimneys, pIers, retaInIng walls, etc. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 3~0. Mechanical 4ppliances for Buildings. Investigation of the special applI~nces and machmery to be found in hotels, apartment houses, public bUlldmgs, etc.; pumps, vacuum systems; refrigeration systems; private water systems, etc. Two hours) fall term. 331. Electric Lighting and Wiring. Proper sizes of wires for various lighting installations. Direct and indirect systems of illumination and pr~per methods of in.sta1!ations. Lighting for speci8;1 purposes, such as reSIdences, stores, auditormms, etc. Rules and regulatIons of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Three hours, winter term. 3.32.. Heating and Ventilation. The various methods of heating and ventilah?~. The fundamental prin~iples governing the efficiency and adaptablht~ of the systems to practICal problems. Calculations for sizes of InstallatlOns. Four hours, spring term. 333a,b. Arches. The theoretical and practical consideration involved ~n the d~sign of arches in stone, brick, and concrete, applied to problems m practIce. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 334, 335, 336. Steel and Timber Construction. Use of wood and steel ~ building constructio~. .Design of wood and steel trusses; steel plate girders; steel frame bUIldIngs. Three hours, e.ach term. 427, 428, 429. Advanced Structural Design. Three to five hours, each term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 500, 501, 502. Thesis. Advanced architectural design. Four to twelve hours, each term. 510, 511, 512. Thesis. Advanced interior design. Six to twelve hours, eadh term. Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. DRAWING AND PAINTING 130, 131, 132. Painting I. Elementary painting from still life. Two to five hours, each term. 254,. 255, 256. Painting II. Advanced painting from still life and study, ill color, of the head.. Prerequisite, nine hours of credit in Paint- ing I, or equivalent. Three to five hours, each term. 160 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 161 550, 551, 552. Assigned Reading. 560, 561, 562. Seminar. 355, 356, 357. Freehand Drawing III. For architects. Drawing from casts, antique and human figure. One hour, each term. 358, 359, 360. Freehand Drawing IV. For architects. Continuation of Freehand Drawing III. One hour, each term. 457, 458, 459. Freehand Drawing V. For architects. Continuation of Freehand Drawing IV. One hour, each term. 361a,b,c. History of Painting. A survey of the development of paint- ing from the prehistoric era to the present. Special emphasis is placed upon the characteristics of individual painters as well as upon their period. Two hours, each term. 397-398-399. Civilization and Art Epochs. (Architectural History VI.) Lectures covering the history of archaeology and arts, emphasizing the influence of political, ecclesiastical and other human agencies upon the evolution of art. Two hours, each term. 362a,b,c. Pen and Pencil. Technique of rendering with pen and pen- cil. One hour, each term. SCULPTURE 150, 151, 152. Modeling I. Modeling from cast. Portrait Modeling. Two to six hours, each term. 275, 276, 277. Modeling II. Progressive studies in cast and portrait modeling. Prerequisite, nine term hours completed in Modeling I. Three to six hours, each term. 153, 154, 155. Architectural Modeling. For architects. Study of archi- tectural forms and details by actually creating the forms in clay, thus strengthening the student's perception of three dimensions when working on his design problems. Two hours, each term. 156a,b,c. Sculpture Composition I. A comprehensive course, including the histories of sculpture, architecture and painting together with a study of the basic principles of the different schools of sculpture. One hour, each term. 278, 279, 280. Sculpture Composition II. Continuation of I. Prerequi- site, nine term hours completed in Composition I. Two hours, each term. UPPER DIVISION .363, 364! 365. Modeli~!! III.. Carries on progressively t~e cast and por- traIt modelmg. PrereqUISIte, nme term hours completed m Modeling II. Three to six hours, each term. 366, 367, 368. Mo~eling IV:. Continues from III. Prerequisite, nine term hours complete m Modelmg III. Three to six hours, each term. 460, 461, 462. Modeling V. Continues from IV. Prerequisite nine term hours completed in Modeling IV. Three to six hours, each term. 133, 134, 135. Drawing I. Study in charcoal of casts and antiques. Two to five hours, each term. 257, 258, 259. Drawing II. Advanced antique'drawing and elementary study from the nude figure. Prerequisite, nine hours credit in Drawing I, or equivalent. Three to five hours, each term. 136, 137, 138. Composition 1. Elementary study of the relation of ele- ments within the picture space in line and value. Intended to encourage and guide the creative faculty of the student. Two hours, each term. 260, 261, 262. Composition II. Study in color of the relation of ele- ments within the picture space. Theory of color. Designing of easel paintings. Prerequisite, six hours credit in Composition I. Three to five hours, each term. 140a,b. Artistic Anatomy. The study of the bone and muscle struc- ture of the human figure in its relation to draftsmanship. Should accom- pany Drawing II. One hour, winter and spring terms. 141, 142, 143. Freehand Drawing 1. For architects. Training in free- hand drawing with architectural motives. One hour, each term. 265, 266, 267.. Freehand Drawing II. For architects. Continuation of Freehand Drawing I, including drawing from antique. One hour, each term. 270, 271, 272. Life and Costume. For Normal Arts. Fifteen minute sketches from draped model, together with sketch problems. One hour, each term. UPPER DIVISION 337, 338, 339. Painting III. Advanced head painting and study _of the nude figure in color. Prerequisite, nine hours credit in. Pa~ting II, or equivalent. Three to five hours, each term. 340, 341, 342. Paintin,q IV. Advanced Painting of nude figure. Pre- requisite, nine hours credit in Painting III, or equivalent. l'hree to five hours, each term. 433, 434, 435. Painting V. Continuation of Painting IV,. Prerequisite, nine hours credit in Painting IV, or equivalent. Three to five hours, each term. 343, 344, 345. Drawing III. Advanced study from the nude. Prerequi- site, nine hours credit in Drawing II, or equivalent.. Three to five hours, each term. 346, 347, 348. Drawing IV. Continuation of Drawing III. Prerequi- site, nine hours credit in Drawing III. Three to five hours, each term. 439, 440, 441. Drawing V. Continuation of Drawing IV. Prerequisite, nine hours credit in Drawing IV. Three to five hours, each term. 349, 350,351. Composition. III. Advanced designing of easel paintings and the study of mural decoration. Prerequisite, Composition II. Three to five hours, each term. 352, 353, 354. Composition IV. Study and designing of mural decora- tions. Prerequisite, Composition III. Three to five houf'S, each term. 448, 449, 450. Composition V. Designing and executing in a profes- sional manner either an easel painting or a decoration.. Prerequisite, Com- position IV. Three to five hours, each term. 544, 545, 546. Thesis. GRADUATE DIVISION Problem in drawing and painting. Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. 162 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS 163 NORMAL ART Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. Hours to be arranged. 369a,b,c. Sculpture Composition Ill. Continuation of Composition II. Prerequisite, Composition II. Two hours, each term. 370a,b,c. Sculpture Composition IV. Continuation of Composition III. Prerequisite, Composition III. Two hours, each term.. 469, 470, 471. Sculpture Composition V. Continuation of Composition IV. Prerequisite, Composition IV. Three hours, each term. PRIMARILY ];'OR GRADUATES 565, 566, 567. Thesis. Sculpture problem. 571, 572, 573. Assigned Reading. 577, 578, 579. Seminar. LOWER DIVISION 160a,b,c. Color Theory. A study of color with reference to its scien- tific background and artistic use. Practical applications to every day life in dress, the home, the commercial world, and the theatre. One hour, each term. 161a,b,c. Design I. A study of art structure underlying the visual arts. Fundamental for all students, either for general information or for those preparing for special art work. Laboratory problems in pure design in line, dark and light, and color with application to craft and industrial art including linoleum and wood block prints, cards, embroidery, lamp shades, lettering and posters. Two hours, each term. 281a,b,c. Design. II. A continuation of course 16L A study of nature forms, landscapes and human figure, applied to illustrations, magazine covers and decorative compositions. Paper on historic textiles with application to wood block, tie-dyeing and batik. Prerequisite, Design I. Two hours, each term. 162a,b,c. Representation I. Principles of perspective. Proportion and the accurate rendering of form in studies of still life, flowers and plant form, interiors and landscapes, expressed through line, dark and light and color, using methods applicable to the presentation of the subject in grade and high schools. Emphasis on selection and arrangement of subject matter. Mediums used are pencil, charcoal, crayon, transparent and opaque water colors, cut paper and poster paints. One hourl each term. 282a,b,c. Representation 11. A continuation of course 162 with more advanced problems along the same lines. Prerequisites, 162. One hour, each term. 163. Applied Design I. Construction and decoration of boxes, port- folios, writing cases. Study of design as related to function and structure. Selection and combination of appropriate materials and decoration of same. No prerequisites. - Two to three hours, fall term. 164. Applied Design I. Elementary book binding. Construction of laced and sewed books together with their decoration. Designing and making of cover and 'end papers through the use of batik and print pro- cesses. Outlines of the development of book binding as an art. Study of illustrations of fine examples leading toward a keener appreciation of good design and sound workmanship as applied to the crafts. No pre- requisite. Two to three hours, winter term. 165. Applied Design I. Lampshades. The construction and decoration of shades, with or without frames, designed, with reference to particular types of bases. Study of lamps in relation to their interior backgrounds. No prerequisites. Two to three hours, spring term. 251a,b,c. Instrumental Drawing. Practice in the use of drawing instru- ments, making simple plans and elevations. Geometric drawing, projec- tions and perspectives are made the basis of the problems. One hour, each term. UPPER DIVISION 371a,b,c. Practice Teaching. One year of supervised teaching in the University high school for normal art seniors. Three hours,fall termj two hours, winter and spring terms. 372a,b,c. Pedagogy of Art. Comparison of the leaders of art move- ments and methods of art teaching of the past and present. Subject matter, material and method of presentation; observation of art classes in the city schools and UniversitY.. high schoOl; lesson plans and courses of study for grade and high schools; assigned readings. Illustrative ma- terial for teaching carried out in craft and industrial art processes. Two lectures, one hour laboratory. Three hours, each term. 373, '374, 375. Appl'ied Design II. Weaving; construction of simple hand-looms for use in the grades; articles adapted to the needs and ability of the students; warping and setting up a four harness footpower loom for more advanced weaving. Patterns employed in the decoration of' articles made which include bags, pillow tops, table runners, scarves, portieres and rag rugs. History of textile manufacture; modern indus- trial loom. Two to three hours, each term. 376, 377, 378. Applied Design III. Pottery, including the building by hand and casting from molds of tiles, bowl and vase forms, candle sticks and lamp bases; glazing and firing and the use of the potter's wheel; special attention to beauty of form. Historical resume of the potters' craft. Two to three hours, each term. 379-380-381. Dress Design I. Line, tone and color as applied to dress design. Planning of modern costumes based on principles of design and color harmony adapted to individual requirements; historic dress and ornam'ent with possibilities for modern adaptations; special problems in period, stage and commercial design. Open only to upper division students. Two to thr.!l.e hours, each term. 484, 485, 486. Dress Design II. Continuation of Dress Design I, with special emphasis on the technique of fashion illustration. Study of vari- ous styles of rendering to be found in leading fashion periodicals. Page composition of two or more figures. Prerequisite, Dress Design I. Two to three hours, each term. 385, 386, 387. Home Decoration 1. Great periods of interior architec- ture, of decorative furnishings, and the evolution of the social groups and environments in which they developed. The house plan, walls, win- dows and their treatment, ceiling's and floors, decorative textiles and hang- GENERAL ART SUBJECTS ings. Lectures and reports. Required of normal art majors, open to upper division students of other departments. Two hours, each term. 487, 488, 489. Home Decoration II. Problems of side wall elevations in neutral wash and color. Quick rendering in pencil and water color of elevations and drapery arrangements. Furniture design, sketches and measured drawings. Painted furniture. Choosing, framing and hanging of pictures. Color and color schemes. Laboratory and museum research. One hour, each term. LOWER DIVISION 100a,b,c. Art Survey. General survey course of art as correlated with the history of civilization. Three hours, each term. 122a,b,c. Art Appreciation. Intended for the general student who is interested in, but not specializing in, art history, crafts, decorative art, and analysis of great historic periods of design. One hour, each term. 171, 172, 173. Decorative Design 1. Study of the design impulse, its nature, origin and universality; principles of design as manifested in historic examples, and practical application to modern problems; museum research. Pattern, personality and symbolism; effects of materials and tools upon design; drawings in black and white, neutral value scale and color. Lectl!-re and laboratory. One to three hours, each term. 285, 286,287. Decorative Design II. A continuation of the work begun ill Decorative Design I. One to three hours, each term. 163. Applied Design I. The construction and decoration of boxes, portfolios, writing cases. The study of design as related to function and structure. The selection and combination of appropriate mateJlials and the decoration of the same. No prerequisites. Two or three hours, fall term. 164. Applied Design I. Elementary Bookbinding. The construction of laced and sewed books and their decoration. The designing and making of cover and end papers through the use of the batik and print processes. Outlines of the development of bookbinding as an art. Study of illus- trations of fine examples leading toward a keener appreciation of good design and sound workmanship as applied to the crafts. No prerequisites. Two to three hours, winter term. 165. Applied Design I. Lampshades. The construction and decoration of shades with and without frames, designed with reference to particular types of bases. The study of lamps in relation to their interior back- grounds. No prerequisites. Two to three hours, spring term. UPPER DIVISION 397, 398, 399. Civilization and Art Epochs. Lectures covering history, archaeology and evolution of art. The influence of political, ecclesiastical, aesthetic and ethnological evolution upon art; the influence of art upon humanity. Illustrated by means of photographs, lantern slides, colored plates, etc. Prerequisite, upper division standing. Two hours, each term. 385, 386, 387. Home Decoration I. Great periods of interior architec- ture, of decorative furnishings, and the evolution of the social groups and environments in which they developed. The house plan, walls, windows and their treatment, ceilings and floors, decorative textiles and hang-ings. Lectures and repOl·ts. Required of normal art majors, open to upper division students of other departments. Two hours, each term 388, 389, 390. Hom.e Decoration II. Problems of side wall elevations in neutral wash and color. Quick rendering in pencil and wuter color of 'f'levations and drapery arrangements. Furniture design, sketches and measured drawings. Painted furniture. Choosing, framing and hanging of pictures. Color and color schemes. Laboratory and museum re,;earch. One hour, each term. 391, 392, 393. Decorative Design III. Drawings for commercial work, such as textiles, rugs, wall paper, mosaic, 'etc., making use of the prin- ciples studied in Decorative Design I and II. Two to three hours, each term. 490,491,492. Decoratil'e Design IV. Not only drawings are made, but, in some cases, the work is carried to final conclusion by actual production of a piece of stained glass, a mural decoration, a mosaic or some such piece of art work. Students execute pieces of exterior and interior dec- orative detail which are incorporated in the buildings and grounds of the school of architecture and allied arts. Two to three hours, each term. 373, 374, 375. Applied Design II. Weaving; construction of simple hand-looms for use in the grades j articles adapted to the needs and ability of the students; warping and setting up a four harness footpower loom for more advanl'ed weaving. Patterns employed in the decoration of articles made which include bags, pillow tops, table runners, sl'arves, portieres and rag rugs. History of textile manufactnre j modern indus- trial loom. Two to three hours, each te'rm. 376, 377, 378. Applied Design lII. Pottery, including the building by hand and casting from moulds of tiles, bowl and vase forms, eandle sticks and lamp bases j glazing and firing and the use of the potter's wheel; special attention to beauty of form. Historical resume of the potter's craft. Two to three hours, each term. 379-380-381. Dress Design 1. Line, tone and color as applied to dress design. Planning- of modern costumes based on principles of design and color harmony adapted to individual requirements; historic dress and ornament with possibilities for modern adaptations; special problems in period, stage and commercial design. Open only to upper divi"ion students. Two to three hours, each term. 484, 485, 486. Dres.q Design II. Continuation of Dress Design I with special emphasis on the technique of fashion illustration. Study of the various styles of rendering to be found in leading fashion periodicals. 165ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS UNIVERSITY OF OREGON164 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 167 3 3 2 2 3 3 6 6 1 1 1 1 16 16 5 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 16 15 10 10 3 3 a 3 16 16 Winter Spring 4 4 4 4 6 6 1 1 1 1 16 16 Elective 10 InveBtmentB 3 International Finance u •••••• ••••••••••• ••••••••••••••••••• Bank Management . Business Policies . Credit r61gn Trade. Unprecedented expnns' f d . past few decades has resulted in a cail f Ion 0 tra ~ WIth foreign countries during the Insurance fi'!"ms and banks, Ocean trans 0 .ro~ e~portJn~ and importinR' houses., rnarlneD1e~tal ~ervlces. for capable young m:n rtat~on companIes,. port 8.uthorities. and R'overn- tral.ned In the technique of over~eaB comm ~n women farJllh~r Wlt~ the principles and subJects offel ed by the sohool of business e Je.. :rhe ~ourses m foreIgn trade and related dent. to take an active and intelligent ~ mm!stratlOn Itre designed to enable the stu-toPa~tJcularlY the Northwest, with cou';t~i~SI~fb~~dIl1~Pf' the t~ade of the Pacific statesrles of the world. e acl Ie basm and other trade terri~ FRESHMAN Cons~ructive Accounting .!;1~~; £~~i~~~i:~;.:~:::~;::~~::::::::~:~::::~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: PhySical Education· rson yglene (women) •.•.__...• ..........._.- _ _--..- ----- 170 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 171 COMBINATION COURSE FOR WOMEN BUBineBB Administration and Household Arts. The call of business is strong in the ears of the modern girl but statistics show that upwards of 85 per cent of college girls marry. In order to give sound training for business and at the same time permit the student to qualify as manager of a household, the school of business administration. in conjunction with the department of household arts, offers a four-year combined course in business administration and household arts. This combined course assures the student of sound training in homekeeping and at the same time prepares her to assume posi.. tions in the business world. Some business opport'.lnities depend upon the specific train- ing offered in this group. For example, wholesale and retail organizations dealing with foods and food products are particularly desirous to obtain employees who have the com- bined knowledge of the elements of business and household management. Advanced Work. The law school part of this combined course will consist of the regular law course of three years. The first year of work in the law school is fully prescribed, and consists of the following courses: Agency. Contracts, Criminal Law, Per- sonal Property, Common Law Reading, Real Property, and Torts. In the second and third year some election is provided for, and ~election may be made from the following courses: Bankruptcy, Bills and Notes, Corporations (private), Corporations (municipal), Consti- tutional Law, Equity, Evidence, Insurance, Mortgages, Code Pleading, Oregon Practice, Office Practice, Trial Practice, Public Utilities, Real Property, Sales, Trusts, and Wills. DEGREES Four degrees are open to students majoring in business administration. UNDERGRADUATE Bachelor of Business Administration. Students must meet all general University requirements and in addition complete at least 45 hours in business administration, ineluding the following courses: Constructive Accounting 1lla,b,c, Elements of Organization and Production 221, Ele- meRts of Finance 222, Elements of Marketing 223, the professional man- agement series, ·one year of law and one year of Principles of Economics. Bachelor of Arts. Students must meet all general University require- ments plus 45 hours in business administration which must include Con- structive Accounting llla,b,c, Elements of Organization and Production 221, Elements of Finance 222, Elements of Marketing 223 and 24 hours of any upper division work in business administration. In addition to the above one year of Principles of Economics and two years of one foreign language are required. - Bachelor of Science. Students must meet all general University re- quirements plus 45 hours in business administration which must include Constructive Accounting 1I1a,b,c, Elements of Organization and Produc- tion 221, Elements of Finance 222, Elements of Marketing 223 and 24 hours of any upper division work in business administration plus one year of Principles of Economics. Thirty-six hours of social science or science and mathematics are required for the bachelor of science degree. GRADUATE DIVISION Master of Business Administration. Holders of a bachelor's degree from a standard college or university are admitted to the graduate division of the school of business administration. Members of the graduate division who have previously completed at least forty-five term-hours of undergraduate work in business adminis- tration and economics are normally able to earn the forty-five hours necessary for the ma.'lter's degree in one year.. Members who have not completed the equivalent of forty-five term- hours of undergraduate work in business administration and economics will have to complete that amount of undergraduate work before pro- ceeding upon the forty-five hours required for the master's degree. Of the forty-five required hours, fifteen may be selected in a minor from some approved allied field. Spring 4 10 1 1 16 16 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 5 5 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 15 17 4 5 4 4 4 3 5 7 5 16 16 16 COMBINATION COURSES An intimate relation exists between business and certain of the other professions. In increasing numbers students are desiring courses which consist of combinations of business with some other field of endeavor such as law, the physical sciences, etc. The following combinations are indica- tive of the opportunities now available: SUGGESTED SIX-YEAR BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-LAW COURSE Business Adminilltration and Law. Many students enter the UniversitY hesitating whether to enroll in business administration or in law. At many points the training in these two fields cross and the student properly trained in both business and law is doubly fortified to battle with the world. To meet an increasing demand for training of this kind, the school of business administration and the school of law offer a com- bined six-year courSe leading to the degree of bachelor of business administration on the one hand and bachelor of laws on the other. A student taking the business administra- tion-law combination will register in the law school in his senior year. He will take the regular first year of law school work and wiII receive credit for forty-six hours toward his bachelor degree. Eighteen hours of the law work may be used to satisfy the thirty-six hour social science requirement for the bachelor of science degree. FRESHMAN Fall Winter Constructive Accounting 4 4 Elective 10 10 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 -' The foregoing outlines are indicative of courses that may he arranged in other fields, such as the following: Marketing. In addition to the outlined course of study for advertising, there are other branches of work in the marketing field for which the school of business adminis- tration offers preparation such as: retail store management, training toward the pOBition~ of buyer and merchandise manager in a department store; and sales management, which includes not only the successful handling of a sales force, but training in salesmanship as well. Transportation. The rapid development of transportation as a part of modern busi- ness has created a demand for traffic managers. Such persons are needed not alone by (a) the railroads, ocean, highway and air transportation companies; but (b) by chambers of commerce and other civic bodies which have found it advisable to create traffic departments for the sound development of community enterprise; and (c) biY manufacturing concerns and business houses of size that have found it highly desirable to establish their own traffic departments to facilitate the easy movement of their products. Labor Manage~nt. Personnel or labor management is one of the new fields open in modern business. For many years the employers were content to place emphasis upon the development of machinery alone. That great economies could be realized through the proper conservation of the labor force did not occur to the employer until recently. Today, however. no successful manager can ignore this phase of business. This means that companies must employ experts in this line. and hence, there is an ever growing demand for both men and women who are qualified to act as personnel managers. The school offers a four-year course covering this field. Commercial Aviation. A special curriculum has been set up for students Interested in entering the field of aviation. Students interested in this work should write to the secretary of tJie school of business administration for information. SOPHOMORE Elements of Organization & Production; Finance; Marketing Principles of Economics _ _ .. Business English . Elective ...................................................................•................................ Military Science (men) _ . Physical Education _ JUNIOR Production Management . Finance Management . Sales Management . Public Finance . Conservation of National Resources ~ . Money and Banking . Elective . 172 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 173 In the work required for the master's degree, three hours are allowed for the thesis and a minimum of fifteen hours must be made in courses of strictly graduate work; that is, in courses open to graduate students only. The remaining work must be done either in strictly graduate courses or in approved upper division courses. . Not all graduate students wish to proceed to the degree. Frcq:lcntly students whose undergraduate training has not included work in com- merce wish to spend a fifth year largl'ly devoted to business training. Such students will elect courses which best fit the individual case without regard for degree requirements. Occasionally a graduate student is ir.ll'rested only in carrying on some specialized type of work such as trainm;,; for the C.P.A. examination and does not care to become a candidate for a degree. When the student can demonstrate his earnestness and ability to do this, every effort is made to provide the type of training he desires. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Phi Chi Theta Scholarship. Phi Chi Theta, national honorary com- merce fraternity for women students, awards the Phi Chi Theta key to the most outstanding girl in the department each year. Beta Gamma Sigma Scholarship Record. Beta Gamma Sigma na- tional honorary commerce fraternity, has placed in the corridor of the Commerce building a permanent record plate on which appea,s the fol- lowing inscription: "To honor outstanding scholastic attainmi'nt Beta Gamma Sigma inscribes hereon annuallv the name of a freshman' ma jor in the school of business administration." The name of the fresh~an receiving the highest scholastic average for a year is inscribed on this record. Life Insurance Prizes. Annually, cash prizes amounting to fifty or more dollars are awarded to the students making the best sales demon- stration of a real life insurance policy by the Life Managers' Association of Oregon. The Oregon Life Insurance Company has presented the school ofbusin~ss administration with a silver lodng cup upon which the name of the WInner of the contest each year is inscribed. In addition to the cup the winner is presented with a personal memento from the company. ' Accounting Scholarships: .1. Oregon ~ta.te Society of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship. ThIS scholarshIp IS awarded annually to the most outstanding student in accounting. 2. Senior S('h~larsh!ps. Outstanding senior students are each year awarded scholarshIps wIth Portland public accountinO' firms for the win- ter te.rm. Suc~ students are given. an opportunity to reeei"e actual ac- countmg practice and at the same tIme to continue their senior accounting courses in the Portland Extension Center. Ame~ican B.an,kers' A.ssociation Loan Scholarship. The American Bankers ASSoCl~tIon annual.'y awards a loan scholarship of $250 to a stude!1t of ~ankmg and busmess who is outstanding in scholar5hip and who 18 partially or totally self-supporting. The Advertising Club of Portl~1~d Scholarship of $150.00 is givenann~a!ly to the .student of advertIsmg (male) who is considered best quahfI.e? to profIt by the training offered for entrance into the field of advertIsmg. The Botsford-Constantine Prizes of $25, $15, and $10 are offered each year by the Botsford-Constantine Advertising Agency of Portland, for the best solutions of an advertising problem by students in the class in general advertising. Th~ Ham.-Jackson Prizes, aggregating $50, are given annually by the Ham-Jackson Co. Inc., of Portland, to students of advertising, for the hest solutions of 'advertising problems involving the use of direct mail literature. The Henny Hayek Prizes, with a total of $50, for the best solutions of an advertisip.g problem in which lay-out and typography are empha- sized. The McMorran and Washburn Prizes of $15 and $10, for the best ad- vertisements for a department store. Summjer Scholarships. For the purpose of furnishing actual experience in various fields of advertising and related activities, there are offered a number of "summer scholarships" for qualified students of advertising. These scholarships provide that the student is engaged, during the sum- mer, as a regular employee o~ the firm giving t~e scholarsh~p, at a begin- ner's salary. The firms offermg these scholarshIps are: MeIer and Frank Co.' Olds, Wortman and King; Lipman and Wolfe; The Bedell Co.;Bot~ford-Constantine Co.; Crossley and Failing, Inc.; The Portland Ore- gonian; The Oregon .Journal; The Portland Telegram; Trade and Class Press Associations; Earl Bunting and Associates; Edmund C. Becht.old and Associates; and Foster and IGeiser CO. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS Certain scholarships and research fellowships are available to students in the graduate division of the school. These awards carry stipe~ds vary- ing from $250 to $1800 per year. They are granted to students In recog- nition of exceptional ability and scholastic achievement. LABORATORIES AND LIBRARY The school of business administration maintains a complete reference library in the Commerce building. Except in the field of accounting, students are not required to purchase text books. All text and reference materials are supplied to students by the school through the reference library. Adjacent to the library are w:ell equi,Pped ~tudy rooms. The laboratories of the school are well furmshed wIth varIOUS types of cal- culating machines. This equipment is of material aid to the student as it effects a great saving of student time. A careful study shows that the student benefits through this economy in text book purchases to the ex- tent of approximately thirty dollars per year. The library and laborator- ies are available to non-majors registering in business courses upon the payment of course fees. Course fees are not required of majors in busi- ness administration. BUREAU OF BUSINESS RESEARCH In the carrying out of its functions of training for business manage- ment the school of business administration maintains a bureau of business research. Its purpose is to study the problems of business enterpri~e perculiar to the state and to the northwest. The work of the bureau IS carried on by the entire teaching staff of the school, augmented by sev- eral research assistants. The studies made are undertaken either at the request of business men of the state or on the suggestion of some member 174 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 175 of the teaching organization. During the past year the following studies were completed either in whole or in part: Overseas Markets for Oregon and Washington Dried Prunes. Financial and Operating Standard for Oregon Retail Concerns. Comparison of Municipal Borrowing Rates in Oregon with Ofher States. Oregon Hardwood Industries. Oregon's Exportable Surplus. A Study of the Operating Costs of Master Plumbers in Oregon- 1928 and 1929. Oregon Butter and Cheese in Overseas Markets. An Analysis of Retail Furniture Buying in Portland, Oregon. Oregonls Share in American Export Traffic to Trans-Pacific Destina- tions. Oregon's Industrial Development. Such investigations render definite and valuable assistance to the' business men of the state. Junior and senior students maintain a close contact with the work of the bureau and through it are constantly in- formed of current business problems and their solutions.. All graduate students and many seniors assist in the study and solution of these prob- lems. It is an invaluable experience. Description of Courses Service Courses The school of business administration offers to the campus at large certain courses of a service nature. These courses are open to non-major students without prerequisites. 301a,b,c. Seminar in House Administration. Deals with the business problems continually arising in the management of a living organization. Problems of buying, financing, record keeping, etc., are fully discussed and typical solutions analyzed. It will be of interest to the house managers of living organizations and to prospective house managers. Open to upper classmen with the consent of the instructor. Rae. One hour, each term. 302. Personal Finance. An elementary course in practical investments designed to be of service to students who are not business administration majors. A study is made of the principles governing the proper invest- ment of savings in building and loan associations, savings banks, insur- ance, real estate mortgages, stocks and bonds. Business administration majors not admitted. Three hours, winter term. 303. Comrmercial A1,iation. A study of the history of a,'itiation; types of aircraft; air ports; airways and safety devices; government and state regulation; mail, express and passenger service; rates and operating costs; training of personnel; investment and speculation. The course will deal with the commercial side of aviation from a service and investment standpoint. Open to upper division non-majors without prerequisite' and to sophomores by permission of the instructor. Faville and Fowler.' Two hours, spring term.. 469-470. Statistical Methods. A study of the principles and methods used in statistical analysis, and their application to business and economic problems. Attention is directed to the statistical methods used in re- search, in the analysis of business conditions and in forecasting. The first term is devoted largely to study of statistical methods; the second term to their application and interpretation. The course is designed to satisfy 'the needs of studl)nts particularly interested in the social sciences. Open to upper division non-majors without prerequisite. Johnston. Three hours, winter and spring terms. LOWER DIVISION Required Courses 111a,b,c. Constructive .1ccounting. An introduction to the entire field of accounting and to business administration. A study of proprietorship from the standpoint of single ownership, partnership and corporation organization. Accounting systems from the simple to tbe complex are constructed from the basic accounting principles. Financ.ial statements and the collection, interpretation, and comparison of their data. Required of all majors and fundamental to all advanced courses in business admin- istration. Stillman and staff. Four hours, each term. 112b,c. Constructive Accounting. At the beginning of the winter and spring terms, all Constructive Accounting students are re-sectioned on the basis of their accomplishments during the prec·eding term. Students who receive a grade of "I" in either the fall or winter terms are regis- tered in Constructive Accounting 112b or 112c instead of 111b or l11c.. This course is designed for students showing special ability in the field of accounting. The course includes more material than course 111b,c, and carries an extra hour of credit. Stillman and staff. Five hours, winter and spring terma. SOPHOMORE SERIES Constructive Accounting is prerequisite to the following sophomore courses. 221. Elements of Organization and Productioo. Description and fun- damental considerations in organizing and locating a business concern. A survey of modern methods of production. Required of all business ad- ministration majors. Rae and Bond. Three hours, any term. 222. Elements of Finance. A brief survey of financial institutions with attention to the possible use of each by the business man. A further study of the financial problems involved in the launching of a business enterprise, expansion, budgetary control, credits and collections, borrow- ing and management of earnings. Required of all business administration majors. Rae, Burrell and Gage. Three hours, any term. 223. Elements of Marketing. A study of the problems involved in: the marketing of a product; dealing with marketing functions, agencies, policies and methods. A descriptive course designed to acquaint the student with problems of marketing raw materials; market analysis and distribution of commodities from the manufacturer to the consumer.• Foundation course for later specialized study in advertising, sales man- agement, retailing, wholesaling and foreign trade marketing. Required of all business administration majors. Rae and Robbins. Three hours, any term~ 304. Elements of Statistics. An elementary course in the collection, arrangement, and use of statistical data, with particular attention to the application of statistical methods to business problems. Recommended for all business administration majors. Open to sophomores. Johnston. Two hours, fall or winter terms. 176 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 177 UPPER DIVISION Constructive Accounting 1I1a,b,c, and Elementary Business Administration 221, 222, 223, are prerequisite to all upper division courses in business administration. 412. Personnel Management. The study of principles and policies which underlie the successful administration of personnel work. Bond. Three hours, fall term. 413. Finance Management. A study from the manager's point of view of financial problems dealing with promotion, organization, obtain- ing permanent and working capital, bank loans, commercial paper bor- rowing, management of earnings, administration policies, valuation, com- bination and reorganization. Actu~l business problems illustrating specific points are developed by analysis and discussion. Rae. Five hours, fall term. 414. Sales Management. The field and functions of sales management, problems of sales organization, research and planning, sales policies, con- trol of sales operations. Studied from the point of view of the sales manager. Robbins. Four hours, winter term. 415. Production Management. An analysis of the problems of pro- duction, factory organization and factory management. Studied from the point of view of the production manager. Bond. Four hours, spring term. Courses 416-418 constitute a sequence known as the manager's use of law. 416. Business Latv. A general course in business law correlating fun- damental principles with selected cases illustrating their application to typical business situations. The law and its relation to business. Fonna- tion of contracts, offer, acceptance, consideration, perfonnance, interpre- tation and discharge of contracts. Special types of contracts, insurance and suretyship. Howard. Four hour~, fall term. 417. Business Law. The law of negotiable instruments. Types of ne- gotiable instruments, creation of negotiable instruments, consideration, delivery, rights and liabilities of parties. The law of principal and agent, creation of the agency, etc. The law of personal property, sales, bailments and chattel mortgages. Rosson. Four hours, winter term. 418. Business Law. The law of business organization, partnerships, corporations, unincorporated association, business trusts and joint stock companies. The law of real property, real property mortgages, landlord and tenant, and mechanics' lien law. Spencer. Four hours, spring term. 432. Office Organization and Management. The principles of organi- zation and management as applied to the office. The elements of office organization, office management, office records and systems. A special study of the office manager as an executive and his qualifications. Bailey. Two hours, spring term. 440a,b.. General Advertising. Theory and practice. The economic and social implications of advertising. The advertising agency. The "cam- paign," including methods of research, and the coordination of advertising with marketing and merchandising processes. Selection of media. Retail and mail order advertising. Open to majors in business administration and journalism; to others only by consent of instructor. Thacher. Two hours, fall and winter terms. 441. Space Selling. The salesmanship of advertising, including a de- scription of the organization and methods of the advertising department of newspapers and other publications. Open to majors in .business admin- istration and journalism; to others only by consent .of mstructor. Pre- requisite, 4.40a,b, and 442a,b. Students who take thIS course lIl;ust also take 442c. Thacher. Three hours, sprtng term. 442a b. Adt'ertising Practice. Instruction in the mechanics of adver- tising, i~cluding typography, printing, engravin~ .and book mak.ing. Prac- tice in the production of lay-outs, and copy wntmg. Offered.m connec- tion with 440a,b.. Thacher. One hour, fall and wtnter terms. 445a b c. Advertising Problems. The purpose of this course is to give .the stude~t an opportunity to cultivate ~i~ judgment thr?ugh conside!a- tion of actual marketing and merchandIsmg problems, m the solutIOn of which advertising may be a factor. Open to majors .in business ad- ministration and journalism; to others only by consent of mstructor. Pre- requisite, 440a,b. Thacher. Two hours, each term. 450-451. Traffic Management. A study of the transportation and traffic problems confronting industrial and commercial traffic managers with particular emphasis on rail rates and services. Fowler. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 453. Business Policies. The aim of this course is to coordinate the work oiven in the specialized courses in the school to show the inter- dependence between the different functio~al departments of a bus.iness; to suggest the solution of problems affectmg: the broad gener~l pohcy of an operating company; and to correlate busmess problems WIth law and economics. Particular attention is given to the relation of business poli- cies to the business cycle. Open to upper division business administration students who have had principles of economics and who have had or are taking business law. Faville and Rae. Three hours, spring term. 454. The Manager's Use of Accounting. Primarily for students who have completed constructive accounting and want more training in man- agerial accounting, but do not wish to sp~cialize in professional a~co~nt­ ing. Analysis of budgetary control, profIt and loss statements, d1stnbu- tion of costs, etc. Johnston. Three hours, one term. 455. Manufacturing. A brief study of about twenty of the principal manufacturinO' industries of the United States, including history, tech- nical processe~ and vocabulary. An elementary knowledge of physics and chemistry is a desirable prerequisite of this course. Bond. Four hours, winter term. 457, 458, 459. Senior Thesis. Subject for research in some field of special interest to be chosen upon consultation with major adviser. Faville anI staff. Three hours, each term. 460. Bank Management. The administrative problems concerned with the organization and operation of the modern bank. Gage. Three hours, spring term. 461. Building and Loan Association Management. The administrative problems concerned with the organization and operation of the building and loan association. Three hours, spring term. 463-464. 1nvestments. Investment avenues and methods of analyzing various classes of investment securities; the. principles governing a sound investment policy; the relation of investment to general business move- ments. Gage. Three hours, faZZ and winter terms. 178 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 179 465. Foreign Investment. Foreign investment avenues and classes of investment securities; the importance of foreign investments from the standpoint of developing foreign trade as well as from the international standpoint. Prerequisite, 463-464. Three hours, spring term. 466. Investment Analysis. An advanced course in the application of investment principles to the analysis of specific securities in the industrial, public utility, and railroad fields. A study of individual corporation reports and their relation to security valuation. Prerequisite, Invest- ments 463-464. Burrell. Three hours, spring term. 467. Public Utility Management. A study of the production, distri- . bution, and finance problems of public utilities. Includes consideration of rates, accounting methods, flotation of securities, public relations, and consolidations. Johnston. Three hours, spring term. 468. Real Estate. Business problems connected with the purchase, sale, and management of real estate; valuation, building operations, in- surance and financing of real estate transactions; legal phases, contracts, liens, taxes and assessments, transfer of titles, deeds, bonds and mort- gages. Selling real estate; office, field and staff organization. Kelly. Three hours, spring term. 469-470. Statistical Methods. A study of the principles and methods used in statistical analysis, and their application to business and economic problems. Attention is directed to the statistical methods used in re- search, in the analysis of business conditions and in forecasting. The first term is devoted largely to a study of statistical methods; the second term to their application and interpr~tation. Open to all upper division students. Johnston. Three hours, winter and spring term/l. 475. Merchandising. A study of retailing methods with particular attention to unit store, chain store and department store problems in buying, selling and stock control. Includes figuring mark-up, layout and merchandise classification, style, pricing, purchasing and. planning stocks, inventory methods, stock records, selling organization and special sales events.. Course conducted by the caSe method with practical problems taken from actual experience. Faville. Four hours, [all term. 476.. Credit Managem,ent. An applied study of the credit and collec- tion problems of modern industrial and mercantile concerns from the standpoint of the credit manager. Emphasis on case method and corre- spondence. Designed primarily for those intending to enter the credit field. Gage. Three hours, winter term. 477. Salesmanship. Research work in salesmanship problems. Open to qualified students who wish to specialize in the selling phase of busi- ness. Kelly. Three hours, spring term. 478. Life Insurance. Personal and business uses of life insurance' insurance administration; government control; rate making; premiums; study of contracts. Kelly. Three hours, winter t~rm. 479. Property Insurance. The economic and legal principles and lead- ing practices upon which the various kinds of property insurance are based. Nature of the coverage, types of underwriters, types of contracts and their special application; analysis of the policy contract, special endorsements and the factors underlying the determination of rates and adjustment of losses. Bond. Three hours, spring 'term. 481a,b,c. Foreign Trade Technique. Comprehensive study of export and import procedure, o~ean shil?ping, marine insurll;nce, financing for- eign shipments, commerClal treatIe~, and cust.oms .tarIffs and procedure, particular. stress placed on the busmess practIces IDvolved. Open to stu- dents who have completed lower division requirements in business admin- istration. Fowler. Three hours, each term. 482 International Finance. An analysis of foreign exchange prin- ciples ~nd practices involved in the financing of export and imp?rt ship- ments. Fowler. Three hours, spr1ng term. 483a,b,c. Foreign Trade Marketing. Careful study of channels of ~is­ tribntion in foreig-n trade, sales methods a~d problems, and a deta~led market analysis of all the major trade terrItOrIeS of the world partIcu- larly as outlets for products of Oregon and other Pacific states. Pre- requisite, Foreign Trade Technique 481a,b,c. Fowler. Three hours, each term. 491a,b,c. Accounting Theory and Practice. The underlying theory.on which accounting records and statements are based. Statements of affaIrs, . depreciation, analySIS of profit and lo~s accounts, rec~ivershi'ps, balance sheet construction and problems. ReqUIred of accountmg maJors. John- ston. Three hours, each term. 492a b c. Advanced Accounting Theory and Auditing. Application of the technical phases of accountancy. Pro~essional traini.n~ in prac~ical accounting theory and auditing in prepara!IOn for the P?s.ItIon of audItor, comptroller or exe~utive ~f large co!~oratI?ns. Prere9UIsite 491a,b,c, ~nd prescribed work m busmess admmistratIOn. ReqUIred of accountIng majors. Johnston. Three hours, each term. 494. Income Tax Procedure. Income tax laws of the United States. Problems involving personal, partnership and corporate ret?rns. FOrIns, law, regulations, treasury decisions ~nvolving mod~r:n POlI~tS of l~w; decisions and rulings which affect busmess. PrereqUISIte, semor standmg and 492a,b,c, or equivalent. Johnston. Three hours, fall term. 495. Cost Accounting for Industrials. The principles and methods of factory cost accounting, with application !o pract~cal problems. ~hases of industrial management necessary to the mstallatIOn and operatIOn of a modern cost system. Prerequisite, senior stand~ng and 492~,b,c, or equivalent. Stillman. F.ve hours, spr.ng term. GRADUATE DIVISION 501a,b,c. Accounting Technique for ~he Manager. An in~ensive stu~y of the manager's application of accountmg theory and techmque to d~ily problems of administration. Includes the th~ory of account constru~tIOn, the preparation of statements for managerIal use,. the .manager's m~er­ pretation of accounts and statements, and .the r~latIonship of accoun.tm.g records to managerial standards of operatIOn, fmance, etc. EmphasIS IS given the relationship of statemen.ts as a basis of 1?an~gerial control, ~he use of ratios in statement analYSIS, and the contrIbutIons of accountmg to a budgetary system. Open only to graduate students upon the recom- mendation of the adviser. Burrell. Five hours, each term. 503. Management Technique. Intensive analysis of the field of man- agement. Types of problems faced by .the . manager are class~~ed, & technique of problem approach and solutIon IS developed. CompIlmg of the examples of essential problems. fundamental in each of the generally 180 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON recognized managerial fields. Emphasis on detailed solution of these problems. Open only to graduate students upon reco~endation of the adviser. F~ve hours} fall term. 504-506-506. Advanced Commercial Research. Progress of commercial research in business institutions and research departments of universities. Examination and criticism of typical studies in business research. Deter- mination of methods of procedure in adaptation to various types of busi- ness problems. Practice studies will be performed for application of the methods of business research. Faville and staff. Two hours} each term. 507-508-509. Gmdttate Management. Application of the principles of business manaO'ement to the major subject of the student. Studies will be made of ~eans of control available in scientific administration of business in special departments of institutions. Scientific investigations on application of these means of control in the field of the student's major business interest. Three hours} each term. 510. Pedagogy of Commerce. Application of modern principles and methods to the problems of commercial education. Comparative study of representative types of commercial curricula in high schools and uni- versities. A curriculum is framed by each student for the type of school in which he has especial interest. Open to graduates in business adminis- tration who have had one or more courses in principles of education. Johnston. Three hours} spring term. 512-513-514. Gmduate Labor Management. Intended primarily for persons who expect to engage in some phase of labor management. An intensive presentation of the entire field. The functions of the manager and the means by which he solves his problems are given detai~ed c?n- sideration. Especially valuable to .graduates of schools of lmgmeermg who expect to ,engage in labor management. Bond. Three hours} each term. 520-521-522. C. P. A. Problem.~. Intensive study of problems and questions asked by the examining boards of the various states as well as the American Institute of Accountants' examinations. Extensive prac- tice in solution of problems, training to analyze correctly and gain correct form and desired speed in solving difficult problems, involving Ii. knowl- edge of partnerships, executors' accounts, corporation accounts, revenue accounts, fire insurance, etc. Prerequisite, graduate standing with ade- quate preparation to be determined by the instructor. Kelly. Five hours} each term. 523-524-526. .A ccounting Systems. Installation and methods of con- trol, cost systems. Special business concerns are studied and systems worked out to fit particular situations as well as standard business prac- tice. Report writing', including technique, style, and form. Problems and research work. Kelly. Five hours} each term. 540-541-542. Graduate Seminar. Topics for presentation and discus- sion are selected in general conference from term to term. Faville and staff. Two hours} each term. 560. Graduate Thesis. Three hours} any term. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION THE FACULTY ARNOLD BENNETT HAU.. A.B. ,J.D•• LL.D Pre8ident of the If,;diver:ity HENRY D SHElDON. Ph.D : Dean of ~~e SCh(r~OfU !'ca'1~«~~{i~~~~~~~~;~~~;~~~~~ff~~~~~ R. U. MooRE, B.A Admini8trative Principurs from uny upper division subjects approved for majors in English. MINOR NORM 871, 872, 373, American History 12 204, 205a,b, Modern European History, or 211, 212, 213, World History _ __ _ _ 12 201-202, Modem Governments _ ....•.........._ 8 II. HISTORY, CIVICS, ECONOMICS MAJOR NORM Tenn Hours 371, 372, 378, American History ._.......................................................................... 12 204, 205a,b, Modern European History, or 211, 212, 213,. World History _....... 12 201.202, Modern Governments 8 203a,b,e, Principles of Economics _ _ _ __ _u"_ 9 Elements of Sociology _ _ 9 ing geology), physical science (physics and chemistry), music, and physi- cal education (commercial branches), the requirement is a major course of study including a major norm and a minor norm. B.-For students whose major courses are not included in the above list of subjects cororoonly taught in the high school, the requirement is two minor norms. Students who have started to complete norms as outlined by former legislation, may either continue with their original programs or substitute the new norms as given below: Students who have taken courses in this college covering the subject matter of the norms may substitute these with the consent of the head of the department and dean of the school of education. General substitution of courses of different subject matter cannot be made. Following is the list of norms intended to correspond to the main lines of high school teaching which are undertaken by the University's graduates: I. ENGLISH NORMS MINOR NORM Tenn Hours 101.102-103, Literature Survey _....................................................................... 12 Two terms of Shakespeare 6 350, The Teaching of English Composition _.................. 2 114, American Literature _................................... ~ 82 88 III. MATHEMATICS MAJOR NORM TBnn HolWtJ 104-105-106, Unified Mathematics, or 93, Advllnced Algebra; 94, Plane Trigonometry; and 300, Analytical Geometry _........... 12 201-202.208, Differential and Integral Calculus _ _ _ _.. 12 401a,b, Differential EquatioIUl, or Two term-courses in upper division work _ _ _ __.. 6 402, Higher Algebra, or 403, Theory of Equations and Determinants _ 8 MINOR NORM 104·105·106, Unified Mathematics, or 93, Advanced Algebra; 94, Plane Trigonometry: and 800, Analytical Geometry _ _._ _... 12 801·302, Differential and Integral Calculus _ _ 8 402, Higher Algebra, or . 403, Theory of Equations and Determinants _ 3 28 VII. GERMAN MAJOR NORM TBnnHOlIrs Twenty-five hours above German 3a,b,c (second year), including: 301a,b,c, Classical German, or 802, 303, 804, German Fiction and Contemporary Literature, or 305, 306, 307, Modern German Drama _...... 9 815, Goethe's Faust _ .._ _ 8 380, Teaching of Germanic Languages ..;.; "'_'" 8 831, 832, 388, Advanced German CompositIon _..__ 4--6 834, 835, 886, German Conversation 6 26--27 MINOR NOR1\II Twenty-seven hours above German 1a,b,c (fIrst year), including: 8a.,b,c, Second year German __ _.__. _ ..__ 12 SOla, b,c, Classical German, or 802, 303, 804, German FictIon and Contemporary Literature, or 805, 306, 807, Modern German Drama _ _ _....... 9 331, 882, 338, Advanced German Composition _ _ _ 6 27 186 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EDUCATION 187 VIII. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES M.uOR NORM Term Hourtt lOla,b,c, Elementary Biology _ _ _... 9 204.205, 206, Plant Morphology and Syst. Botany, or 201, 202, 203, Adva"""d Zoology, or 301a,b, Invertebrate Paleontology (counts as Animal Biology), and 417, Paleobotany (Plant Biology) _............................................................. 12 205, 206, 207, Geography with laboratory _... 12 MINOR NORM (MEN) 171a,b,c, Introduction to Physical Education . 178a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Freshmen) . 273a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Sophomores) . 318, Coaching of Football } 814, Coach!ng of Basketball Three courses selected from thiJJ group 315, Coachmg of Baseball 316, Coaching of Track 6 6 6 6 18 34 41-43 Minimum hours for recommendation to coach one or more sports 88 a side line _....................................................................................... 24 Fall Wi"t.... Spri"g 2 2 2 2 2 2 8-4 3-4 3-4 3 3 3 Education Il1a,b,c MAJOR NORM (WOMEN) 121a,b,c, Introduction to Physical Education 6 123a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Freshmen) 3 223a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Sophomores) .................•.........._... 3 301a,b,c, Technique of Teaching Physical Education 6 445a,b,c, ~dnciples of Physical Education 9 B50a,b,c, Playground and Community Recreation 6 SUGGESTED COURSE FOR PROSPECTIVE SUPERINTENDENTS AND PRINCIPALS FRESHMAN XII. COMMERCIAL SUBJECTS MAJOR NORM Term HourI> 111a,b,c, Constructive Accounting 12 221, 222, 223, Elements of Organization and Production, Finance and Marketing _:.......... 9 203a,b,c, Principles of Economics 9 412, Personnel Management } 413, Finance Management 414, Sal,,!, ManagcmEnt • Three courses selected from this group .. 11-13 416, BUSiness Law 417, Business Law 418, Business Law MINOR NORM (WOMEN) 121a,b,c, Introduction to Physical Education _........... 6 123a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Freshmen) 8 223a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Sophomores) _............... 3 301a,b,c, Technique of Teaching Physical Education 6 • Substitutions will be pennitted only whete the contents of courses are to a large extent identical. All students expecting to offer the nonn in commercial teaching are ex- pected to report at the School of Education and demonstrate their capacity to type effectively before registering in the education courses. 'fyping is not given at the University of Oregon. SOPHOMORE Education 211a,b,c . Beginners Psychology (no education credit) _ . 'Economics 203a,b,c . PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA The following courses of study show the work in the school of educa- tion which should be followed by students who are intending to become high school teachers or whose special interest lies in the fields of secondary education or school administration. Related work in the college or in other schools of the University is shown only when it is necessary in building the proper curriculum. Special lines of study have also been planned for those preparing for work with defectives and delinquents. Details of this curriculum may be obtained from the school of education. Piano: Ability to cope with the problems involved. This usually requires about three years work. Voice: At least 1 year of accredited instruction and choral experience. MINOR NORM 100-101-102, Field of Music 9 126a,b,c, Ear-training, Solfeggio, and Dictation .......................................•..._... 6 229a,b,c, Elementary Analysis, or 130a,b,c, Orchestral Organization _ _.................................... 6-9 250a,b,c, Public School Music _................................................................. 9 24 MINOR NORM 92a,b,c, Elementary Chemistry .' _............................................................................ 12 204a,b,c, General Physics 12 51 X. MUSIC MAJOR NORM Term Hours 100.101-102, Field of Music 9 126a,b,c, Ear-training, Solfeggio, and Dictation _........................ 6 250a,b,c, Public School Music •..................................................................... 9 l31a,b.c, Sight Singing :._... 8 251a,b,c. Musical Science, 2nd year _... 9 229a,b,c, Elementary Analysis 9 130a,b.c, Orchestral Organization .....................................................................•... 6 30-83 Piano: At least three years of accredited instruction and ability to cope with the pianistic problems involved. Voice: At least one year of accredited instruction and choral experien~. XI. PHYSICAL EDUCATION MAJOR NORM (MEN) Term Hours l71a,b,c, Introduction to Physical Education 6 173a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Freshmen) 6 271a,b,c, Fundamentals of Physical Education 6 273a,b,c, Physical Education for Majors (Sophomores) _ 6 475a,b,c, Principles of Physieal Education _... 9 313, Coaching of Football } 314, Coach!ng of Basketball One course selected from this gr.oup .... 2 315, Coachmg of Basebd.1l 316, Coaching of Track IX. PHYSICAL SCIENCE MAJOR NORM Tsrm Hours 92a,b,c, Elementary Chemistry, or 201a,b,c, General Chemistry 12 204a,b,c. General Physics __ 12 800, Physics Laboratory Arts _....... 3 Year courses totaling 9-12 hours from following subjects: 411-412-413, Advanced General Physics 9 414-415-416, Electrical Measurements ..........•...._.........................•......._ 9 21 Oa,b,c, (Chemistry) Second year Chemistry 12 404a,b,c, (Geology) Earth Materials 12 9-12 '86-89 8Ii MINOR NORM 101a,b,c, Elementary Biology 9 204.205, 206, Botany, or 201, 202, 208, Zoology, or 308, 309, 810, Geology 12 Zl 33 Participation in at least three sports under supervision (no credit) 188 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EDUCATION 189 Fall Winter Spring 3 3 3 4 4 4 S-4 S-4 8-4 2 2 2 2-8 2-3 2-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 16-17 16-17 16-17 4 4 4 3 3 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 S-4 8-4 8--4 1 1 1 1 1 1 16-17 16-17 16-17 SOl'HOMORE Physics .. Psychology . Written English .. Education .. E1ective . Military Science (men) .. Physical Education ,._ .. Supervised Teaching Child Psychology Psychology of Atypical Childten or Hygiene of School Child Mental Tests or Hygiene of Child Mind GRADUATE YEAR Mental Tests in Clinical Practice Statistical and Experimental Methods in Education Research and Thesis The school of education provides, also, curricula intended to give train- ing in such groups of allied subjects as m~st commonly. be taught b~ the same teacher in a high school of moderate Sl2e. The currICulum for SCIence teachers, given below, is typical of these. CURRICULUM FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE This curriculum leading to the degree of bachelor of science in education, is char.. acterized by its substitution Clf an extensive training in the ~undame~tal Bcie~ces, .",:hich are commonly taught in high schools, for the customary maJor requirement In a SIngle department. It prescribes basic courses in biology, physics, geolo~, and chemistry,. and further requires that the student shall select some one of the sCIences as a speCIalty, which is to be pursued for at least a year beyond the prescribed fundamental course. FRESHMAN Biology .. Geology (or geography) . Elective in language or social science . Education . Other electives , . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . Physical Education . Introduction to Education Educational Psychology Problems in Secondary Education Theory and Ohservaticn of Teaching SENIOR The Junior High School Measurement in High School Social Education Moral Education History of Education JUNIOR Students who are transferred from other colleges and who have had any of the above courses or the .equivalent, should choose fr?m the courses listed below to make the reqUIred number of hours.. It 18 also recom- mended that wherever possible courses in addition to above and chosen from the fields listed below should be taken. below. Other courses should be chosen after consultation with the ad- viser. It is advisable to take an additional year of psychology with lab- oratory beyond the required year for education majors, also to have at least one year's teaching experience before taking ,he. fifth year. The course is so arranged that the student can receive the master's degree at the end of the fifth year. FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS llla,b,c, Orientation 2lla,b,c, Sophomore Cycle 5 8 5 6 Spring 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 2 that, if possible, Winte1' Spring 8 8 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Winter Spring 2 2 2 2 8-4 S-4 4 4 5 Winte1' 4 4 5 or 2 3-4 Fall 2 Fa1.I. 4 Education llla,b,c SoPHOMORE Education 211a,b,c . Beginners Psychology (no eciucation credit) . JUNIOR Education 301, 302, 803 .. 7'heory and Observation of Teaching (may be taken in senior year, but must precede supervised teaching) .. SENIOR "Supervised Teuching (either high school semester) COURSES IN EDUCATION FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS A. Senior High School Teachers FRESHMAN Oue or more terms from Education 481, 482, 483, 484, or 485 . The remaining hours in education are elective. Normal graduates will take EducatIon 802 in the junior year, also 301 and 303, in~ase t~ese fields. have not heen covered previously. Theory and Observation of Teaching- IS optIOnal but IS recommended for those who have worked with the lower grades only. Two terms are required from Education 481, 482, 483, 484, 485. The remaining hours in education are elective. B. Junia1' High School Teache1'8 Freshman and sophomore years as above. ,JUNIOR Education 801, 802, 803 . Methods and Observation of Teaching in the Junior High School (must precede Supervised Teaching, .. SENIOR "Supervised Teaching in Junior Hilrh School (either high school semester) __ JUNIOR Education 301, 302, 303 ...........................•.................................••.•....... 4 Education 306 (Theory and Observation) ,...... 4 "Economics 418a,b . SENIOR Education 472-478-474 (basic course in school administration) 4 Practice Teaching (either high school semester) . Educ&tion elective 2 • These courses are recOInmended. not required. Norms: There is one teaching norm r"'luired. It is recommended one major and one minor norm, or two minor norms be met. (SUGGEST&!> COURSES FOR NORMAL SCHOOL GRADUATEs) JUNIOR Fa1.I. Education 802, 457, 482 4 Economics 208a,b,c _..................... 3 SENIOR Education 472-473-474 (basic course in school administration) 4 Education 451 : Economics 418a,b (Public Finance) . 5 or Education 484, The Junior High School _ .._ _ 3 Normal graduates will take Education 302, also 301 and 308 in case these fieldll have not been covered previously, Supervised Teaching in the ,Junior High School and Education 484. The remaining hours in education are elective. " Normal graduates and others of requisite experience may be excused from super- vised teaching. COURSES FOR MENTAL EXAMINERS AND CLINIC WORKER8 IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS The following course is suggested in education for those students who are looking forward to a career in the public schools as mental examiners or clinici~ns.. S~nce it is advisable for one to know school organization and practIce, It IS recommended that those courses leading to certification be taken as a background. Courses to be taken as a major are listed 190 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EDUCATION 191 Description of Courses FOR FRESHMAN MAJORS ll1a,. How to Study. Designed to aid freshmen in their college studies. Progressive drills in reading for speed and comprehension; effective use ()f library; note-taking, study schedule, fixing study habits. Graphs of reading improvement. Individual conferences. Open only to majors in education. Tuttle. Two hours, fall term. 111b. How to Study. Continuation of Course 111a. Discussion of problems of social adjustment, overcoming discouragement, the nature of learning, aids to memory and reasoning, the laws of attention and interest, the value of imagination and self-expression; drill in each basic type of study. Reading drill; graphs of improvement. Individual con- ferences. Open only to majors in education. Tuttle. Two hours, winter term. 111c. Problems of College Course. A preview of the college courses ()pen to education majors; content and method, value of. college subjects, SENIOR .Advanced Science 3-4 3-4 S-4 Supervised Teaching 6 2 Electives . The electives of the first two years must include at least one year-course of not less than three hours per term in either the first or second group. They may well include .such subjects as literature. foreign language. history or government, chemistry, mathe- matics, mecbanics, mechanical drawing or household arts. The upper division courses will include the courses in education and practice teach- ing required for certification and at least two methodology courses (6 term-hours). The remaining hours may be taken as free elective. Additional courses in the sciences will appeal to those who wish as complete a grasp as possible of the range of high school science. HONORS IN ;EDUCATION Students majoring in education whose first two years' record entitles them to register for honors may do so by applying to the dean. Such students should register for Education 321, 322, 323 (Reading Course). Students may register for special honors in education with thesis or for general honors in which latter case certain courses in other departments closely connected with the reading in education must be taken. Reading for honors in education lI!eans systematic individual study in the following fields: (1) Child and Adolescent Development as Found in Fiction and Autobiography. (2) Social surveys and other materials treating of Child Conditions and Improvements. (3) Descriptions and narratives of edu- cational institutions in foreign countries. These are not class meetings but each student is held responsible for individual work. Reading for honors may in no case take the place of the courses, Education 301, 302, 303, 306, 307 providing training for immediate pro- fessional needs. MINIMUM TEACHING REQUIREMENT Beginning with the fall quarter 1930, juniors before registering for the courses, leading directly to teaching shall show a scholarship average of at least 3.5. In doubtful cases, personality ratings shall be taken into account as well as marked improvement in scholarship during the sopho- more year. JUNIOR {Jhemistry 4 Education Cycle (301. 302. 303) 4 Observation of Teaching . Electives ...................................................•.............................................. 8 16 4 4 8 16 4 4 6 6 18 organization of college course, Reading drill, oral and written reports. Individual conferences. Open only to majors in education.. Tuttle. Two hours, spring term.• FOR SOPHOMORE MAJORS 211a. Great Teachers and Educational Reformers. A study of the lives and achievements of notable teachers with a view to understanding the essential principles of modern education as they have developed his- torically. Sheldon. Two hours, fall term. 211b. Development of Modern School Systems. Considered naturally and in relation to certain basic ideas such as naturalism, democracy, science and economic efficiency. Sheldon. Two hours, winter term. 211c. Education Reforms of Today. A consideration of some of the more recent experiments' and changes in contemporary education in Eur- ope as well as America. Considerable use of periodical literature will be made. Sheldon. Two hours, spring term. UPPER DIVISION 301. Introdu.ction to Education. An introductory study of education with particular reference to the Oregon school system, including a devel- opment of the more outstanding problems. Attention will be given to the factors of the school system that are directly related to the teacher. This eourse is designed to give a clear perspective of education as a whole and to compare the Oregon schools with the best available standards. Pre- requisite, Beginner's Psychology. Open to students who meet the mini- mum teaching requirement. Huffaker, Stetson, Tuttle. Four hours, any term. 302. Problems of Secondary Education. A study of the practical problems of the high school from the standpoint of the teacher. The aims of the high school and how they' are achieved through the program of studies and through the general socializing program. Analysis of the various phases of the teacher's work in the classroom, in school routine, in supervision and in g'uidance. Professional and social relationships in school and community. Prerequisite, Beginner's Psychology. Open to students who meet the minimum teaching requirement. Huffaker, Stetson, Tuttle.. Four hours, any term. 303. Educational Psychology. An introductory course dealing with the applications of psychology to the teacher's task. Nature of learning pro- eess; types of learning; basic laws of learning; attention; interest; nature of intelligence. Individual differences; transfer of training. Open to upper division students who have completed regular introductory course in Beginner's Psychology. Courses 301, 302, 303 are prerequisite to all other upper division courses in education. Prerequisite, Beginner's Psy- ehology. Open to all students who have met the minimu teaching require- ment. Huffaker, Stetson, Tuttle. Four hours, any term. 305. Methods and Obse1'1'ation of Teaching in Junior High School. The theory and technique of teaching applied to early adolescence. Analy- sis of types of teaching, probleIns in class organization and management. Observation in local junior high schools. Required of prospective junior high school teachers. Prerequisite, Education 301, 302, 303. Open to students who meet minimum teaching requirement. Students registering for this course should at the same time take 305x. Bossing and assistants. Three haws, one term. 192 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EDUCATION 193 316. Teaching and History 'of Mathematics. The course in methods in mathematics will deal with the essential elements of high school algebra, geometry (plane and solid) and trigonometry. N'ecessary equipment for 305x. A two hour course in methods. See 313, 314, 315, 316, 317. 306. Theo',.y ana Observation of Teaching in Senio,. High Schools. Principles of the technique of instruction. Phases of classroom manage- ment, readings, reports, and class discussions supplemented by observa- tions in local high schools. A professional course in methods of teaching and class management in high schools. Required of all prospective senior high school teachers and a prerequisite for supervised teaching. Pre- requisite, Education 301, 302, 303. Open to students who meet the mini- mum teaching requirements. Students registering for this course should at the same time take 306x. Bossing. Three hours, any term. 306x. A two hour course in methods. See 313, 314, 315, 316, 317. 310. Junia,. High School Theory and Practice. The causes and devel- opment of the junior high school movement; aims and functions of the new school; organization and administration; exploration; guidance; socializing activities; standards. Required of prospective junior high school teachers. Stetson. Three hours, fall term. 311. Junior High School Curricula. Principles of curriculum organi- zation and administration applied to the junior high school. Analysis of courses and objectives; selections and organization of subject matter. Required of prospective junior high school teachers. Stetson. Three hours, winter term. 313. Teaching of History and Social Sciences in Secondary Sehools. A practical course designed for experienced teachers as well as advanced students who expect to teach history or the other social studies. Compari- son of various techniques such as the contract plan, the unit plan and supervised study. The value, selection and use of supplementary materials, visual instruction and socialized procedures. Consideration of aims and objectives. Current trends in the thought and instructional materials of the social studies field. Rothwell. Two hours, one term. 314. Teaching of Science in Secondary Schools. This cours'e has been designed both for teachers and for science majors who expect to teach, and will include the evaluation of a variety of teaching aids such as visual instruction, laboratory technique and equipment, the selection and utilization of supplementary reading, historical background and classroom procedure. Materials will be drawn from many sources, including text books, high school manuals and p'eriodical literature. Means. Two hours. 315. Methods in Modern Foreign Language. Procedure: Study of newer and better methods applicable to French, Spanish, German and Italian teaching in secondary schools; investigation of sources and use of modernized equipment and texts; practical agplication of project method, socialized procedure; visual instruction, provision for individual differ- ences, and new type testing; analysis of individual problems with con- ferences; demonstrations and exhibits of approved methods and equip- ment. Pattee. Two hours. 307a,b. Supervised Teaching. Bossing, H ours to be arranged. the best development of each subject will be presented. Emphasis will be placed upon the drill lesson, analytic method and long unit assignment. Moore. Two hours. 317. Teaching of Literature in the Secondary Schools. For experienced teachers or students well advanced in the field of education. A study of the objectives of literature teaching in the light of modern educational psychology. The choice of materials, classical and contemporary, suitable for high school age, and the problem of teaching how to read them. The values of extensive and intensive reading. The long unit assignment as adapted to English classes. The testing of results; an attempt to deter- mine the direction of recent opinion in the field of literature teaching. Goodall. Two hours. 321,322,323. Reading Course in Education. Open only to those major students in education who have already made a superior record in educa- tion and have made provision in their course for professional preparation for teaching. Instructor should be consulted before registering. Taken in Junior and senior year. Sheldon. One to three hours, each term. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 450. EducaUon Club. Reports of current educational meetings, book reviews, discussions of special topics investigated by members. Sheldon and staff.. Two hours, each term. 451. History of American Education. Lectures, reports and discus- sions treating the intellectual development of America with special ref- erence to education. Knowledge of American history a requisite. Open to seniors and graduates who have met the practice teaching requirement. Sheldon. Four hours, spring term. 454. History of Education (with special reference to modern educa- tional ideas). Includes a study of the educational writings of Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian. Rennaissance educators, Comenius, Locke, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart, Herbert Spencer, Dewey and Madame Mon- tesorri. Sheldon. Four hours. 457. Social Education. A study of education in the light of its social aims and functions and the accepted principles of psychology; the re- lation of the school to other institutions; the criteria of social progress and function of education in its attainment; the significance of the school in a democracy; the cultivation of responsibility and leadership; disci- pline as social process; playas an educative agency. Case studies of mal- adjustment. Open to seniors on consent of instructor. Tuttle, Sheldon. Four hours, fall term. 458,. Advanced Principles of Education. A study of the broad funda- mental principles and problems of education, with some attempt at their solution. The meaning of philosophy; the philosophy of education; prin- cipal rules, formulae; the value of a correct philosophy of education for the teacher and school administrator. How it may be made to function in all phases of school work. Huffaker, Sheldon. Four hours, winter term. 459. Special Pedago,qyof Adolescent Groups. This course deals with the development of special social interests among adolescents and the best methods of utilizing these in organization. It is especially designed as preparation for leaders in such organizations as the boy scouts, girl 194 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON EDUCATION 195 scouts campfire girls, and the like. The course will consist of two parts. The first part, dealing with the general principles of the subject, will. be given by members of the University faculty. The second part, dealing with the technique of organization, will be given for each organization by an accredited representative. Tuttle. Hours to be arranged. 460. Comparative Education. A study of the school systems of the chief countries of the modern world, particularly those of Germany, France Great Britain and the United States in relation to certain vitalproble~s of adjustment, economic, moral and political. Special attention will be given to developments since the .World War and to significant experiments in Germany, Russia, Bohemia, Denmark, India and else- where. Sheldon. Four hours, spring term. 461. Psychology of Childhood. A study of the mental development of the child. Native responses; play, self assertion, instinctive social atti- tudes; speech, emotions; simple mental processes; complex mental pro- cesses; mental organization. Prerequisite, Education 301, 302, 303 or Psychology 202a,b,c. DeBusk. Four hours, fall term. 463. The Psychology of Exceptional Children. A study of the psy- chology of the types of jlhildren who do not respond successfully to the usual methods of classroom instruction. The course will also include a study of the special disabilities of those atypical children who are not mentally defective. Prerequisite, Psychology of Childhood. DeBusk. Four hours, winter term. 464. Mental Tests. The technique of giving and scoring tests, both individual and group. The underlying psychological principles; the a~­ plication of mental tests to the problems of the school room. PrereqUI- site, Education 301, 302, 303 or Psychology 202a,b,c. DeBusk. Four hours, spring term. 467. Hygiene of the Child. A consideration of those factors which affect the adjustment of the child to the school and its work. The physi- cal basis of education; the facts and principles of growth; growth de- fects and disorders, together with a brief discussion of those environ- mental factors which affect growth. Open to qualified upper division students. DeBusk. Four hours, winter term. 468. Hygiene of Learning. A study of the problems of mental econ- omy and control. Fatigue, rest, play, organization of work, interference of association; condition of inhibition; mental attitudes. Open to quali- fied upper division students. DeBusk. Four hours, spring term. 471. State School Administration. The financial organization for the support of public education.. Principles of state and federal aid-the need for a new administrative unit. Equalization of educational.oppor- tunities; taxation for the support of public education; increasing cost of education; educational control and support. Better administration and supervision of rural education; consolidation of rural schools. Three hours, spring term. 472. Basic Course in School Adm,inistration-Organizatiofl. Courses 472, 473 and 474 constitute the administrative cycle which is required of all majors in school administration and of prospective high school prin- cipals. 472 deals with the organization of both grade and high schools, with emphasis on the problems of the small school system. Illustrative topics are: curriculum, construction, the course of study, building the daily program, classification of pupils, time allotments. Huffaker, Stet- son. Four hours, fall term. 473. Basic Course in School Administration-Administration. This course is the second of the administrative cycle. It deals with such topics as relations of the principal to the school board, school finance, school records and accounts, school building programs, building standards, con- struction and financing of buildings, pupil accounting, the teaching staff. Open to qualified students who have not had Educ. 472. Huffaker, Stet- son. Four hours, winter term. 474. Basic Course in School Administration-Supervision. This is the third course of the administrative cycle. It deals with such topics as pur- pose of supervision, plans for supervision, general supervisory procedure, use of tests, diagnosis of pupil difficulty, etc., as applied to both ele- mentary and secondary sch!Jols. Open to qualified students who have not had Educ. 472-473. Huffaker, Stetson. Four hours, spring term. 476. School Surveys. The development and technique of the survey movement in education; current problems in school administration as revealed through school surveys; analysis of the methods of studying these problems, and of the current tendencies in school administration as indi- cated through the recommendations. An intensive study of several sur- veys; extensive reading in this literature is required. Huffaker. Three hours, one term. 481. Curriculum Making in Secondary Education. Deals with the prob- lems of building junior and senior high school curricula. Curriculum theories and policies since 1900; principles for selecting and organizing subject matter; courses of study in various fields; principles of curricu- lum organization; type programs; important studies in this field. Stetson. Three hours, one term~ 482.. Measurement in Secondary Education. A study of the construc- tion and desirable uses of various standard tests and scales for measur- ing achievements in secondary school subjects. Such elements of statis- tical method will be given as are necessary for intelligent use of the ttlsts. Stetson. Three hours, spring term. 483. Advanced Course in High School Teaching. Planned for students with teaching experience and for those who may later become supervis- ors or administrators. Deals critically with recent tendencies in tech- nique for teaching. Classroom organization, pupil participation; teach- ing how to study; project teaching; standardized grading; use of com- munity resources in instruction; the experimental attitude in teaching. Stetson. Three hours, one term. 484. The Junior High School. The causes leading to the development of the junior high school; the special purposes and opportunities of this type of school; problems of organization and administration; curriculum building; provisions for individual differences; instruction; exploration and guidance; school activities. Typical junior high schools will be stud- ied. Stetson. Three hours, winter term. 485. Pupil Counseling in Secondary Schools. The nature and need of guidance for adolescents; guidance through coun!ieling; analysis of phases 196 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON 561-562-563. Advanced Educational Psychology. A discussion of the experimental material which seems most useful and relevant to educa- tional psychology. Open to graduate students with preliminary training in education and psychology. DeBusk. Two hours, each term. 564-565-566. Advanced COllrse in Mental Tests. The history of the test movement; principles of test making; the application of tests to school problems; the definition of intelligence i average mental age of adults; the variability of the IQ; uses of tests in diagnosis. Open to graduate students only. DeBusk. Two hours, each term. 574. Educational Finance. A study of the major problems of financ- ing public education. State systems of financing education, computing the cost of education, unit costs. The problem of school revenues, the capital cost of education. Budget making. Open only to graduate stu- dents. Huffaker. Three hours. 580-581-582. Secondary School Curricula. Problems of curriculum making in the modern high school. Historical, philosophical social psy- chological and administrative factors involved. Experiment~l studies in this field. Stetson. Two hours, each term. 583-584-585. Comparative Secondary Eduootion. Secondarv school organiz~tion and. practice in represent'ative foreign countries. 'Varying conceptlO~s of alms .and functions, comparative efficiency, suggestions for AmerIcan educatIon. Stetson. Two hours, each term. 597. Educational Research. In addition to the regular courses listed above members of the staff stand ready to supervise research and inves- tigation by qualified graduate students. Registration by permission of the staff member or members in whose field the investigation lies. Credits one to three, depending upon the nature of the investigations. ' Problems in the history of education. Sheldon. Problems in school administration or elementary education. Huffaker. Problems in secondary education. Stetson, or Bossin"'. Problems in educational psycholog'y or hygiene. DeBusk. Problems in social or moral education. Sheldon and Tuttle. of counseling; developing a general guidance program in junior and senior high school; special techniques; cumulative record systems; the training and work of the counselor. Stetson. Three hours, one term. 490. Moral Training. The importance of character training in rela- tion to other school objectives; distinction between instruction and train- ing; social control of ethical ideals; criticism of current d!;lfinitions of morality; stages in character development; the dynamic function oT-the feelings; methods of training attitudes and interests; the function of ideals; the value of creative imagination; the place of extra-curricular activities in character building i the problem of social readjustment; moral significance of discipline; reward and punishment; penalty and cons'e- quences. A comprehensive program of character training. Open to seniors on consent of instructor. Tuttle. Four hours, one term. 491. Education and Ethics. A study of methods of character educa- tion evaluating the function of instruction; the bearing of knowledge on conduct; the use of school courses for ethical instruction; limitations of the course in citizenship; the value of codes. Ethical judgment tests. Ethics and religion. Open to seniors on consent of instructor. Tuttle. Four hours, one term. PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATES 505-506-507. Statistical and Experimental Methods in Education. Technique of quantitative and experimental methods; application of sta- tistical methods to problems; correlation methods, regression equations, and determination of errors as employed in educational administration and research, test construction and the interpretation of test results; methods of determining relationships where data is curvilinear or categor- ical; partial and multiple correlation and regression equations. Calculus not required. For qualified seniors and graduate students,. Admission after first term only upon permission of instructor. Huffaker. Three hours, each term. 552-553a,b. Problems in History of 19th Century Education and Civi- lization. A special course. for students in history and education. Each student will prepare paper based on source material. The library is equipped with a collection of source material covering the English, Ger- man, French and American portions of the subje~t. Sheldon. Two hours, each term. 554. Movements in the Organization of Higher Education. Includes an introductory study of the development of higher education in Europe and America, different types of institutions, problems of finance and organization, administration of personnel work, different types of cur- riculum. Sheldon, (with the cooperation of different members of the administrative staff). Two hours, fall term. 555. College and University Teaching. Includes a consideration of mental tests in their application to college situations, the objective ex- amination, other movements in the field of college teaching,. While the course will be organized by Mr. Sheldon as chairman of the committee on college teaching, the lectures and problems studied will be outlined by the members of the University best equipped to present them. Two hours, winter term.. 556. College and University Teaching. This quarter's work will con- sist of the consideration of the pedagogy of particular college subjects offered by members of the respective departments. . Two hours, spring term. EDUCATION 197 JOURNALISM 199 SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM THE FACULTY ARI'10LD BENNETT HALL, A.B.. J.D., LL.D Pr.sid t of the U..iv.rsity :~L'ri. ~~·1i:s:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::R~'ii~t;;;,~D~i ..t~ h":i:::':t~ RALPH D. CASEY, Ph.D · Prof.ssOT of Journalism RoRERT C. HALL...A..ociat. Prof.ssor of Journaliam and Sup.ri..t.nd...t of U..iv.rsity Press ~ID~EGTti.t~~~~~V'l~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::"7:!j::so;,.oft 1~:~t:~ ARNE G. RAE. B.S.J lAssista..t Prof.ssor of Newspap.r Manag.me..t GEORGE H. GODFREY, B.S ···Assista..t Prof.ssor of Jo..rnalism JOHN HENRY NASH, Litt.D L.ct..r.r i .. Typography CARLTON E. SPENCER, B.A., J.D Prof.ssOT of Law of tke Pr.ss LILIAN TINGLE H.ad of D.partm t of Ho hold Arts, and Prof.ssOT of Home Economics Journalism ORGANIZATION AND PURPOSE Classes in journalism have been taught in the University since 1900. In 1912 a department of journalism was established, which has since been developed into one of the best equipped and staffed schools of jour- nalism in the country, with a complete practical equipment for the train- ing of newspaper men and magazine, trade and class journalists. It is the only school of its kind in Oregon.. The school has three purposes: to fit its students for an abundant life through a broad and liberal training, to prepare them for the various branches of journalism and publishing, and to contribute, insofar as an educational institution may, to the progress of American journalism. A sound general liberal training for every journalism student is re- garded as of paramount importance. As the resources of the liberal arts college are indispensible to the training of the prospective jOl\l"Ilalists, the student devotes the greater part of his time in his four collegiate years to the study of literature, language, history, and the social and natural sciences. Every graduate of the school of journalism enters upon the active pursuit of his profession only after a cultural and liberalizing experience which has given him a broad understanding of the world and its problems. The courses in journalism train for all phases of journalism, including the editorial, reportorial, interpretive, critical, advertising, circulation and business departments of the newspaper and magazine, and for indepened- ent work in advertising and writing. In his junior courses, the student is put in touch with the technical requirements of his future profession. In the culminating courses, the student is trained in a type of thought and method of workmanship peculiarly appropriate to his life work and at the same time leading to intellectu!tl leadership.. In the fourth year, under the head of "editing," the assignments give the senior an insight into comparative journalism, the history of journalism, the writing of editorials, and the expression of critical opinion. In this course problems of opinion are attacked with the same seriousness and competency that were manifested in the courses developing a technique for dealing with questions of fact. The course in journalism includes attention to both the editorial and advertising departments of the magazine as well as the newspaper. Stu- dents are taught to write for general publications, trade and class jour- nals, and newspaper syndicates. Already, former students of the school are owners of both daily and weekly newspapers; are reporters, editors, advertising managers, adver- tising agency men, advertising managers of department stores, trade journalists, circulation men, foreign correspondents, publishers, teachers of journalism, teachers of printing, government representatives abroad, copy editors, managing editors, and special writers. Several are story writers and two have obtained national reputations as novelists. EQUIPMENT The school of journalism is one of the best equipped in the country. It occupies two buildings of its own, of which the larger is a three-story brick structure containing the class rooms and offices. The school is well supplied with typewriters, copy desks, library facilities, seminar rooms and the conveniences necessary to the most practical work under very favorable conditions. Its principal copy desk is a testimonial gift from the newspapers of Oregon, embellished with a bronze plate expressing appreciation of the work of the school. The school possesses an unexcelled technical laboratory in the Uni- versity Press, which was founded to furnish instruction for journalism students in the practical branches, and which is now one of the most important departments of the school. It occupies a building specially planned for it and scientifically arranged after an examination of the plans of the most modern printing establishments, including university and commercial presses. Members of the State Editorial Association have endowed a special press, a department of the University Press, which will be devoted to the printing of fine books. The gift had its inspiration in the presence on the campus at the annual newspaper conferences of John Henry Nash, Litt.D., San Francisco, a celebrated printer whose fame is world wide. He supervises some of the work of the special press, giving his service gratuitously. The regents have placed him on the faculty roll of the school of journalism under the title of lecturer in typography and history. The University Press inventories at about $60,000 and its equipment includes a Goss Comet perfecting press, a No.3 Miehle, a model A Kelly automatic, two platen presses, two modern linotype machines, a Cleve- land folder, a stitcher, a saw-trimmer, a power cutter, a caster, a complete printers' bindery, a book bindery and everything requisite to the publica- tion of either books and pamphlets, or a weekly or a small-town daily newspaper. In this laboratory, training is offered in the arts allied with journalism, such as advertising, etc. . ADMISSION Freshmen are admitted to the school on the same terms as to other branches of the University. No high school courses in "newswriting" or "pre-journalism" subjects are required. The high school student is ad- vised to devote himself to obtaining a substantial preparation in Latin, French or German, history, science, mathematics and other solid branches. Skill in typewriting and stenography is decidedly advantageous but not required. A student does well to own his own typewriter; nevertheless the school furnishes a liberal supply. Advanced students are admitted from other universities and colleges, and from other branches of the University of Oregon, at any time in the course, and an effort is made to adjust the curriculum to special needs. The most favorable time for entering the school of journalism for those who do not come as freshmen is the beginning of the junior year. Stu- dents having practical experience in newspaper work will be directed to courses best suited to their stage of development. CURRICULUM: The school of journalism supervises the student's course for the first two years, much of his time being spent in the college of literature, science and the arts, and sees to it that he has the opportunity to take those courses that will furnish the best foundation for his future work. At the beginning of the junior year he becomes a professional student, spending a large proportion of his hours in the school of journalism itself, and devoting himself otherwise to the social sciences which have a direct bearing on the work of the journalist. Of professional journalism Courses the student is expected to master 52 term-hours, out of the 186-term-hours that constitute the baccalaureate curriculum. Of these 52 hours, 33 should be taken in the junior and senior years,. The courses in reporting, copyreading, proofreadinO' and editing are required of all students, a total of 28 term-hours. '" In addition, choice must be made of one of three options: (a) Adver- tising and Publishing, 24 hours; (b) Specialized Press, Short Story and Publicity and Camera Work, 24 hours; or (c) Business Administration, Publishing, Newspaper and Shop Management, and Typography, 24 hours. Each of these options should be reinforced by some approved amount of practical outside experience. DEGREES The degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of science in journalism are conferred upon graduates of the school of journalism, as well as the liberal arts degrees of bachelor of arts or science. The advanced degrees are master of arts and master of science in journalism. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Prizes and scholarships are offered as follows: A~vertis~ng CIU;.b of Portland Scholarship, $150.00; Botsford-Oon- stanhne Pr~zes} $20.00, $15.00 and $10.00; Ham-Jackson Prizes, $;30.00; Henry Hayek Prizes} $50.00; McMorran and Washburne Prizes, $23.00. Summer Scholarships are offered for the purpose of furnishinO' actual experience in various fields of advertising. These scholarships are~ Meier and Frank Co.; Olds, Wortman and King; Lipman and Wolfe; The Bedell Co.; Bots~ord-Constantine Co.; Crossley. and Failing, Inc.; Earl Bunting and. AssoCIates; Edmund C. Becl1told and Associates; The Portland Ore- goman; The Oregon Journal; The Portland Tele'rram; Trade and Class Press Association; and Foster and KIeiser Co. '" Th~ Oregon l?aily !Emerald offers numerous cash prizes for excellent work ill connectlOn WIth the student paper. Certain positions on this paper pay as high as $600 a year. Visiting newspaper men frequently offer prizes to be contended for by the students. COURSES OF STUDY The sc~ool of journalism offe.rs. four separate courses called options, and. a conslder~ble num.ber, of VarIatlO~ of these options for persons pre-par~ng for varlOUS speCialties. The optlOns are writer's option advertising option, manager's option, and five-year journalism course. Of these the writer's 0I;Jtion is given as typical, although modifications are permitted to meet sp.eClal cases: Description of Courses LOWER DIVISION ll1a,b,c. Elementary New.sw~iting and News C!athering. ~undamentals of general reporting, intervlewmg, news analySIS, note tn1m:g, together with a study of news and lectures upon the modern newspaper. Allen, Turnbull. Two hOUTS, each term. 200a,b,c. Publishing and Printing. The study of type. a~d its USl'~, the history of printing, book and newspaper standards, ppntmg macl,unery and materials the illustrative processes, cost accountIng for prmters, country journ~lism, and newspa~er finance and administration. Labora- tory in the print shop and practIcal management. Allen, Hall. Three hours, each term. 118. Proofreading. Theory and practice. TurnbulL . One hour, one term. UPPER DIVISION 327 328. Home Economics Journalism. Intended to equip students asdepart~ent editors for newspapers and magazines: Prerequisites, cours~s in reporting and copyreading-, and not less than fifteen houl's of wO,rk In household arts. Parallel courses as advised after conference. Tmgle, Allen. Two hours, winter and spring terms. 300a,b,c. Publishing and Printing. (Same as 200a,b,c, above). Three hours, each term. 330-331-332. Reporting. Types of newswriting- in leading newspapers of the country, methods of handling typical difficulties in news gettIng; 16--17 16-17 16--17 2191 FBU Winter Spring 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 16 16 3 3 3 1 4 4 4 2 8 8 8-4 3-4. 8-4. 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 17-18 17-18 17-18 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 3 3 2 2 2 18 16 16 6 3-4 3 4-6 6 8-4 3 4-6 6 3-4 3 4-6 SENIOR Editing (newspaper management and policy, public opinion) Sociology. Economics. 01' Philosophy . Specialized Press . Electives in appropriate Social Sciences or History .. JOURNALISM JUNIOR Reporting .. Copyreading .. Advertising _ .. Economics __ _ __ _ _ . Law of the Press .. Publicity and Camera .. Elective " . SOPHOMORE Publishing and Printing . Proofreading . Psychology or other Sciences _ .. Literature _ _ _ _ Foreign Language . Short Story . Military Science (men) .. Physical Education _ _ __ WRITER'S OPTION FRESHMAN Elementary Newswriting . Foreign Language . Political or Social Science . Elective _ . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . Physical Education . UNIVERSITY OF OREGON200 202 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON ,JOURNALISM 203 interviewing, Assignments given and prepared with a view to probable publication in some of the available University, town and state papers. Casey, Turnbull. Three hours, each term. .333: ~nterpretative Newswriting. The higher bra~ch of reporting in whICh It IS not 'enough to record the bare fact. AnalysIs of motives; study of probable consequences; exposition of the idea or principle underlying the fact. Political and economic news; interpretative magazine work. Prerequisite, 330-331-332. Three hours, one term. 334a,b,c. Copyreading. (Sometimes called news editing.) The han- dling o~ ~aterial intended for newspaper publication; editing, correcting and revlsmg any errors of fact, style and treatment, and accepting or re- jecting according to standards of value. The theory of news values and practice i.r; news judgment. Headwri!ing. The full leased-wire reports of the Associated Press and of the Umted Press are available for student use. Turnbull. One hour, each term. 396a,b,c,. Honors Reading. Seminar. A course in extensive and inten- sive. reading for honors candidates, arranged for the individual student. Jumor year. Three to twelve hours. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 400a,b,c. Newspaper Problem,s and Shop Management. Rae. One hour, each term. ~20a,.b,c. T~e Specializ~d Press. Th,; specialized journalism of the l~admg mdustnes, profeSSions and vocations, and avocations. The prin- CIples of trade and class journalism. The special infonnational feature art~cle for ma~azine and n~wspaper. S?urces, subjects, and types of artICles. A review of magazme and syndicate markets. Students in this class are expected to sell their articles for publication. Pre:cequisites, courses ll1a,b,c, and 330-331-332, or their equivalent. Casey. Three hours, each term. . 42~. Law of. 1;he P~e~s. Law of li~el,.blackmail, literary property mcludmg copyright, privileged commumcatIOns, federal regulations and other phases of law bearing on the press. Spencer,. Three hours, fall term. 431-4?2-~33. Press !telatio,!"s. Th~ory and ~ractice of J?lacing before the pubhc Important mdustrIal, SOCIal, educational, political economic charitable, religious and refonn movements and institution;' Open U; selected students only. Godfrey. Two hours, each term. 434a,b,c,. Advanced Copyreading. Includes news room management and incidental executive training. Turnbull. One hour, each term. .440~,b. ~en.eral Adt'ertisin,g: Theory lI;nd practice. The economic and sO~lRl ,~~phcat~ons of advertIsmg. The advertising agency. The "cam- paign, mcludmg methods of research, and the coordination of adver- tisin&, with marketing and merchandising processes. Selection of media. R'etall ~ndmail-?r~er a.dvertising. Open only to majors in journalism and busmess admmlstratIOn. Thacher. Two hours, fall and winter termj'J. .44~. Space Selling.. T~e salesmanship of advertising, including a de- scnptIOn: of the organIzatIon and methods of the advertising department ?f newspap~rs and o!h~r pu~lications. Open only to majors in journal- Ism and busmess adminIstratIOn. Thacher. Three hours, spring term. 442a,b. Atlvertising Practice. Instruction in the mechanics of adver- tising, including typography, printing, engraving and book making. Prac- tice in the production of lay-outs, and copywriting. Offered in connec- tion with 440a,b, and 441. Thacher. One hour,fall and winter terms. 445a,b,c. Advertising Problems. The purpose of this course is to give the student an opportunity to cultivate his judgment through the consid- eration of actual marketing and merchandising problems, in the solution of which advertising may be a factor. Open only to majors in journalism and business administration. Thacher. Two hours, each term. 450-451-452. Camera Reporting. Choice, position and selection of news pictures. Marking for engraver,. Use of camera. Course can be taken only in connection with 431-432-433. Godfrey. One MUll', each term. 463-464-465. Typography. Advanced work in printing. Prerequisite, publishing and printing. Hall, Nash. One hour, each term. 470-471-472. Current Events. A s'eminar course given some years. Allen. One hour, each term. 480-481-482. Estimating on Printing Jobs. Elective for seniors who expect to work in smaller cities. Prereqisites, courses in publishing and printing. Hall. Hours to be arranged. 483-484-485. Newspaper and Shop Management. For seniors. Allen, Hall. Two hours, each term. 486-487-488. Printshop Laborato'f'y. Advanced work in printing, and the management of job printing establishments. Hall. Hours to be arranged. 494a,b,c. Editing. History and analysis of the newspaper and its influence. A consw.eration of journalistic ethics, editorial writing, the analysis of news and propaganda, and training in the criteria of authen- ticity. Newspaper management and policy. Editorial writing, use of ex- changes, syndicates, and services. History of journalism in Europe and America. Study of current world problems, and the media and principles through which the editor attains authentic points of view. The coordina- tion and application of the knowledge the student has obtained in his study of the social sciences.. Final course, required for graduation, senior year. Allen, Casey. Five hours, eadh term. 495a,b,c. Social Science and the News. Readings in social science and discussions bearing on news interpretation. Allen. Hours to be arranged. 496a,b,c. Honors Reading. Same as 396a,b,c. Senior year. . Three to twelve hours. 497a,b,c. Seminar in Social Problems. Cooperative effort to investigate ~ocial problems overlapping into the fields of several departments such as sociology, political science, economics, journalism and the like: OP~n .to ~aduate students, and also to seniors with honors privileges maJ?rmg m the departments whose professors elect to participate in the semmar. Hours to be arranged. 499a,b,c. Thesis. The school of journalism regularly provides for thesis work. Two hours, each term. GRADUATE DIVISION 500a,b,c. Seminar. A research course for students having the neees- sary preparation tQ enter a specialized field of original, investigation- Allen. Hours to be arranged. 509a,b,c. J1hesis. Nine hours. LAW 205 SCHOOL OF LAW THE FACULTY ARNOLD BENNETT HALL, A B J D LL D • CHARLES E. CARPENTER M:A: .., . ·············.·..· Pre"'de"t of thB U"iverBity~::t~~~prtI~~~Y, ~.~:.::.:.~::--::::~~:::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::::~::::::.:::::~~~~~~~~~.~?fEf ~~£~:JE ~~~LE~. iO~~;A~'S~'~L ~.D _ _ _ _ Prof68Borof Law W:;~~Nl' J~::~C~hBBA.,j:f::ii:~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~::~;~:I:: ORLANDO j, HOLLI~ B'-S:' J.n .., . ··························· _ .A.BiBt~"t ProfeBSOT of Law JAMES D. BARNETT: Ph.D•........:.:::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~=::: :::::::::::::·:.:·p.;.~f::"~":':f ~~l~~rc":t :9ci~:'::: THE LAW LmRARY th ~he~aw library is a~ra?ged to give students and faeulty easy aeeess to e 00 s. In content It IS such as to serve every normal need of bothstude~ts and faculty. It now numbers approximately twenty thousandacce~s~oned v~lumes a~d. several hundred unaccessioned volumes and is recelymg ~ontmual ~ddltlOns. The library includes substantial gifts fro the libranes of LewIS RusselI, Judge Matthew P. Deady, and JudO'e ;-~. Fen~olnL.Judge,renton's gift is known as "The Kenneth Lucas Fento~ emona Ibrary, and numbers about eight thousand volumes. ADMISSION TO THE LAW SCHOOL For admission to the law school the student must have met th . me.nts for the junior certificate with upper division standing ~ ~~hulre- aqlllardes ht!11f °R f a !our year university course,. For specific state:n~~t :: r ua IOn eqmrements. f II Pr~-legl'~1 students should select their program of studies fro'm theo owmg 1st: ~resh~an: Enp-lish history, modern governments, accountin math-Emahl~s, s~lence With laboratory, extempore speaking survey cgo' ~ng Ish literRture. ' urse rn . S~fJfomofre: Ame!ican history, political scienee, pre-legal EnO'lishprl~cIP.es 0 economiCS, money and bankinO' economics f b ' 0 , galllzatlOn, philosophy, psychology, sociology: 0 usrness or- SPECIAL STUPENTS d I.n ~xceptio~al cases students who have not complied with the re!!lllar~i:~~~~nwfJ~qb~r~:~~J:te:~~ ~~s~d~~~e:rea~tSPleeaCsitIl123students. fSUCh ad d - who ha ltd f' years 0 age anwis~de:~e~~~a~i:iedabyO~~YJ::nh~1hth~~~~~~I~urse, and who are other- speci~lt s:d:nt~ai~ ~:yP::e c;~~r~f the entering class will be admitted as No. work done as a special student can be a lied t d law~~;h~~ea~~~~si~~agOg!i~:tetnhdearnl.cgehtast a spet~II stud~:t~n ~h~a;c:~(~{~f t . 0 con mue as such in an b9uen term, nor a rl~ht to a deg-ree. If a special student's record ~a:ub ~e­ In any respect unsatIsfactory th d f . cen or continue as a special stud~nt ~ ean maby re use penmssion to registerWork' In any su sequent term. one to ta{ea~~:dst~ea b~ec::~~~~~~~:or a three-year period will entitle ADVANCED STANDING A student may transfer not to exceed two years of credit earned in other schools of recognized standing, provided the credit was earned sub- sequent to the completion of the prescribed two years of academic work. The right to reject any and all such credit is, however, reserved. COMBINED COURSES IN ARTS OR SCIENCE AND LAw AND IN COMMERCE AND LAw SIX YEAR COURSE IN ARTS OR SCIENCE AND LAW Students who wish to secure both arts and law, or science and law de- grees, may enter the law school at the beginning of their senior year and count the first year of law toward both the collegiate and the law degrees, and by' so doing may obtain the two degrees in six years from the date of their admission to the University. If all requirements are complied with, the degree of bachelor of arts or of bachelor of science is conferred at the close of the first year in the law school, and the degree of doctor of jurisprudence at the conclusion of the law course two years later. The third pre-legal year in either of these combined courses may be profitably spent in English, history, economics, philosophy, and business administration courses. Such training will increase substantially one's professional opportunities. SIX YEAR COURSE IN COMMERCE AND LAW Present-day conditions make it highly desirable for the lawyer to have an adequate knowledge of sound business administration. Likewise, it is practically essential for a business man to have a knowledge of law, In order to provide such training for law and commerce students, the school of law and the school of business administration are offering a combined six-year course in commerce and law. Students completing this -work will receive the degrees of bachelor of business administration and doctor of jurisprudence. Any student who has taken this course is doubly forti- fied to go successfully into the business or legal world. Detailed infor- mation regarding the curricula may be secured from the dean of the law school. DEGREES THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF LAWS (LL.B. ) Students who have met the requirements for the junior certificate with upper division standing in this University or their equivalent in another institution of recognized collegiate rank, and who have success- fully completed courses in· law aggregating one hundred fifteen credits, and who have otherwise satisfied the requirements of the University and of the law school, will be granted the degree of bachelor of laws (LL.B.). THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF JURISPRUDENCE (J.D.) The degree of doctor of jurisprudence (J. D.) will be granted to stu- dents who have received at least a year previous thereto, the degree of bachelor of arts, bachelor of science or bachelor of business administr~ tion from this University, or from some other institution of recognized collegiate rank, who have satisfactorily completed courses in law aggre- gating one hundred and fifteen term-hours with an average grade of at least III, and who have otherwise satisfied the requirements of the Uni- versity and of the law school. Since one year of law may be counted toward both the collegiate degree and the law degree, the requirements for 206 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LAW 207 the degree of doctor of jurisprudence may be satisfied by the successful completion of a combined six-year course. ADDITIONAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 1. Any student wbo fails to obtain a minimum of IV over the full three years of his law. course. shall not receive any law degree. For the J.D. degree, a minimum average of III .s requ.red. 2. A ~otal of a~ lea~t thre,! years resident study in this or in some other law school of recogmzed standmg .s reqUlred of every applicant for a degree. . 3. No degree shall be conferred upon nny student who has not spent at least one year in resident law study at this University. PRIZES The Hilton Prize. Frank R. Hilton, Esq.., of Portland offers an an- nual prize of fifty dollars to the student who presents th~ best oral dis- cu;>sion of a legal subject selected by the faculty of the law school. To thiS the law school has added a second prize of twenty-five and a third of fifte'en dollars. T,he Bancroft:W~itney Prize. The B,ancroft-Whitney Company, law pubhshe!s, have Instituted an annual prIZe to be awarded to the senior student m the scho~l of la~ who receives t~e highest average in his law school work. The prIze COnsIsts of a law publication to be selected annually. THE OREGON LAW REVIEW The Oregon Law Review is published quarterly under the editorship of t~e law faculty as a service to the members of the Oregon bar, and as a stimulus to. legal res~!l:rch and productive scholarship on the part of the students. It IS the offICIal organ of the Oregon Bar association. REGISTRATION FEES ~he law registrati~n fee for all regular and special students 'and for partIal students ca:rYIng .m~re tha.n.six term-hours of law, is $10 a term or $30 a year. ThIS fee IS In additIOn to the University registration fee of $26.25 a term. Students r~giste~ing late ar~ required to pay full registration fees for the term In. whI?h they regIste;, and in addition, the privilege fees asked by the Umversity for late regrstration. Description of Courses The law sch,ool assumes that its primary duty is owed to the people of the state ot Oregon. For th.s reason, special emphasis is placed on both Oregon substantive law and Oregon procedure. In aU courses, reference is repeatedly made to Oregon decisions and statutes. The attention of the student is called particularly to courses 406 431 432 433 and 484, for B fuller. statem~nt concerning the procedural work. ", The c?urses of lnstructl?D are arranged to present, as far as possible, the funda.. mental top.cs of tJ:1e law durmg the first Year, and the more specialized subjects during the .second ~nd thIrd yes!s. In courses continuing more than one term. credit may be withheld until the course 18 completed. FffiST YEAR COURSES 401a,b,c. Co~tract~. Formation of simple contracts, including mutual assent and co~sIderatIOn; contracts under seal; parties affected by con- tracts; operatIon of the statute of frauds' performance of contracts includiD:g express it;JI!lied conditions; illegality; impossible of perform~ ance; dIscharge. Wilhston, Cases on Contracts. Howard. Four hours, fall term j three hours, wmter and spring terme. 402a,b,c. Agency. Nature of relation; appointment; liability of prin- cipal for agent's torts, contracts, crimes; liabilities of agent; partiel!l to writings; undisclosed principal doctrines; delegation of agency i termina- tion; ratification. Mechem's Cases on the Law of Agency. (2nd ed.) Rosson. Six hours, spring term. 403a,b,c. Torts. Trespass to persons, to real property and to personal property; excuse for trespass; legal cause, negligence, contributory and imputed negligence; plaintiff's illegal conduct as a defense; duties of land owners; hazardous occupations; liability for animals; deceit; defamation, slander, libel, privil'ege, malice; malicious prosecution; interference with social and business relations, fair and unfair competition, strikes, boycotts, business combinations. Bohlen, Cases on Torts. Carpenter. Three hours, each term. 405. Procedure 1. An introductory course on procedure in actions at law. Its purpose is to acquaint the student with the court system, methods of trial and appellate review; and to study in detail common law plead- ings. Magill, Cases on Civil Procedure. Hollis. Three hours, fall term. 406. .criminal Law. Nature of crime; source of criminal law; mental element in crime; intent and motive; parties in crime; crime as an act; attempts; specific crimes; crimes against the person; crimes against the dwelling house; felonious intent; jurisdiction; contributions of social sci- ence to criminal law. Sayre, Cases on Criminal Law (2nd ed.) Morse. Three hours, fall term; two hours, winter term. 408. Real Property 1. An introduction to the law of real property. The common law of estates; reversions and remainders; the Statute of Uses; rights in land; easements; profits a prendre; licenses; covenants running with the land; surface and percolating waters, natural water- .courses; lateral support. Bigelow, Cases on Rights in Land. Morse. Four hours, winter term; two hours, spring term. SECOND YEAR COURSES 404,. Personal Property. Legal consequences of possession; facts giv- ing rise to possessory title; various methods of acquiring title to chat- tels; liens and pledges; conversion. Warren, Cases on Property, abridged edition, supplemented by mimeographed selected cases. Spencer. Two hours, fall and winter terms. 420. Equity. Historical introduction; the method of enforcing equit- .able decrees; the relation of equity to the common law; territorial limi- tations upon the power of a court of equity; equitable relief against torts; denial of equitable relief upon grounds other than the adequacy of the legal remedy; specific performance of contracts; fulfillment of conditions; laches and the statute of limitations; part performance and the statute of frauds; equitable conversion; equitable servitudes; mis- representation, mistake and hardship as defenses to specific performance, reformation and recision for mistake. Spencer. Four hours, fall term; three hours, winter term. 424. Domestic Relations and Persons. Marriage as a contract or rela- tion; annulment; divorce. Husband and wife; wife's contracts; husband's duty to support wife and her authority to bind him by her contracts; property rights; rights to each as to earnings, services, and society of the other; husband and wife in the law of torts and crimes. Parent and child. Infancy; contracts, conveyances, torts and crimes. Woodruff, Cases 208 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON LAW 209 on Domestic Relations and Persons (3rd ed.) (Not given 1930-31.) Spen- cer. Three hours, spring term. 425. Bills and Notes. The law of checks, bills of exchange and notes, with a detailed discussion of formal requisites; acceptances; indorse- ment, transfer, extinguishment; obligation of parties; diligence; special character; the effect of the negotiable instruments law. Britton's Cases on Negotiable Instruments. Rosson. Six hours, fall term. 426. Real Property II. Titles ; conveyancing; original titles founded on prescription, adverse possession, and accretion; execution and delivery of deeds; description of property conveyed; creation of easements; cove- nants for title; estoppel by deed; dedication; landlord and tenant; joint ownership; recording acts. Aigler, Cases on Titles to Real Property. Morse. Six hours, spring term. 431a,b. Procedure II. (a) Code pleading. Actions; parties; the com- plaint; demurrers; the answer; the reply. (b) Procedure before trial. Sunderland, Cases on Code Pleading. Hollis. Four hours, winter term. SECOND AND THIRD YEAR COURSES COMBINED 421a,b. Trusts. Nature and requisite of trust; express, resulting, and constructive trusts; charitable trusts; nature of cestui's remedies against trustee, transfer of trust property by trustee or by cestui; bona fide purchase for value; liability of trustee to third person; investment of trust funds; extinguishment of trust. Scott, Cases on Trusts. Given alter- nate years. (Not given, 1929-30.) Carpenter. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 423. Sales of Personal Property. Subject matter of sale; executory and executed sales; bills of lading; seller's lien and right of stoppage in transitu; fraud; warranty, and remedies for breach of warran~y; statute of frauds. Woodward, Cases on Sales. Given alternate years. (Not given, 1930-31.) Rosson. Four hours, winter term; two hours, spring term. 430. Bankruptcy and Insolvency. Fraudulent conveyances at common law and under the federal bankruptcy act; who may be a bankrupt; who may be petitioning creditors; acts of bankruptcy; what property passes to the trustee; provable claims, duties and powers of the bankrupt and trustee; protection; exemptions and discharge of bankrupt. Holbrook and Aigler (2nd ed.), Cases on Bankruptcy. (Not given, 1930-31.) Three hours, spring term. 441,. Constitlttional Law (Political Science 401). Written and un; written constitutions. The adoption and amendment of constitutions; the relations between the federal and the state governments; the legislature, executive and judiciary; the state and territories; the individual and the government. Evans, Cases on Constitutional Law (2nd ed.). Given alter- nate years. (Not given, 1930-31.) Barnett. Four hours, fall term. 442. International Law (Political Science 403). The law of peace, the law of war, and the law of neutrality. Evans, Cases on International Law (2nd ed.). Barnett. Four hours, winter term. 443. Corporations, Municipal (Political Science 402). The nature, constitution, powers and liabilities of municipal corporations. Tooke, Cases on Municipal Corporations. Given alternate years. (Not given" 1929-30.) Barnett. Four hours, fall term. 445a,b. Pal·tnership and Private Corporations. Partnerships; acts and contracts creating partnerships; prop'erty; firm name and good will; rights and duties toward each other. Actions between partners; powers of partners; nature and extent, of liabilities; application of. assets to claims of creditors. Corporations, formation and reorganization; prob- lems of disregarding the corporate entity; promotion and the liability of promoters; watered stock; extent and exercise of corporate powers; the de facto doctrine; ultravires; duties and rights Of offic'ers and stock- holders, and the rights of creditors. Mechem, Cases on Partnerships. Richards, Cases on Corporations. Given alternate years. (No.t given, 1930-31.) Howard. Three hours, winter term,. five hours, sp'1"lng term. 450. Mortgages and Suretyship. All forms of mortgage security, both real and chattel; essential elements of legal and equitable mortgages; legal and equitable rights, powers and remedies of mortgagor and mortgagee with respect to title, possession, rents and profits, waste, collateral agree- ments, foreclosure; redemption; priorities; marshalling; extension of mortgages, assignment of mortgages; discharge of mortgages. Nature of the suretyship relation and the means of establishing it; rights of the surety, including indemnity, contribution, subrogation and exoneration ; rights of creditor to surety's securities; sureties' defenses against the creditor, both legal and equitable. Parks, Cases on Mortgages. Ames' Cases on Suretyship. Given alternate years. (Not given, 1929-30.) Howard. Three hours, winter term; three hours, spring term. THIRD YEAR COURSES 422a,b. Evidence. Respective functions of judge and jury; presump- tions; burden of proof; judicial notice; rules relating to hearsay, opinion and character evidence; admissions and confessions; real evidence; evi- dence relating to execution, contents and interpretation of writing; the best evidence rule; the parole evidence rule; competency of witness; privi- lege of witness; examination of witness. Thayer, Cases on Evidence (Maguire's edition). Spencer. l'hree hours, fall term; three hours, winter term.. 428. Wills. Testamentary capacity and intent; signature; attestation; witnesses; incorporation by reference; revocation; republication and revival; grant and revocation of probate; title and powers of executors and administrators; payment of debts; payment of legacies. Costigan, Cases on Wills. (Second edition.) Morse. Four hours, fall term. 432. Procedure III. Trial practice. Jurisdiction of courts; venue; process; judgments. Selection and instruction of juries; methods of in- troducing evidence; exceptions; findings; verdicts; motion for new trial. Sunderland, Cases on Trial Practice,. Hollis. Three hours, spring term. 440a,b. Conflict of La1vs. Nature of law; territorial limitation upon the op'eration of law as affecting persons and things, including domicile and taxation; jurisdiction of courts in proceedings in rem, in personam, quasi in rem, and for divorce; extraterritorial recognition of rights ac- quired under foreign law, including status of persons, rights of property, obligations ex contractu and ex delicto, judgments, inheritance laws, etc. Lorenzen's, Cases on Conflict of Laws. Carpenter. Two hours, each term. 491. Legal Research. A course open to third-year students and by special arrangement only. The student will work under the supervision of the instructor in whose field the problem is selected. One to three hours. 495. Thesis. Nine hours. MEDICINE 211 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE THE FACULTY ARNOLD BENNETT HALL, A.B., J.D•• LL.D President of the Un,verBitl/ BURT BROWN BARKER, A.B.. LL.B Vice President of the University RICHARD BENJAMIN DILLEHUNT. M.D Dean of the Medical School HAROLD BUNCE MYERS. A.B., M.D ABsociate DBafI JOHN FOREST DICKSON. M.B•• M.D•• L.R.C.P Emeritus Professor of Ophthalmology ANDREW .JACKSON GIE3Y. M.D Emeritus ProfesBor of Clinical GynecoloUll SIMSON EDWARD JOSEPHI, M.D., LL.D Dean Emeritus and EmerituB Professor of Nervous and Mental DiBeail811 JAMES CHARLES ELLIOTT KING, A.B.. M.D Emeritus Professor of Dermatology EDMOND JOHN LABBE, M.D __ Emeritus ProfesBor of Obstetrics GEORGE FLANDERS WILSON. M.D Emeritus Professor of Surgery WILLIAM FITCH ALLEN. Ph.D Professor of Anato.my and Head of the Department ROBERT LoUls BENSON. M.A•• M.D Clinical Professor of Pathology JOSEPH BROWN BILDERBACK. M.D Professor of Pediatrics and Head of the Department GEORGE EMANUEL BURGET, Ph.D Professor of Physiology and Head of the Department T. HOMER COFFEN. M.S•• M.D Clinical Professor of Medicin. ROBERT CALVIN COFF£Y. M.D Clim:cal Professor of Surgery RICHARD BENJAMIN DILLEHUNT. M.D Clinical Professur of Surgery and Dean of the Medical School JAMES DAY EDGAR, A.B•• M.D Captain. Medical Corps, U. S. A., Professor of Military Science and TacticB JOHN EARL ELse. Ph.G•• M.S•• M.D __ Clinical Professor of Surgery RALPH ALBERT FENTON. A.B•• M.D Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology and Head of the Department HOWARD DAVIS HASKINS. A.B., ,M.D Professor of Biochemistry and Head of the Department WILLIAM BURROUGHS HOLDEN, M.D Clinical Professor of Surgery NOBLE WILEY JONES, A.B.. M.D ~..Clinical Professor of Medicine FREDERICK ANDREWS KIEHLE, A.B., M.D Clinical Professor Of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department LYLE BOYLE KINGERY. B.S., M.D Clinical Profe. -or of Dermatology and Syphilology and Head of the Department OWF LARSELL. Ph.D __ Profe..or of Anatomy ALBERT EDWARD MACKAY, M.D•• C.M Professor of Urology CLARENCE JOSEPH MCCUSKER. B.S., M.D Clinical Professor of Obstetrics and Head of the Department FRANK RAYMOND MENNE. B.S•• M.D.....Professor of Pathology and Head Of the Department HAROLo BUNCE MYERS. A.B.. M.D Professor of Pharmacology and Head of the Department HARRY JOHNSON SEARS, Ph.D Professor of Bacteriology and Hygiene and Head of the Department LAURENCE SELLING, A.B., M.D CUnical Professor of Medicine and Head Of the Department RAYMOND EOWARD WATKINS Clinical Professor of Gynecology and Head of the Department ')T19 FRANKLIN AKIN, M.D AssociaJe Clinical PrOfessor of Surgery RALPH FERRIEN DAVIS, M.D A8sociate Clinical Professor of Otola..-yngology THOMAS MARTIN JOYCE, M.D As.ociate Clinical Profe.sor of Surgery FRA:-lK B. KISTNER, M.D A.sociate Clinical Professor of Otolaryngology WILLIAM SIDNRY KNOX. B.S.. M.D .Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine RALPH CHAI,LES MATSON, M.D Associate Clinical Profe.sor of Medici.... CHARLES R. MCCLURE, A.B.. M.D A.sociate Clinical Profe880r of Surgerl/ JAMES WENDEL ROSENFELD. A.B., M.D Associate Clinical Professor of PediatricB CHARLES EDWIN SEARS, B.S., M.D Associat. Clinical Profe.sor of Medici.... LENIJON HOWARD SMITH. A.B•• M.D Associate Clinical Professor of PediatricB ERNST AUCueT SOMMER. M.D As.ociate Clinical ProfeB.ar of Surgery JAMES CULLEN ZAN, M.D Associate Professor of Surgery ALVIN WALTER BAIRD. A.B., M.D As8istant Clinical PrOfessor Of Surgery MARR BiSAILLON. M.D Assistant Clinical ProfeBsor of Medici.... CHARLES DELOS BoDINE, M.D Assistant Clinical Professor of Surgery ISIDOR CHE!U~~;KIN~~. M.D ;I'!structor in Ph'!rmaco.lo.gy V S. • · ·· ChnIcal Instructor ,n Med''''''''' A IRGIL ERNE"T DUDMAN. B.S., M.D Clinical Instructor in Obstetrics and GynecoloUll J UGUSTUS BERTRAM DYKMAN. M.D..· Cli..ical In.tructor in Ophtha/moloUll W ACOB ENKELIS. M.D Clinical Instructor in UroloUll I IL~OT C~NE FOSTER, A.B•• M.A., M.D ClinicalInstructor in Anatomy l:oLP~:LED~S::,G~~~~E~·DB..·....·..···..· ···..···· · ·Clinical. I'}-structor in OP.hthal"'!"loflY ROBERT GRANVILLE HA B S '~'DB.M., M.D CI'''!'c.al Instructor '''! Ped,a~,,:,cB S G LL. ••• • •····..• · ···· Ch cal Instructor 'n Med,,,,,,,, AMUEL • HENRICKE. M.D Clinical Instructor i Pediat""'" 212 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON MEDICINE 213 HARRY MONROE HENDERSHOTr, M.D ClinicalIn.tructor in Ophthalmololl1l ROGER HOLCOMB, M.D•............•••.•••.•••.••••......••.•....•...•.•••.••....••......•....•..Clinicaiinstructor in Medicine WILLARD FLETCHER HOlLENBECK, B.S., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine CARL J. HOLLINGWORTH, A.B., M.D ClinicalInstructor in Medicine ALBERT WILLIAM HOLM AN, M.D•.......•...•..•.•••...•...•.••.•.•.....:..•.••....Clinical Instructor in ObBtetricB WILLIAM HENRY HUNTINGTON, M.D ClinicalInBtructor in Otolarvngology A. HOLMES JOHNSON, A.B., M.D Clinicalinstruetor in Surgerv ARTHUR C. JONES, A.B., M.D Clinical Instructor in Surgerv LESTER T. JONES, A.B., A.M., M.D ClinicalIn.tructor in Otolarvngology JOHN HENRY LABADIE, M.S., .M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine GORDON BERKELEY LEITCH, B.S., M.D Clinicalln.tructor in Surgerv MURRAY MORRIS LEVY, M.D ClinicallnBtructor in Medicine CLAUDE ALLEN LEWIS, B.S., M.D ClinicalInBtructor in Surgerv WILLIAM LEVIN, M.S., M.D InBtructor in Bacteriology ELLSWORTH FRANCIS LUCAS, M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine HAROLD Roy LUCAS, M.D Clinicaiinstructor in Otolarvngology LEO SHERMAN LUCAS, A.Boo M.D Clinicallnstructor in Surgerv IRVING MARTIN LUPTON, M.D ClinicalInBtructor in Otolaryngology CHARLES HENRY MANLOVE, M.D ClinicaIIn.truetor in Surgerv MERL LONNER MARGASON, A.B., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine and PediatricB GEORGE WILBER MILLETT, A.B., M.D Clinicalinotruetor in Medicine DWIGHT FRANSTONE MILLER, M.D ClinicalInBtructor in OtolarvngologU JOHN ROSCOE MIZNER, M.D ,Clinicallnotructor in Urology MERLEl WAYLAND MOORE, B.S., M.D Clinicalinotructor in Medicine KARL PETERSON MORAN, M.D , Clinical Inotructor in SU1fgerv PAUL TALMAGE NEELY, M.D Clinicallnstructor in Otolarv",uololl1l NELSON ERNEST NEULEN, LL.B., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Ophthalmology OLIVER MARTIN NISBET, B.S., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Surgerv ERNElST JOSEPH NITSCHKE, M.D Cli7licallnBtructor in Urology BENJAMIN ISAAC PHILLIPS, A.B., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine ARTHUR DEAN POCHERT, ,M.D ClinicaIInBtructor in Medicine EDWARD WALTER ST. PIERRE, A.B., M.D ClinioaIInBtructor in Surg.rv CARLETON PARISH PYNN, M.D InBtructor in PhYBiology and Clinical Instructor in Medicine JOHN Roy RANSON, B.S., M.D ClinicalInstructor in Radiology SHERMAN ENOS REEs, M.D ClinicalIn.tructor in iRadiololl1l EDWARD ELLIS RIPPEY M.D ClinicallnBtructor in Surgerv MATTHEW CASJrr RIDDLE, M.D ClinicallnBtructor in Medicin. MILLARD SAMUEL ROSENBLATr, A.B., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Surgerv HOMER PARROTT RUSH, M.A., M.D Clinicalin.tructor in Medicine WILLIAM ELLIOTT SAVAGE, A.B., M.D Clinicallnstructor in Surgerv GOODRICH CAPEN SCHAUFFLER, M.D Clinicalinstructor in Gunecology and ObBtetric. WILLIAM P. SHARKEY, M.D ClinicalIn.tructor'in ObBtetricB EDMUND W. SIMMONS, M.D ClinicalIn.tructor in Medicine FLOYD F. SOUTH, M.D............................................................•••....••......Clinicalinstructor in Urology EUGENE P. STEINMETZ, M.D ClinicalIn.tructor in Gynecology and Ob.tetrics J'ON VIDALIN STRAUMFJOIiD, A.B., M.D Instructor in Anatomy EDGAR MERLE TAYLOR, M.D ClinicaIIn.tructor in Ophthalmology CHAELES PEARSON WILSON, M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicin. WILLIAM MILES WILSON, B.S., M.D Clinicalinstructor in Gynecologic Pathology and Ob.tetricB SAMUEL HOWARD WISE, M.D Clinicalinstructor in Medicine BERTRAND ODELL WOODS, M. D ClinicallnBtructor in Medici... MARTIN SIGMUND SICHEL, M.D Clinical ABBistant in Anatomy ALVA BURTON ADKISSON, A.B., M.D ReBident i Medicine BYRON JOHN ASHLEY, B.S., M.D~ ReBidentin Otola.rvngololl1l JESSIE LAIRD BRODIE, A.B., M.S., M.D iRe.ident in PediatricB WILLIAM HENRY CONE, M.D ReBident in ObBtetriCS MILTON VANCE WALKER, A.B., M.D ReBident in Surgery and Gynecology CHARLES ULYSSES MOORE, M.S., M.D Director of Nutritional ReBearch Laboratory HERMAN SEMENOV, A.B JoneB Fellow in Pathology L>JLAND S. HARRIS, B.S., M.8. Student Instructor in BiochemiBtTlJ HOWARD P. LEWIS, B.S · Student Instructor in Anatomy FRANK E. TROTMAN, B.S Student Instructor in Biochemi.trv JOYCE A. ALBERT, A.B Student ReBearch AB.iBtant in Biochemistrv ALBERT B. BAKER, B.S Student ReBearch ABBi.tant in PhYBiology ALLEN M. BOYDEN, A.B Student Re.earch ABBiBtant in Pathololl1l EDGAR M. BURNS, A.B. Student ReBearch AB.iBtant in Anatomy WESLEY V. FRICK, B.S Student Re.earch A ••iBtant in Bacteriololl1l OTTO GEORGE, A.B Student ReBearch A••istant in Ob.tetricB LOUIS S. GOODMAN, A.B. Student Research A ••iBtant in Anatomy THOMAS A. McKENZIE, A.B Student ReBearch ABBiBtant in Pharmacololl1l SAMUEL J. NEWSOM, A.B Student ReBearch ABBistant in Medicine ROBIN M. OVERSTREET, A.B. Student ReBearch ABBistant in Anatomy J. CLAUDE PROFFITT, A.B St..dent ReBearch :ABBiBtant in PhYBiology JOEl M. ROBERTS, A.B. Student ReBearch ABBistant in Pathololl1l CHARLOTTE SCHWICHTENBERG, A.B ~..Graduate Student ReBearch ABBistant in PhYBiology DELBERT L •• STOKESBARY, A.B St·udent ReBearch ABBi.tant in PhyBiololl1l FREDERIC E. TEMFLETON, B.S Student ReBearch ABBistant in Gynecology BESSIE J. ANDREW, B.S., M.D Stud.nt A88iBtant in Nutritional Research Laboratorv JACK D. BLAIR Student ABBistant in Gunecology WILLARD .M. GOBBELL, A.B Student ABBistant in Librarv HERBERT D. LEWIS, A.B Student ABBiBtant in Anatomll HOPE B. PLYMATE, B.S Student A.Bi.tant in Nutritional Re.earch Laboratory THOMAS D. ROBERTSON, A.B StutUnt A.Bistant in Pathology RICHARD D. SIMONTON, A.B Student A ••i.tant in Pharmacology VERA F. SMITH, A.B Student ABBistant in ParaBitology JAMES D. STEWART, A.B Student A.Bistant in Pathology GEORGE R. SUCKOW, A.B. Student ABBistant in Phy.iology Ross C. B. THORNTON, B.S Student A.BiBtant in PhyBiology J. IRVING TUELL, B.S Stude t AB.iBtant in Pathology VIOL'A WHITE, B.S Stud.nt A.BiBtant in Nutritional iReBearch LaboratOTlJ JAMES W. WILEy Student AB.istant in Anemia ReBearch A. EDGAR WRIGHTMAN, JR.. A.B Student A.BiBtant in Anatomy EDITH M. BLACKLER Technician in Anatomy J ACK GRONDAHL. Technician in PhyBiolo1l1l MARIAN HETLESATER Technician in Surgerv R. W ALTER JOHN~ON..............................................................••Photographer and X-Ray Technician HUBERT HICKEy Technician in Bacteriology ORVAL PERDUE .AB.i.tant Technician in Animal Research HENRY SAXRUD Technician in Pathology KATHERINE W. STEWART : Technician in Pathology MARIE STRUBE Technician in Bacteriology STELLA Z. SUCKOW.................................................................•••..Technician in Clinical Laboratoriee ALOIS TEDISCH Technician in BiochemiBtrv W ANDA TEMPLETON Technician in Pathology WILLIAM WELKER AJni'''al Technician LLOYD A. WHEELWRIGHT Student Technician in Pharmacololl1l MAS.~L WILHELM Technician in BiochemiBtrv ADMINISTRATION RICHARD B. DILLEHUNT, M.D ~ Dean of the Medical School HAROW B. MYERS, M.D ABBociate Dean HARRY R. CLIFF, M.D Director, Multnomah County Ho.pital ~~~E C~:;~~J·.~:~:::·:.~.::::::·:.:·::.::·.·:.:·.~::.::·:.~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·:::.~::.~:::::S~~;;;.;t~:;jj'~7~h:,c~;di~:S ~::z Lucy 1. DAVIS Registrar BERTHA B. HALLAM : Librarian V ALENTINE PRICHARD Superintendent, Portland Free Diapensarv W. E. GAINES Superintendent of Building. and Grounds CLARICE ASHWORTH MedicalIUustrator EDNA D. CLERIN Bookkeeper in Offic. ~~GT~~IT~· 1~';,~~~;..iioT··.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::.:::::::gjj;i:"1:·gffi~; ELIZABETH GILL. Chief Clerk in Office lOA B. LUKE Telephone Exchange Operator GRACE H. OSGOOD Clerk in Pathology HAZEL RAGAIN Clinical Clerk in Medicine RUTH WEBER Clinical Clerk in Clinical LaboratorieB and Pathologll GRACE S. WHITE A.BiBtant in Library JULIA H. WCODS Offlce A.BiBtant JOHN D. McLAREN, M.D ABBiBtant in Librarv EXECUTIVE FACULTY Aroold Bennett Hall, President of the University: Richard B. Dillehunt, Dean of the Medical School; ProfeBsors William F. Allen, Joseph B. Bilderback, George E. Burget, Harry R. Cliff, J. Earl Else, Ralph A. Fenton, Howard D. Haskins, Frederick A. Kiehle, Lyle B. Kingery, Olof Larsell, Albert Edward Mackay, Clarence J. McCusker, Frank R. Menne, Harold B. Myers, Harry J. Sears. Laurence Selling, Raymond E. Watkins. STANDING COMMIT'I'EES OF THE MEDICAL SCHOOl, Admi8Bion and Advanced Standing-HarollNRY D: SHELDON. Ph.D::::::······ tant Prafe••ar of English and Director of Dramatics !:!:~~~~I~J}·i::·i::::~::~:::::::·:::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::~:~:~::~~!!£~Ji£r}£ft~tr!i.~~ • . .•, • ········· A••••tant Prafe••ar, School of Librarian.hip, DAVID SNEDDEN Ph D Univer.ity of Califarnia C. W. SPEARS. M.D.: ".'.:::':':"""""""""""""'" Prafe••ar of Education. Columbia Univer.ityO. F. STAFFORD M A ; ····· Head Football Coach JOHN H. STEH;' M.ii:::··············································Cha.rman of the Department of Chemi.try !~t~:~~~::~~:·~~~~:~~~::i~::~~:~~~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::·:=::::::::::::::=:;::;~J:.~~~:a5eff:i~u~~= IVAN R. WATERMAN M A te : :.: :A•.,.tant Prafe••ar of Painting , . ······· _-_ Div1.8lO11. of AdmInistrative Research and Service, W. R. B. WILLCOX, F.A.I.A San Francisco Public Schaals JANET G. WOODRUFF M A •............................•.........: : Profe••or of Architecture LEAVITT O. WRIGHT' Ph'D ·······•·•···· A ••~tant Prafe••ar of Phy.ical Education NOWLAND B. ZAN' . ······················· A••aC1ate Prafe••ar of Romance Lan ua e. 8. ..•.•••.••...•••••.......•.•...••......•...•.•••..•.••.•...•••....•....•...•...A ••aciate Prafe..ar of ~e.fgn . PORTLAND SESSION ~~L::: SC~T~~:~:~D ~·f.;ES(O:hIj························· ···· Prafe••or of History GEORGD VERNE BLUE M.A' • •··················· Prafe••ar of English. Partland Center WILLIAM H. BOYER..: ::::::···::··························· : A••i:stant Prafe••ar of Hi.tory RUDOLF BRODA A M J •.. ·· : Superv••ar of M"",c. Partland Pub!" S h I JOHN E. BRY;N BA .D..··· A••oc.ate Prafe••ar of Social Science. Antia~~ Jo!tea : AGNES D. CAMP~EL~ B·A····..······Ch··T·····..·····f··~~peDrlntendent of Schools. Be••emer. Alaba';:a R. C. CLARK Ph.D' . a rman a e epa,:tment of Fine Art. Halmby CaUege HAROLD R. CROSLA~~:··Ph:i>::::::::::::::::····· ..············..·· Cha.rman a~ the Department of History SAIDIE ORR-DuNBAR........ i: ··..· A ••ac.ate Prafe••ar of Psychology THOMAS H. GENTLE B.A·:···..··..·•···•····· ",ecutwe Secretary, OregOft Tuberculosis A ••aciatiOft ALE:'lANDER GOI.DEN~EI.ER···Ph··D····· ..·..····· i"·· ········..····..··· Prafe••or of EducatiOft FR.,DERICK W. GOODR'CH' ecturer and Anthrapalagi.t. Wa.hingtan D. C. CARL H. GRABO. Ph.B....::································:·....··..··....··....In.tructar in Music. Partlamd ·Cent... NATALIE DEATRICH GREY••:::· ..:············..A••ac.ate Prafe••ar of Engli.h. Univer.ity of Chicago RUTH E. HALVOREEN ·· ..··..···················· In.tructor in Art. Part/4nd Ce te ANSEL F. HEMDNWAy···pj;:i>·:····················..·············· In.tructor in Art. Partlo.nd Ce:t': EVELYN M. HOGUE B'A . ······ Prafe••ar of Botany Univer't fA' C. R. HALLOWAY Ph B························A··..:·fabaratary. A••i.tant in Botany, P~r~l:nd ~~":;: BERNECE HOOPER: BoS...:::::::::::::::::::::···· .1lt8 ant Super.ntendent a[ School•• Portland Oregan . ·····..···..·•·····..····· : ~••ac.ate in Phy.ical Education, RALPH R. HUESTIS. Ph.D........................... . Unwer'tLty of ~alifarnia at La. Angelea ALEXANDER HULL. N......··..·;··....··....····..···....·A••ac.ate Profe••ar of Genetics HAROLD HUNT B Ji. v;. ;. a<:8h.t and Shart Story Writer Newb 0 PHILIP W. JA;'N~Y··B·A··..C·P·A amahc D.recto/", Oregan Daily Journal. Partl:~~' O;:gOft ROBERT KROHN : : :: • • S..·· ···:······..A••••ta~t Prafe••o,: of Busine•• Admi"-istra~~: OLOF LARSKLL. Ph.D ::: ·· uperm.or of Phy••cal Educat.an. Portland Public Sch 18 ALFRIID L. LOMAX M.A. ·····..··········..···.·· Prafe••ar of Anatomy. School of M d·a~ IRA A. MANVILLE.·M.A .• ··M:i>:::·..·· ·····..····..···· ·;Pra~e••ar of Busine•• Admini.~r~~:::: MARION K. McKAY. Ph.D ::::···..· ·······p..···..·A••ac.ate 'n Ph!fsialagy. Schaal of MedicineFR~;D B. MES'ING. D.P.E .-.····· ·..···· rafe••ar of EcOftom.c., University of Pitt.bur NORMA LEE POCK. B.A ln Cho;~·;··~Tih.·..·R....·fsecret.ary. C!regan Social Hygiene Saciet~ HENRY F. PRICE. Ph.D.......................... e ura erv.ce. L.brary A;••ociatian of Partland CHARLES N. REYNfiLDS. Ph.D 'ji : Prafe••ar of Math~mahc•• Pacific Univer.ity CHARLES EASTON ROTHWELL. M.A :....~·ac.ate Prafe••ar of Sac.alagy. Stanfard Universitll SANDFORD M. SALYER, Ph.D · ···· ..····· · In.tructar in Education FRIEDRICH GEORG G. SCHMI~T···P·h·D..·..··..···..··..Profe.3ar of Engli:ch. Univer.ity of Ok~ahoma S. STIIPHENSON SMITH. B.Litt. (Ox-;'·;;.-i:::::::::::rafe••ar of Ge1'1ttan !-anguage and Literature CHARLES GARRETT VANNEST, Ph.D.. ..·· ··..· ·· .........A ••ac.ate Prafe••or of En lislr. ····..· ··..··..·· Prafe••ar of History and Educa~iOft. F. MmON WARRINGTON. Dip16me de I'Universit.! de P . Harri. Teacher.' College arls· Prafe••ar of Ramanc..~LMON J. WHITE. M.S .Labarat A' !-anu.uage., Portland Center STHER W. WUEST, Chicago Art Inst't t sary ~•••tant.n B.alogy, Partlo.nd Cent ... I u e upervlSar of Art, Partlo.nS Public Schools DONALD BARNES, Ph.D POST SESSION ERNEST SUTHERLAND ii~T;;8·· ..Ph··D·····..········..·..·..·········..·..···..······ Prafe••or of History ".nRGE VBRNII BLUE, M.A : : :.:·:::.-.:::::···..···..·· ··..·Profe••ar a~ Englieh, Portland Center CHASE L. CONOVF.R. M.A... P f · A ••••tunt Prafe••ar Of H' t MARGARET D. CREE::H B.A··..·······....· ra e••ar of Education and Psychology Paci i IS ary LEO FRIEDMAN Ph D' •····..··········..··..·········..· A ••i.tant Prafe••ar of Ap l'edf Sc C~llelgeCHA . A • . A . p • ac.a agy RLES . GOODWIN. BoS ::::::::::::::::····..····..··..······ .llt8tant Prafe••ar of ChemiBtTl/ i: k ~~i~~:;' Pp~r:o::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::::::::::::::~·;~i~~::/-~::~:':: :~d;i~~~ VICTOR P. MORRIS. Ph.D .IA••aciate Prafe••ar of Economics ROBERT HOLMES S&ASHORE, Ph.D A ..aciate Prafe••ar of Psychology F. L. SHINN, Ph.D Prafe••ar of Chemi.try O. F. STAFFORD, M.A Chuirman of Department of Chemistry CHARLES GARRETT VANNEST, Ph.D Prafe••ar of Hi.tory and Education, Harris Teacher.' Callege. St. Louie THE Two SESSIONS The summer school is divided into two sessions, held simultaneously in Portland and at Eugene. The Portland branch is devoted primarily to undergraduate courses and to work of general and popular interest, including an extensive range of subjects. The Eugene division, on the University campus, offers a wide variety of courses in practically all the regular academic schools and departments, featuring advanced, research and graduate work. FACULTY The faculty of the summer sessions is composed of 106 instructors. Seventy-six of these are outstanding members of the regular University staff, and thirty are visiting professors and teachers, all chosen, because of notable qualifications in their respective fields, from other universities and successful public scbool systems. ATHLETIC COACHING SCHOOL During the first two weeks of the campus session, from June 23 to July 5, inclusive, a coaching- school will be held in track, basketball, base- ball and football. There will also be a class in boys' basketball for women teachers who find it necessary to coach boys' basketball in elementary and junior high schools. . SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENTS Admission Requirements. 'The only requirement for admission to the summer session is the ability to do the work. Students not matriculated into the University of Oregon who wish to work toward their degrees should send official transcripts of preparatory school records to the registrar. Registration. The registration day for both summer sessions is Mon- day, June 23, in Portland and in Eugene. Nine term hours of credit may be earned in the regular six weeks session in Eugene a.nd Portland and six term hours in the post-session in Eugene. Graduate work. Most of the departments offering work in the Eugene session make special provision for graduate students. Certain advanced courses in Portland may also receive graduate credit by special arrange- ment. Graduate students matriculating in either session should consuli with Dr. George Rebec, dean of the Graduate School. Courses. All courses in the summer sessions meet daily and carry three hours of credit, unless otherwise noted. Graduate courses are numbered 500 and above. Upper division courses (junior and senior years) which are numbered from 300 to 309, may not be taken for graduate credit, but upper division courses numbered from 400 to 499 may carry graduate credit. Lower division courses are num- bered below 300. Fees. The registration fee for the summer session is $20 for residents of Oregon and for all regular extension students of the University. For others it is $25. 238 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SUMMER SESSIONS 239 NORMAL SCHOOL GRADUATES Graduates of standard normal schools may usually without forfeiture of normal credits, work out majors in the school of education the school of ap~lied social science, the schoo~ of physical education, the 'department of socIOlogy, the department of history and the department of English. GRADUATION EXERCISES Heretofore it has been necessary for those completing their work to- ward a degree at the end of a summer session to wait until January of the following year to receive their degree. This summer those who have completed all thpir requirements will be able to get their deQTees at com- mencement 'exercises held during the last day of the po~t-session, on August 29. PLATOON DEMONSTRATION SCHOOL In the Portland session, this summer, in cooperation with the Portland public schools, a demonstration school will be held in the Shattuck school a few blocks from Lincoln high school, where the re!!"Ular classes ar~~ched~led. The wo!k will include the grades from the fo~rth to the eighth lDcluslve. There will be a staff of demonstration teachers in these grades in addition to specialists in various fields. ' CLINICAL SCHOOL FOR THE PROBLEM CHILD The great interest in the field of the atypical child has led to the ra:pid expansion of t~e. clin~cal school in the Eugene session. Analysis w111.be made of the dlfflCultIes and remedial work will be prescribed and carned out by.Dr. B. W. DeBusk, professor of education; Dr. Grace M. Fernald, assoCla~e professor of psychology, University of California at Los A~~eles; MISS Ruth Kneeland, formerly principal Bellevue School for Chmcal Cases, Los Angeles; and Miss Lillian Raynor Los AnO'eles public schools. " '" The school is not designed for normal children who are back in their studies, owing to absence due to illness, but for children who are hampered by certain psychological peculiarities. POST-SESSION Owin~ to the demand for extended summer study opportunities, a post-sessIOn of four weeks, from August 4 to August 29, will be held on the campus. Work will be offered in education, economics EnO'lish his- tory, chemistry, physics, psychology, sociology, and the ~lini: fo; the problem child. POST-SESSION TO ALASKA The Steamer Rogers of the Admiral Line has been, chartered for a crnise to Alaska, m~king pos~ibl.e .a. post-session. with two weeks spent in travel. Students will do their lDltIal post-seSSIOn work On the cainpus from August 4 to August 12, inclusive. A special train will leave Eugene at.7 a.. m., ~ugust 13, arriving in Seattle at 5 p. m. the same day. The ship w111 sail ~rom ~eattle at 10. a. m. August 14, returning August 26. The cost, mcludm~ post-sessIOn fee, special train from Eugene to Seattle and return, transportation, berth and meals on the boat will be $145. ' SUMMER SESSION TO HAWAll The Hawaiian crnise, with regular class work on board ship and in ~he U:niversity of H~waii, will be held from June 25 to August 15, mcluslve. The tentative course of study on board ship will consist of South Sea Literature, International Relations, Geology and Geography, Journalism and Education. Except for two days, the University of Oregon students will be in Honolulu during the entire period of the University of Hawaii summer session. All their courses, with full credit, will there- fore be available. COURSE FOR LABORATORY TECHNICIANS A ten weeks intensive course from June 16 to August 22, inclusive, will be offered for the training of laboratory technicians. The work will be given in the laboratories of the University of Oregon medical school by the Portland summer session in cooperation with the medical school and the Oregon state board of health. SUMMER SESSION BULLETIN The University has published a special bulletin giving a full descrip- tion of the courses offered both at Eugene and in Portland, which may be secured by writing either to the Extension Division, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon, or to the Portland Extension Center, University of Oregon, 814 Oregon Building, Portland, Oregon. EUGENE SESSION Living. The new men's dormitory, separated into six different halls, will be available, with dining room and lodging for both men and women, during the regular session and the post-session. Board and room will be approximately $10 and $11 a week, depending upon whether single or double rooms are desired. Accommodations may also be secured in private homes at reasonable rates. Assembly. The assemblies at eleven o'clock with lectures by visiting professors and prominent members of the University faculty form an especially interesting feature. Recreation. All recreational facilities of the University-gymnasiums, swimming pools, tennis courts, golf links, etc.-are open to summer stu- dents. Picnicking on the campus, canoeing on the race, and "hiking" to the adjac'ent hills, are favorite summer activities, in addition to the ex- tended week-end trips planned for summer session students. Courses Offered ART Under the direction of the Education Committee of the American Institute of Architects, a second center for the experimental work in stimulating art appreciation on the college campuses of America, is to be established at the University of Oregon, in the 1930 summer session, by a grant of the Carneg'ie Corporation. A limited number of teacbers will be selected to take the special pro- gram, comprehensively organized for their training, in this Pacific Coast center for the teaching of art. Those selected will receive all their travel- ing expenses, all their living expenses while attending the center at the University of Oregon, and their summer session fees. , In addition to those chosen in this way under the special arrange- ments of the Carnegie grant, other students of the summer session may enroll in these art courses in the same manner as in other courses offered on the campus at Eugene. 240 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON SUMMER SESSIONS 241 Those interested should apply to Dean E. F. Lawrence, School of Architecture and Allied Arts, University of Oregon, Eugene. 160s. Color. Avakian. 162s. Freehand Drawing. Vincent. 172s. Composition. Vincent. 174s. Lettering. Zane. 317s. Art Appreciation. Zane. 337s. Painting. Vincent. 373s. Industrial Art. Avakian. 376. Crafts. Avakian. 391s. Decorative Design. Zane. 397. Civilization and Art Epochs. Reinhardt. 405. Oriental Art. 520. Seminar in Art and Life. Willcox. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 459s. Senior Thesis in Business Administration. Faville. 463s. Investments. Faville. 475s. Merchandising. Faville. CHEMISTRY 201a,b,s. General Chemistry. Stafford. 210a,b,s. Second Year Chemistry. Friedman. 405a,b,s. Organic Chemwtry. Shinn. POST-SESSION 201cs. General Chemistry. Stafford. 210cs. General Second Year Chemwtry. Friedman. 405cs. Organic Chemistry. Shinn. DRAMA 140s. Voice and Phonetics. Seybolt. 242s. Interpretation and Personation. Seybolt. 347s. Stagecraft and Play Production. Seybolt. ECONOMICS 203s. Principles of Economics. Morris. 324s. Trusts and Industrial ComlJinations. Schmidt. 405s. Labor Problems. Schmidt. 413s. Batlking, Credit and Crwes. Gilbert. 507s. Economics Seminar. Staff. POST-SESSION 441s. Economics of War. Morris. EDUCATION GENERAL INTRODUCTORY CYCLE FOR UNDERGRADUATES 301s. Introduction to Education. Sheldon. 302s. Problems in Secondary Education. Leighton. 303s. Educational Psychology. Ellis. . COURSES FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS 308s. Teaching of Literature in the Secondary Schools. Goodall. 309s. Methods in Modern Foreign Languages. Pattee. 312s. Work of Deans and Advisers of Girls. Ellis. 485s. Guidance in J1~nior and Senior High Schools. Stetson. 486s. The Secondary Schools of Oregon. Stetson. CLINICAL SCHOOL AND PROBLEM CHILD 440s. Psychology of Atypical Children. DeBusk. 441s. The Teaching of Backward Children. Introduction. Fernald. 442s. The Teaching of Backward Children. Advanced Course. Fernald. 443s. Supervised Teaching. DeBusk, Fernald, Rayner, Kneeland. ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION 475s. Synthetic Course in Education: World Problems in Education. June 2S·27. F....dame..t'" Social Problems i .. 'American EdUCAtion. Snedden. June SO-July 6. Phases of Progre88i1Je Education in England. Bailey. July 7-11. Aspects of Mezica.. Culture and Education. Saenz. July 14-18. Problems in the De1Jelopment of State Schoo! System. Cotton. July 21-26. New Questions in Adult Education. Alderman. July 28.August 1. Re1Jiew, Discussion and Ezamination. Moore. 476s. Synthetic Course in Education: Progress in ElementMy Edu- cation. Current issues for the elementary teachers, a special course for teachers in service, to be given by the following distinguished lecturers: first week, Snedden; second week, Bailey; third week, Saenz; fourth week, Cotton; fifth week, Alderman; sixth week, Moore. 478s. Statistics. Leighton. 473s. Business Administration of Sohool Systems. Huffaker. 464s. Tests and Measurements. Waterman. 477s. School Administration. Waterman. GRADUATE COURSES 558s. Advanced Prvnciples of Education. Sheldon. 5768. The School Survey. Huffaker. 589s. Reuarch Course in Secondary Education. Mr. Stetson and oth J A~ms HENRY GILRERT, Ph.D Dean of the Colleye of Literature, Science and the ArtB. and Profe••or of Economielt CELIA V. HAGER. M.A Instruetor in PBychology HEIlBFRT CROMBIE HOWE, RA ProfeBBon. of EngliE/> RALPH .R. HUESTIS, Ph.D A.Bociate ProfeBBor of GeneticB C. LY~E KELLY. Ph.B., C.P.A ABBocmte Pro/eBBor of Accounting. Extension DiviBion EDMUND P. KREMER. Dr. juri. utriusque ABBiBtant Profe••or of Germanic Languages and Literature JOHN H. MUELLER, Ph.D .A.Bi.tant ProfeBBor of Soeiology PHILIP A. PARSONS. Ph.D.• LL.D Head of the Department of Sociology ana Dean of the School of Applied Social Science MARY H. PERKINS. M.A Profe••or of EngliBh ETHEL 1. SANBORN. Ph.D A.BiBtant P1·ofeBBor of Plant Biology FRIEDRICH GEJORG G. SCHMIDT. Ph.D ProfeBBor of German Language and Literature HENRY DAVIDSON SHELDON. Ph.D Dean of School of Education L. KENNETH SHUMAKER. RA SuperviBor of English A S. STEPHENSON SMITH. RLitt ABBociate ProfeBBor of English. WARREN D. SMITH. Ph.D ProfeB.or of Geology A. R STILLMAN. RA ABsiBtant ProfeBBor of BUBine•• Administratilm ALRERT RADDIN SWEETSER. M.A ProfeBBor of Plant BiologV ANNA M. THOMPSON. M.A ABBistant ProfeBBor of Romanee LanguageB ELNORA E. THOMSON. RN ProfeBBor of Applied Sociology ana Director of NurBing Education, Sehoal of 'Applied Social SciBnce GEORGE TURNRULL, B.A ProfeBBor .of Journalism HAROLD S. TuTTLE, M.A A..BiBtant ProfesBor of Education ANDREW M. ViNCENT ABBistant ProfeBBor of Painting LEAVITT O. WRIGHT. Ph.D .ABBociate ProfeBBor of Romance Lan,puagelt INSTRUCTORS FRANCES BACON. B.A French ELIZABETH BRADWAY, B.A PhyBiology :::: ~~a;;,I~ ~·DG~~R~:f. ~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~~~~ ..~~~~::::~ MARY GF.lL, R.N Health Education CELIA V. HAGER, M.A PBycholagy ROBERT HEITKEMPER Geologv CLARA JASPER. B.A Sociology R EWART JEWELL, B.A Mathematic.. • Leave of absence, 1929-30. ~~~:~~EJJ;~~:: :t.:.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::=:::::~:::::::=:::::::::::~:;I~~ GRACE EDGINGTON JORDAN, RA•..............•..........•............................Advanced Short Story Writing ~~~SRc;:IE~.LM':GR~{;S~;..~.:::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::..: ::::::::::::::::::::..:.:~:::::: ..::..:::::·.::·.:·.·.:::::::::::::::Ed;;::~~~ MRS. GRACS R. MANN __ American Literature i·::~!f¥~€~~:~~·~~:~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::::::::::.::~.;:~~~;:~~::~:~::~~;;:~;;t~~:e~: MRS. ORVILLE YOKUM. B.A................................•..................................•...........................•.._...Sociology Correspondence-study, as offered by the extension division of the University of Oregon, is instruction of university grade, made available to persons not in residence at the University or in attendence at some- other educational institution. It is instruction by means of lesson out- lines, prepared by members of the University faculty, which take the place of the lectures and class exercises given to students in residence. Using these lesson outlines as guides, the student studies the text-books and reference materials in each particular course, and prepares papers and reports, which are mailed to the extension division for correction and suggestions by competent instructors. PURPOSES OF CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY Correspondence courses are offered for the benefit of persons in any community in the state who would like to study at home under the direc- tion of the University. More definitely, these courses are designed to meet the requirements of the following groups: (1) Persons not in residence at the University who desire to take courses entitling them to University credit. (2) Persons who desire to take courses necessary to satisfy the en- trance requirement of the University. (3) Persons who, for any reason, desire to pursue studies under com- petent supervision, without any reference to University credit or entrance requirements. ELIGIBILITY TO CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY The correspondence courses offered by the extension division of the University of Oregon are intended primarily for residents of the state. Exceptions are sometimes made in the case of students who are out of the state temporarily. No student is allowed University credit for correspondence work while in actual attendance at any college or high school, except by special ar- rangement. No entrance examinations are required. .Ally person of sufficient maturity to carry courses with profit may register for them. The exten- sion division reserves the right, however, to advise students regarding the courses that are best suited to their preparation and needs. CREDIT FOR CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY Sixty term-hours is the maximum amount of credit that may be earned toward graduation in correspondence study. No graduate credit is allowed for correspondence work. Students who are deficient in entrance credit may, under certain con- ditions, make up such deficiencies through correspondence courses. Teachers may earn credit in correspondence courses in satisfaction of requirements in education for a state certificate. 268 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY 269 COURSES FOR UNIVERSITY CREDIT The following courses may be taken through the department of cor- respondenc~-study. For f~rther information, see the correspondence catalog, whIch may be obtamed from the Extension Division, Eugene. ASTRONOMY Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Three term-hours. No credit. Three term-hours. Six term-hours. No University credit. Four term-hours. Three term-hours. One and one-half term-hours. Nine term,..hours. No University credit. Century. EDUCATION ENGLISH AND LITERATURE WRITTEN ENGLISH 1. Exposition, Narration and Argument. Six term-hours. 2. Advanced Writing. Nine term-hours. 3. Introduction to Short Story Writing. Three term-hours. 4. Short Story Writing. Three term-hours. 5. Advanced Short Story Writing. Three term,..hours 6. Prose Manuscript. Three term-hours. 7. Versification. Three term-hours. 8. Book and Play Reviewing. Six term-hours. 9, Commercial English. Tllree term-hours. 10. Methods in Grammar School English. Three term-hours. 11. English for lJigh School Teachers. Four and one-half term-hours. 12. Review Course in English Gram.mar. No University Credit. LITERATURE 1. Early American Literature. Three term-hours. 2. Recent American Literature. Three term-hours. 3. Nineteenth Century American Novel. Three term-hours. 4. Contemporary American Novel. Three term-hours. 5. Twentieth Century Literature-The Novel in England. Four term-hours. 6. Twentieth Century Literature-Am,erican Imaginative Literature. Four term-hours. Six term-hours. Three term-hours. Nine term-hours. Nine term-hours. Nine term-hours. 7. English and Ameriran Poetry. 8. Contemporary English Novelists. 9. Shakespeare. 10. Socially Significant Literature. 11. English Novel of the Nineteenth HISTORY GEOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY 1. Geology. 2. Historical Geology. 3. General Geography. 4. Physical Geography. HEALTH 1. Health Education. l. Oregon History. 2. English Histor!!. 3. Twentieth Century Europe. JOURNALISM 1. Elementary News Writing. 2. News Writing for Publicity Chairmen. MATHEMATICS 1. College Algebra. 2. Plane Trigonometry. Six term-hours. Six term-hours. Six term-hours. Two term-hours. Six term-hours. Six term-hours. Five term,..hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Twelve term-hours. Two term-hours. BIOLOGY 1. Astronom,'1/. 1. Bird Study. 2. Elementary Botany, Plant Biology. 3. Systematic Botany. 4. Advanced Systematic Botany. 5. Shrubs and Trees. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 1. Constructive Accounting. 2. Real Estate. DRAWING 1. Mechanical Drawing. 2. Graphic Statics. 3. Advanced Graphic Statics. 4. Elementary Structural Design. ECONOMICS 1. Economic History. 2. The Principles of Economics. (Is being revised.) 3. Money, Banking and ECOltOmic Crises. 4. Economic.~ of Business Organization. 5,. Railway Economics. 6. Principles of Ocean Transportation. 7. Regulat·ion of Carriers. 2. Moral Training. 3. History of Modern Education. 4. Problems of the Classroom. 5. Child Study. EDUCATION 1. Modern Methods of Teaching in the Upper Grades and High School. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Two term-hours. Three term-hours. GENERAL INFORMATION Refere~c~ an~ oth~r supplementary reading matter may be borrowed from the Ulllverslty LIbrary, Eugene, and from the State Library, Salem. The only expense for this borrowed material is tile carriage charge. CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY CATALOG Students interested' in correspondence courses should write to the ex- tension division of the University of Oreg'on for a complete cataloO'. In this will be found full information about the courses offered the rul~s governing correspondence-study, the amount of fees, texts req'uired and other information necessary for registration. 270 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY' 271 1. First year, first term. 2. First year, second term. 3. First year, third term. 4. Second year, first term. 5. Second year, second term. 6. Second year, third term. 7. A third year course is contemplated if there is COURSES FOR ENTRANCE CREDIT ENGLISH English and Literature. The following courses in English and litera- ture cover the four years of work in high school English, so arranged that a student may take a half-year courSe or may complete the entire four- year course. One entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One entrance unit. One entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One entrance unit. One-fourth entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. A continuation of course A2. One-half entrance unit. O'lle-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. One-half entrance unit. MATHEMATICS 1. Elementary Algebra, Course At. 2. Elementary Algebraz Course A2. 3. Elementary Algebra, Course A3. 1. Civics 1. 2. Civics II. 3. American History. 4. World History. 4. Plane Geometry, Course G1. 5. Plane Geometry, Course G2. 6. Solid Geometry, Course G3. PHYSICS 1. Entrance English 1. 2. Entrance English II. 3,. Entrance English III. 4. Entrance English IV. 5. Entrance English V. 6. Entrance English VI. 7. Entrance English VII. 8. Entrance English VIII. 9. Entrance English Composition. 10. English Grammar and Usage. HISTORY AND CIVICS 1. Elem.entary Physics. Four term-hours. Four term,.hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Nine term-hours. Six term-hours. Four term-hours. Nine term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. Nine term-hours. Six term-hours. Three term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. Four term-hours. sufficient demand. Three term-hours. Four term,.hours. Twelve term-hours. Seven term-hours. Five term-hours. Three term-hours. Three term-hours. No University credit. MODERN LANGUAGES FRENCH GERMAN 3. Analytic Geometry. 4. Unified Mathematics. 5. Differential Calculus. 6. Integral Calculus. 7. Teaching of High School Mathematics. 8. The Mathematics of Investment. 9. Review Course in Arithmetic. L First year, first term. 2. First year, second term. 3. First year, third term. 4. Second year, first term. 5. Second year, second term. 6. Second year, third term. PHYSICS 1. First year, first tel·m. 2. First year, second term. 3. First year, third term. 4. Second year, first term. 5. Second year, second term. 6. Second year, third term. SPANISH 1. College Physics. 2. History and Teaching of Physics. 3. Meteorology. PHYSIOLOGY 1. Elem~ntary Physiology. PSYCHOLOGY 1. Beginner's Psychology. 2,. Elementary Genera( Psychology. 3. Abnormal and Borderline Psychology. SOCIOLOGY 1. Introduction to Sociology. 2. Introduction to Modern Social Problems. 3. Criminology. DEGREES CONFERRED, 1928-29 273 DEGREES CONFERRED DURING YEAR 1928-29 College of Literature, Science and the Arts BACHELOR OF ARTS OF ARTS Alice Reatrlce Laudien, Newberg Thelma Win')na MelIien. Portland Floyd Runk. Cottage Grove Esther Lee Taylor. Eugene Vera Alice Thein. Eugene Hilda France. W"vker, Portland Evelyn Marion Warnke. Eugene Emmabt'll Woodworth, Newberg Annie Meade Watkil18. Sutherlin Constance Dorothea Weinman, Salem Doris Lovern Wells, Portland Winifred Elberta Weter. Seattle. Wash. Vietor Wetzel, Portland Mildred Franc... Whitcomb. Portland Mary Elizabeth Whitney, Springfield William Penn Wilbur, Portland Gertrude B. Wilhelm, Eugene Norman James Willett. Portland Eldon L. Wood, Lexington Zelma Maude Woods. Dallas Ruth l!:velyn W:>l1lI'hter, HermiatoD OF SCIENCE Clyde B. Hutt, Yamhill Robert Baxtel Hynd, Portland James P. Johnson, Portland Theodore Lesi'.er Johnson, Portland Melville Seym'lUr Jones. Salem Lewis William .10rdan. Portland Alfred Gurney Kimberley. Portland Elsie A. Lea, Cottage Grove Frank Marsh Learned, Portland Josevh A. MoKeown. Marshfield Edgar L. Mariette. Palo Alto. Cal. Ruth Eloise Moore. Marshfield Walter Maurice Morgan, Portland Theodore R. Mueller. Portland Lawrence Albert Ogle. Lakeview Maxin> Pearce, Berkeley. Cal. Richard R. Roehm, Eugene Ruben Theodore Ross. Astoria Ruby Evelyn Russell. McMinnvllle Kathryn Catron Rutherford, Eugene S. Ellis Scoville. Pionee r Milton N. Simon. Forest Grove Helen Alberta Smith, Turner BenjanJin K. Swartz, Eugene Joe Takeo Tamura, The Dalles Frank Edward Trqtman. Pcrtland Ben Vidgoff. Portland Aubrey Walk.., Grants Pass Helen Coe Webster. Portland Frank Wilcox. Solem BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Herman F. Oppenlander, Portland Mildred A. Pike. Eugene Fred J. Stevens. Jr., Eugene School of A rchitecture and A llied Arts BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE Hiroshi Tsuboi. Portland Mildred G. Vaughan, Portland George H. Wardner. Jr., Portland James W. Coombs. Eugene Howard Davis Eberhart. l<~ugene Helen Jean Holt, Portland BACHELOR Marian Barnes. Portland Nellie Best. The Dalles John Arthur Breneiser, Santa Maria. Cal. Dorothy Florence Chapman, Portland Vera L. Collings, Portland Mary 1':lIen Driscoll. Portland Carence Albert Hartman. Portland Gretchen Lucille Kier. San Diego, Cal. Clara Elizabeth Lamb. Hoquiam, Wash. Marvin M. Cone. Astoria David L. Foulke•• Portland Rayrrwnd K."mlt Thomps('n. Portland BACHELOR Olive Adams. Eugene John Edgar Anderson, Portland Moises Isla Arciaga. PhIlippine Islands Albert Bruce Baker. Stanfield Frank M. Beer. Oregon CIty James K. BeU. Medford Donald W. Blanche. SaI~m Lemuel Perry Borden. Portland Mercedes Boyd, Klamath Falls William R. W. Br.)wn. Eugene Tom M. Bunn, Los Angeles. Cal. Edwin Morey Chaoe. Escondido, Cal. Dorothy Detlor Creath. Portland Katherine Delant,-, Aberdeen. Wash. Henry Arthur Dietz, Oakland, Cal. Hom~r J. Dixon, Elk City Hilary Edwin Dunlap. Portland Theodore S. Easton. Eugene David Claire Epps. Portland Helen Eyler. Springfield Willis H. Fletcher, San Diego. Cal. Donald V. Flynn. Portland Veneta Fountain, Leaburg Carroll O. Gr:>.hong, Eugene Harlan V. Groshong, Eugene Carl F. Hanson. Eugene Cliff"rd Emerson Ha..dwick. Portland Irene V. Hartsell. Eugene Joseph Alan Holaday. Pendl"ton Patrick Hugaes, Portland Nadie Strayer. Baker M. Josephine Street. Portland Jean Temple. Aberdeen. Wash. Morris S. Temple. Pendleton Theodore Robert Tetz, Portland Kathleen Vir;dnia Tharaldsen, Portland Thomas Prence Thayer, Eugene Wilham Noel Thomas. Klamath Falls Bonita Tichenor. Portland Jean Irving Tompkins, Pasadena. Cal. IdelIa Tong. Portland Grace Lucille Trawin. Eugene Robert Yule Walker, Portland Goldie Irene Walter. Medford School of Business Administration BACHELOR OF BUSINESS AD\lINISTRATION Claud F. Addi.on. Eugene John B. Rice, Belli"gham. Wash. Thomas Cro.s! Eugene Russell M. Richmor.d. Siletz Fred Kramer :.Jeuel, Medford Carl E. Rodgers. Portland Augusto F. Espiritu. Philippine Islands Alexander R. Scott. Portland Fred Finsley. Long Beach. Cal. John A. Warren, Helix Beryl B. Hodgen, Athena Charles Merton Holmes, Portland Oscar Elmer Hovrud. Eugene Margaret H'.mphey, Vale Wendell H. Hutchens, Portland Joy Ingalls. Eugene Werdn.. Claire Isbell. Hood River Rob~rt Franklin Jackson. Eugene Ruth Florence Jackson. Eugene Anna Jacobson. Baker Barbara Susa.ma Janzen. Corvallis Frederick Benjamin ,JOY. Portland Alma Miriam Kauttu. Astoria Charlotte Ysaoel Kiefer, Portland Margaret Agnes Knapp. Aurora Herman Jam~ Kramer. La Grande Irma Lois Latham. Eugene Marion Leach. Ashland Lawrence Dale Leslie, EUJ'(ene Herbert D. Lewis. Marshfield George Lienk·lemper. Til1amook Doris H. Lie:Jallen. Adams Karl Lorenz. Portland Alice Mary McGrath. Portland Francis William McKenna, Portland Harry E. Mackey. Portland Kath"ene Elizabeth Magee. McMinnville Shirley Maguire, Portland Edward Gri",gs Manninl<, Astoria Elsie'Viola Moller. Myrtle Point Ethel Mile :'fbntgomery, Eugene 'rhom"s R. Montgomery. Portl4nd Walter Clarenct' Moren, Portland Margaret Mumaw, Aberdeen. Wash. Wilfred Frank Nankivell, Tacoma, Wash. Henry Holmes Norton, Eugene Mar.'l'aret Whitcomb Nugent Portland John J. O·Farrell. Eugene • Robin Miles Overstreet. Portland Walter Ray Padrick. Portland EiIeene Palmer. Eu~ene William Vawler Parker, Heppner , Thelma Perozzi. Ashland Tillm"n J. Peterson. Portland Agnes Gabriele Petzold, Orelerts. Portland J oycelin Rollel·tson. Lakt'vi~w Francis Ple9.~:tn.t Robinson La Grande Hilt0" W. Rose, Portland ' Llewellyn ROEiS, Eu~ene Thelma E. Ryckman. Clackamas Mayanna Kittr~d;reSargoent. Pc.rlland Marguerite Schi~rb&um.Mt. Angel Oscar Schneide:-. Portland I,ois Beth Scoffern. Portland Ruth Fdith Scott. La Grande Gifford DeA lton Seitz. La Grande Ben H, Smit:'. Pendleton Frank E. Sohler. Jr.. Healdsburg, Cal Sarah Starr. Portlpnd Curtis C. Stephan, Portland Delbert Lyle Stok~sbary.Corvallis Catharine Hagar Stone, Eugene Harrbt Eliza!:>eth Adams, Portland 'H. Victor Adix, Jr., Gresham Rena Leone Alexander, Portland :Marion Elizabeth Anderson, Portland Ruth Arbuckle, Portland Joseph M. Aipray, Portland .Jehan Ie de Laincel Blicher, Corvallis :Frances Bacon, Bellingham, Wash. ,Thomas Lyle Baird, Wallowa Mildred M. Baker, Lakeview 'Frank J. Ball, Jr., Portland Olive Beatrice Barker, Alcany Farr~U F. Barnes, Prineville ,Gladys Mae Baylis, Portland Luola Benge, Heppner ,Clare Black. Portland Katharine Harriet Bonham, Portland Allen M. Boyden, Portia nd G.erhard H. Braun, EURene ,Gle'l Elston Brown. Sherwood Laura Mae Bryant. NewberR .John Weston Butler, Jr., Marshfield Catherine M~rie Calouri, Portland William N. Calvert. Los Angeles, Cal Ednll Cameron, Portland 'Mary Elizabeth Cameron. Portland Charlotte June Carll, Eugene Earle W. Carleton. Portland Marguerite R. Carpenter, Eugene Nien Pu Ch:ii, China Campb.'ll Ch!1rch, Jr., Eugene Elsie May Cimino. Sherwood Mildred Roxana Clark, Harrisburg Ruth Melissa Cochran. Portland Violette Cole. Roseburg .Ella Margaret Coleman, Corvallis Teresa Mae Cooper, Westport 'Livo>nia E. Copeand. Portland Edward Gail Daniel. Elkton juan Delmendo. Philippine Islands Carenee Edward Diebel. Walla Walla Wl\sh. Elizabeth A. Dimmitt, Klamath Falls • .Alice G. Douglas. North Bend Perry L011is DO\.i.~las, Ontario. Cal. John Carol Eberhart. EURene Grace Sylvana Edmonds, Eugene Victoria Edwards. Portland Elsie M. Everett. EURene MarCIa Ruth Felter. Portland Ethelinda 1. French. EURene Harriett Full~r, Hood River Donald Stanley Gidley. Marshfield Eariel Lee Gilbert. Portland Madeline Lenore Goodall PortlandAlic~ Ann Gorman, Portiand Crete Vir~inla Gray. Beaverton Emily Gropp. Eugene Ross Guiley. EUlel R. Bendshadler" Eugene Le.ter N. Bennett, Tillamook Sue Berg, Portia nd LaRo:; J. Bove, Portland Hope Virginia Branstator, Astoria Harvey ,Maurine Brown. Linnton Beulah M. Buchan"n. Portland Ella S. Carrick, Portlalld Sada Marie Cham,bers, Newport Gwen Lido. Clifford, Eugene Mildred Ricka-baugh Crakes, Eugene Lyndall Verneita Elliott, Eugene Edra F. Gehring, Portland Audrey Genevieve Hall, Eugene Frances Sevier Hare, Portland Jeannette S. Hermance, Medford V. Mae Hileman, Mabel Sam~el Vincent A~iel Hill, Colton Jane HolbrooK,C Portland Sally A. Hugh.on. Portland Margaret E. Achterman, Eugene Freelerick BecK, Dalla. Olive Mae Beck, Brownlee William M. Bigg., Ontario J. M. Childers, Portland Jane Virginia Cochran, Portland Sadie Coe, Eugene . Albert DeWelt, Seaside Miriam Ludelle George, Portland Temp~ Allene G.oetchius, Portland Mabel I. Gray, Portland Elmer Howell HaI.tead, Portland Ha~el V. Heine, Portland Bernyce Kathryn Hen.ley, Garden Hom.. May Hewes, Albany 276 UNIVERSITY OF OREGON DEGREES OONFERRED, 1928-29 277 1v[ilitary Science SECOND LIEUTENANTS. INFANTRY Keith I. Ingalls William R. J ost Herbert W. Lasselle Francis W. McKenna W. Vawter Parker Lawrence C. Shaw FIRST LIEUTENANTS. MEDICAL SECTION N orman Culbert Mace Roland Foster Marks Charles Wilford May Max Naimark Sam Ray Page Thomas N eilsr·n Page Earl William Parks Albert Henry Schwichtenberg Henry MaeMullen Wiswall William J. Crawford Claud A. Eldridge. Jr. Frank R. Hnllin Louis K. Harthrong Walter E. He.npstead, Jr. Robert B. Hynd O. Henry Alexander Harold Ray Allumbaugh VilJairs Thoma. Austin Gordon Davis Billingsley Hjalmar Thomas Gentle Morta" Jacob Goodman Ivan Nathaniel Ingram Edward Anthony LeCocQ J ames Faison McAnally WillillnJ Craig McBride, Jr. The following students will be rec